CalDag 2000
CalDag 2000
CalDag 2000
2 0 0 0
M U I E M M I U M
Dl
INTERPRETIVE
&
riOM
MANUAL
CHECKLIST
CALIFORNIA
DISABLED
ACCESSIBILITY
GUIDEBOOK 2000
4rH
EDITION
BY MICHAEL K GIBBEMS
National Access Consultants, LLC
A N E D U C AT I O N A L P U B L I C AT I O N O F
MICHAEL
P.
GIBBENS
1-800-273-7375
PROJECT
JAN 2 4 2001
JORDAN WOnnMAMnnRcnM
CalDAG 2000
California
DISABLED ACCESSIBILITY
GUIDEBOOK
Copyright 2000
Production Consulting & Construction
All rights reserved. This publication may not be duplicated in any way without the written consent
of Production Consulting & Construction, except in the form of brief excerpts or quotations for the
purposes of review. The information contained herein may not be duplicated in other boohs,
databases or any other medium without written consent of Production Consulting & Construction.
Making copies of this book, or any portion for any purpose other than for your own personal use,
is a violation of United States copyright laws.
Yo u
are
not
alone...
National
Access
Consultants
Tel: 805-497-6116
e-mail info@adaguru.com or Visit our website: www.adagum.com
Michael GIbbeRS-Partner - Anthony Golilsinllh-PartRer 187 E. Wilbur Road, Ste. 5 , Thousand Oaks, CA. 91360
CalDAG 2000
California
DISABLED
ACCESSIBILIIY
GUIDEBOOK
INTERPRETrVE
MANUAL
&
CHECKUST
Authon
M i c h a e l P. G i b b e n s
NATIONAL ACCESS CONSULTANTS, LLC
187 E. WILBUR ROAD, SUITE #5
THOUSAND OAKS, CALIFORNIA 91360
Phone: (805) 497-6116 Fax: (805) 497-6335
Production Consulting & Construction (PCC)
The information contained herein represents PCC's interpretation of the combined codes and laws
reguiating both the State of California and the Federal requirements for complying with disabled
accessibility guidelines. Though PCC has made a good faith effort to provide you with the latest
and most accurate information available, the Information in this book may contain technical
publication is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of
Production Consulting & Construction. Final verification and approval for each project must be
secured fi-om respective regulatory authorities.
2000 PCC
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I would like to extend my gratitude and appreciation to the many people who have
contributed their time, expertise, guidance and patience throughout the years in the
quest for information that has ultimately resulted in the necessary fabric for the continued
production of this book. It must be understood that these entities neither reviewed
nor approved the content of this book prior to publication, but provided positions and
informal interpretations on specific issues that were utilized to develop the information
presented. While every effort has been made to accurately reflect the most reliable
Public Access Section, Civil Rights Division, United States Department of Justice Washington, DC.
The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board, or ATBCB (now
known as the Access Board) - Washington, DC.
Erica C. Jones (director), Judith Lovell, Cheryl Youngwerth & Guerry Dalrymple Technical assistance staff of the Pacific Disability and Business Technical Assistance
Center (Pacific DBTAC).
Michael Mankin and David Perry - Architectural Associates of the Caiifomia Division of
SPECIAL THANKS
I would like to extend special thanks to;
Michael J. Shipione, P.E., of Full Circle Engineering in Tucson. Arizona. A fellow
accessibility consultant and lifelong friend whose work with me on previous publications
helped to set the stage for this book.
Paul Sobierajski & Pete Karaiskos, whose excellence in computer graphics and
attention to detail resulted in the spectacular design diagrams for this book.
Oussa Awad of Builder's Book Inc., in Canoga Park, Caiifomia for the continuing
guidance and support he has given In the production of this book.
D E D I C AT E D T O :
My wife Cynthia and daughters Miranda, Savannah and Danielle for their constant love
and support.
THE
AUTHOR
0A
B
O
U
T
disabled accessibility standards is regularly utilized by law firms for the resolution of
complaints, alleged Issues of non-comptiance and law suits. He is experienced with both
private sector claims and Department of Justice actions. When the very first formal
complaint under the newly-enacted ADA was registered with the Department of Justice
against the Empire State Building, Mike was contracted to consult on-site with the
building's architects and management to evaluate the complaint and work toward a
resolution. In 1995, he was appointed to the State Access Board (ofTiclally known as the
Callfomia Design Safety and Accessibility Advisory Board), having been appointed to this
position by the Callfomia State Architect. In 1999 he was additionally appointed to the
State Building Standards Commission Access Advisory Committee, and has served as a
City Council appointed member of the Disabled Access Appeals and Advisory Board In his
residence city of Thousand Oaks. Callfomia. In addition to Instructing constmction and
design professionals on state and federal compliance procedures, Mike is also approved
by the State Bar of Callfomia to provide Continuing Legal Education (MCLE) classes to
attomeys on disabled access issues, and has been utilized by the federal Office of Civil
Rights to train Its attomeys and Investigators on access compliance. He Is both a licensed
General Engineering and General Building Contractor in California, and is a Certified
Building Code Accessibility/ Usability Specialist by the Intemational Conference of
Building Officlats.
states. As a consultant, designer and contractor that deals exclusively with access
Improvements, his approach to disabled accessibility Is based on extensive experience
with practical application. He is Intimately aware of the problems that are Inherent when
public agencies and private entities have differences In interpretation, and of the problems
that exist between Inspectors, owners, designers and contractors. His ability to
understand and resolve sensitive Issues Is evident both In his publications and in his
professional practice. He Is a consultant to a broad range of private businesses and
govemmental agencies.
2000 PCC
Hi
were with the heads of policy and interpretation of the various technical and legal departments. In
addition, the expertise of many private attorneys was solicited for their position in various
simulated situations to test probable outcomes in litigation. Although Califomia did not adopt it's
first attempt at combination of the Title 24 and ADA guidelines until the latter part of 1993, and did
not begin enforcement of these guidelines until April 1,1994, the research for the material in the
CalDAG began in 1990.
When the ADA was signed into law on July 26,1990 (Public Law 101-336), the law
provided for interim accessibiiity standards to be utilized In the event that final regulations had not
been published by the established deadline for these requirements. This provision stated that the
use of the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS) would suffice to satisfy the
requirements that facilities be readily accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities as
mandated. It was at this point that the cross-reference between the UFAS and Title 24 was
initiated. On January 22,1991, the Department of Justice published the ANPRM (Advanced
Notice of Proposed Rule Making) in the Federal Register. This document represented the
precursor guidelines for the final guidelines that were issued for Title ill of the ADA by the
Department of Justice on July 26,1991. Subsequent printings of the ADAAG (Americans with
Disabilities Act Accessibiiity Guidelines) over the years have also included amendments to the
1991 publication. The information in each of these documents was broken down, cross-referenced
with Califomia's standards, and then interpretations as to which standard was more stringent were
collected. The last cross-reference of the material for this book was undertaken after Califomia
published those state revisions that went Into effect on April 1,1999.
Each year, Califomia's' accessibility standards get closer and closer to the combined state
and federal provisions that have been contained exclusively in the CalDAG and its precursors
since first published in 1991. One of these years, Califomia's access standards may be in
compliance with ADA provisions, however at the time of this writing the State's standards are far
from reaching those more stringent degrees of compliance. Until that time comes, the CalDAG
will continue to be the most competent source for compliance with both laws.
For those professionals weli-versed in California's accessibility standards of the past and
present, some of the information contained in this book will likely be controversial. Please be
assured that none of this information was in any way haphazardly obtained or set forth in print
without a great deal of consideration. The majority of the interpretive standards in this book are
presented as they are only after a minimum of six contacts were made with the DOJ or ATBCB
over the years for each issue. In many cases, over a dozen of these contacts were made for
specific issues to ensure unanimous and unwavering Interpretations. It is hiohlv recommended
that you research these interpretations for yourselves to completely understand both state and
federal positions on controversial issues. To begin to understand why this book was written, it is
recommended that you read Chapter 1, titled "Discrepancies between State and Federal
Guidelines". This chapter should provide enough background on the relevancy of this book, and
will hopefully implore the reader to develop a critical standard of care in the design and
construction of accessible improvements.
2000 PCC
/v
PREFACE
When President Bush signed the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) into law on July
26,1990, the one State most substantially effected by the law was California. Galifomia
had historically led the other 49 States in having the most comprehensive laws and
Implementing standards for disabled accessibility, in the past, Callfomia's professional
community could be assured that if they followed the published State Title 24 access
regulations, that they were providing the highest established standard of care for the
disabled community of alt the states. At the present, however, the State of California is
facing the fact and now admits that there are many issues between the ADA and Title 24
that need to be resolved, and that compliance with only the Title 24 regulations does not
provide the level of compliance required under the ADA. On top of this, neither the state
nor local building agencies are legally allowed to enforce any ADA provisions that they
know are more stringent that California's standards, because these same agencies are
only enabled to enforce the statutory provisions of California. From the surface, you might
think that this is an easy situation to correct; just compare the two standards, ask
Washington which provisions are more stringent, and then codify the results into state law.
What you may not understand is that the provisions for disabled accessibility are highly
political issues. It is extremely difficult to obtain the consensus agreement necessary from
all interested parties to have certain existing regulations amended. Groups that represent
individuals with various classes of disabilities do not always agree on the best ways that
access should be achieved. As an example, many mobility-impaired individuals (such as
wheelchair or walker users) do not approve of truncated dome detectable warning surfaces
that are intended to protect the visually impaired. Additionally, the National Federation of
the Blind does not approve of truncated domes, however the Caiifomla Council for the
Blind does. As another example, many improvements are required to be within the reach
range of wheelchair users, however these ranges are still frequently too high for little
people, and may be too low for people who have difficulty bending or stooping. It Is also
an undeniable fact that certain factions of the building and construction industry would like
to see the existing standards reduced so that projects could be built less expensively, and
these groups actively fight any amendments that they feel are contrary to this goal.
In 1992, California adopted new provisions into the California Civil Code statutes that
significantly increases the protections for individuals with disabilities under State law;
language was added that stales; 'a violation of the rights of any individual under the
American's with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336) shall also constitute a
violation of this section". What this addition does is allow an entity to be sued under state
law for not complying with a federal standard. It is an undeniable fact that each new year
bn'ngs a significant increase in the number of lawsuits filed in this state for non-compliance
with the ADA because of mistakes made in complying with the combined requirements of
Title 24 and the ADA. For the practicing design and construction professional that must
keep abreast of ^ changes to the Uniform Building Code, and not just those changes to
the accessibility standards, AND run a business, the ability to stay current becomes an
overwhelmingly monumental and impossible task; hence the reason for this book.
With the dramatic increase in the number of lawsuits filed against private businesses
and public agencies for non-compliance with both state and federal disabled accessibility
mandates in just the last year alone, the stakes for the professionals involved in the
design, construction and management of facilities in Califomia have also increased
significantly. The CalDAG was designed to allow you to provide for the most stringent
provisions of both the ADA and Title 24, and to hopefully keep you out of court.
2000 PCC
TA B L E O F C O N T E N T S
HOW
TO
USE
THIS
BOOK
Chapter 1
D I S C R E PA N C I E S B E T W E E N S TAT E A N D
FEDERAL
GUIDELINES
GENERAL
I N F O R M AT I O N
LIABILITY
IN
AND
DESIGN
AND
3
EXAMPLES
CONSTRUCTION
T H E I N A D E Q U AT E S A F E T Y N E T O F S TAT E A N D L O C A L
GOVERNMENT
A P P R O VA L S
DUTIES
OF
S TAT E
AND
LOCAL
GOVERNMENT
3
6
7
AGENCIES
Chapter 2
DEFINITIONS
&
GENERAL
TERMINOLOGY
Chapter 3
P R I VAT E LY- F U N D E D V S . P U B L I C LY- F U N D E D
PROJECTS
27
Chapter 4
ACCESSIBILITY
IN
NEW
CONSTRUCTION
33
ACCESSIBILITY
UNREASONABLE
HARDSHIP
F L O W C H A RT - E S TA B L I S H I N G P R E L I M I N A RY R E Q U I R E M E N T S
F L O W C H A R T - D E T E R M I N AT I O N O F S T R U C T U R A L I M P R A C T I C A B I L I T Y
F L O W C H A R T - D E T E R M I N AT I O N O F V E R T I C A L A C C E S S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
F L O W C H A R T - D E T E R M I N AT I O N O F V E R T I C A L A C C E S S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
35
36
39
40
41
42
Chapter 5
ACCESSIBILITY FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS
AND
FACILITIES
43
A LT E R AT I O N S
GENERAL
I N F O R M AT I O N
DETERMINING
PRIMARY
O B L I G AT I O N S
IN
A LT E R AT I O N S
UNREASONABLE
HARDSHIP
IN
A LT E R AT I O N S
43
46
52
TABLE OF CONTENTS
H A R D S H I P W H E N A LT E R AT I O N C O S T S D O N O T E X C E E D T H E
ENR
AV E R A G E
CONSTRUCTION
COST
INDEX
52
H A R D S H I P W H E N A LT E R AT I O N C O S T S E X C E E D T H E E N R
AV E R A G E
CONSTRUCTION
COST
INDEX
53
P R I O R I T Y F O R C O M P L E T I N G PAT H O F T R AV E L
54
54
E L E VATO R
REQUIREMENTS
IN
A LT E R AT I O N S
57
F L O W C H A R T - E S TA B L I S H I N G P R E L I M I N A R Y R E Q U I R E M E N T S 5 9
F L O W C H A RT - E S TA B L I S H I N G V E RT I C A L A C C E S S R E Q U I R E M E N T S 6 0
FLOW CHART - DETERMINING LEGAL AND PHYSICAL CONSTRAINTS 61
FLOW
CHART
D E T E R M I N AT I O N
OF
DISPROPORTIONALITY
62
ADDITIONS
GENERAL
I N F O R M AT I O N
AND
EXAMPLES
66
H I S T O R I C P R E S E R VAT I O N
GENERAL
PROCEDURES
A LT E R N AT I V E
I N F O R M AT I O N
M O D I F I C AT I O N S
69
70
71
R E G U L AT I O N S
72
IMPLEMENTING
B A R R I E R R E M O VA L S I N E X I S T I N G B U I L D I N G S A N D
FA C I L I T I E S
GENERAL
R E A D I LY
A C H I E VA B L E
I N F O R M AT I O N
BARRIER
R E M O VA L
82
82
Chapter 6
O C C U PA N C Y S P E C I F I C R E Q U I R E M E N T S
ACCESSIBILITY
FOR
GROUP
O C C U PA N C I E S
85
FACILITIES
85
PITS
86
S E AT I N G
IN
A S S E M B LY
AREAS
88
F L O W C H A R T - A C C E S S I B L E S E AT I N G R E Q U I R E M E N T S I N
A S S E M B LY
AREAS
ASSISTIVE
LISTENING
SYSTEMS
IN
A S S E M B LY
FLOW CHART - ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
IN
A S S E M B LY
AREAS
DINING,
RELIGIOUS
BANQUET
AND
FAR
FACILITIES
AREAS
FACILITIES
91
96
97
100
104
TA B L E O F C O N T E N T S
ACCESSIBILITY
FOR
GROUP
O C C U PA N C I E S
106
ACCESSIBILITY
LIBRARIES
FACTORIES
FOR
GROUP
AND
106
O C C U PA N C I E S
109
109
11 3
WAREHOUSES
A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R G R O U P H O C C U PA N C I E S 11 4
ACCESSIBILITY
FOR
MEDICAL
A LT E R AT I O N S
CARE
TO
GROUP
O C C U PA N C I E S
FACILITIES
PAT I E N T
BEDROOMS
11 5
11 6
11 7
A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R G R O U P M O C C U PA N C I E S 11 9
C H E C K S TA N D S
THEFT
FITTING
(CHECK-OUT
PREVENTION
AND
DRESSING
AISLES)
11 9
BARRIERS
ROOMS
122
123
A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R O U T D O O R O C C U PA N C I E S 1 2 5
A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R G R O U P R O C C U PA N C I E S 1 2 7
HOTELS. MOTELS, INNS, DORMITORIES. RESORTS. HOMELESS
SHELTERS. HALFWAY HOUSES, TRANSIENT GROUP HOMES
AND
SIMILAR
PLACES
OF
TRANSIENT
LODGING
ACCESSIBLE
TRANSIENT
LODGING
NOTIFICATION DEVICES AND TELEPHONES IN ACCESSIBLE
TRANSIENT
LODGING
ACCESSIBLE KITCHENS, KITCHENETTES & WET BARS
127
130
133
135
B U I L D I N G S A N D C O M P L E X E S C O N TA I N I N G
P U B L I C LY- F U N D E D
DWELLING
UNITS
GENERAL
SITE
REQUIREMENTS
A D A P TA B L E
DWELLING
UNITS
139
140
141
F L O W C H A R T - D E T E R M I N AT I O N O F L O C AT I O N A N D Q U A N T I T Y
O F R E Q U I R E D " A D A P TA B L E " D W E L L I N G U N I T S AT T H E FA C I L I T Y 1 4 6
FLOW CHART - EXCEPTIONS FROM ADAPTABLE DWELLING UNIT
REQUIREMENTS DUE TO CHARACTERISTICS OF TERRAIN 147
FLOW CHART - EXCEPTIONS FROM ADAPTABLE DWELLING UNIT
REQUIREMENTS DUE TO CHARACTERISTICS OF TERRAIN 148
Chapter 7
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF ACCESSIBIUTY
A P P L I C A B L E TO A L L B U I L D I N G S A N D FA C I L I T I E S
1.
2.
3.
4.
The
SITE
ENTRANCE
SIGNAGE
ACCESSIBLE
ROUTE
OF
T R AV E L
PA R K I N G
SINGLE
S PA C E
PA R K I N G
DESIGN
SITE
CatDAO
California
Disabled Accessibility
Guidebook
2000
151
153
154
156
POO
ix
TA B L E O F C O N T E m ^
5.
6.
DOUBLE
PA R K I N G
VA N - A C C E S S I B L E
PA R K I N G
S PA C E
S PA C E
DESIGN
DESIGN
7.
PA R K I N G
S PA C E
SIGNAGE
8.
PA R K I N G
S PA C E
STRIPING
9.
10.
PA R K I N G
PA S S E N G E R
11 .
12.
13.
DROP-OFF
AND
CURB
DIAGONAL
ZONES
FACILITIES
AND
CURB-CUT
(CORNER-TYPE)
D E T E C TA B L E
159
161
LOADING
PA R K I N G
B U I LT- U P
12a.
159
STRUCTURES
VA L E T
WARNINGS
CURB
ON
158
159
CURB
163
163
RAMPS
164
RAMPS
166
RAMPS
166
173
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
PEDESTRIAN
RAMPS
ENCROACHMENT
OF
DOORS
ONTO
RAMPS
RAMP
HANDRAILS
WALKS
AND
SIDEWALKS
HAZARDS
PROTRUDING
OBJECTS
S TA I RWAY S
S TA I RWAY
I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
173
178
180
185
191
198
200
207
ENTRANCES/EXITS
209
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
WAT E R
S PA C E
F O U N TA I N S
ALLOWANCE
(DRINKING)
&
REACH
RANGES
TELEPHONES
E L E VATO R S
CONTROL
E L E VATO R
TO
OBJECTS
PA N E L
212
213
219
219
220
222
227
228
228
233
233
236
241
246
252
254
3 9 . V I S U A L A N D A U D I B L E S I G N A L S F O R E L E VAT O R S ( H A L L L A N T E R N S ) 2 5 5
40.
SPECIAL
41.
E L E VATO R S
(WHEELCHAIR
S A N I TA RY
LIFTS)
FACILITIES
256
264
4 2 . I D E N T I F I C AT I O N S Y M B O L S ( F O R S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S ) 2 6 6
43.
M U LT I P L E
44.
SINGLE
45.
46.
A C C O M M O D AT I O N
A C C O M M O D AT I O N
FRONT-TRANSFER
TOILET
A LT E R N AT E
TOILET
L AVATO R I E S
48.
URINALS
49.
50.
GRAB
ACCESSORIES
51.
51a.
S TA L L
S TA L L
47.
TOILETS
TOILETS
DESIGN
DESIGN
290
S A N I TA RY
291
FACILITIES
294
AREAS
296
SINKS
C O M B I N AT I O N
SINK
AND
272
282
285
288
BARS
IN
270
295
COUNTER
2000 PCC
TA B L E O F C O N T E N T S
52.
SHOWERS
297
53.
B AT H T U B S
303
54.
STORAGE
307
5 5 . C O N T R O L S A N D O P E R AT I N G M E C H A N I S M S . V E N D I N G M A C H I N E S 3 1 0
56.
57.
A U TO M AT E D
FIXED
OR
58.
TELLER
B U I LT- I N
SIGNS
&
POINT-OF-SALE
S E AT I N G .
AND
TA B L E S
&
MACHINES
COUNTERS
I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
314
321
323
59.
VISUAUAUDIBLE
ALARMS
60.
ELECTRICAL
CODE
PROVISIONS
61.
T R A N S P O RTAT I O N
FACILITIES
6 2 . C A R D R E A D E R S AT G A S O L I N E F U E L D I S P E N S I N G FA C I L I T I E S
330
333
334
342
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A- COMPARISON CHART OF 1994/1996/1998/1999 CODE FORMAT
CHANGES
TO
THE
CALIFORNIA
BUILDING
CODE
345
363
SURFACES,
REFERENCE
DOCUMENT
419
INDEX
The
CalDAG
435
Caliromia
Disabled
Accessibility
Guidebook
<S>2000
PCC
X/
The majority of the CalDAG Is in a checklist format. General requirements that pertain
to a specific Improvement or occupancy are listed in conjunction with specific
characteristics that the feature must exhibit. Each of these applicable items include the
most stringent interpretation between State and Federal sources. The listed items are
followed by a sequence of notations. The first notation, when applicable, is the
California Title 24 regulation that relates to the Item. This notation will be In bold print.
The second notation, when applicable, is the ADA or ADAAG regulation that relates to
the item. This notation Is In standard italic print. The third notation, when applicable, is
a reference to a corresponding diagram or figure In this book that visualizes the
requirement.
There are items in the book that may list a State reference but not a Federal reference
(and vice-versa). In these Instances the Item listed is an exclusive requirement by one
source and not by the other.
The example shown below is a checklist item from the book section titled "BUILT-UP
CURB AND CURB-CUT RAMPS" (found on page 164);
I. Transitions from ramp(s) to walks, guttere or streets are flush and free of abrupt
changes. 11276.5.5 4.7.2
By looking up section 1127B.5.5 In California's guidelines you will find that it states:
'Beveled Up. The lower end of each curb ramp shall have a 1/2 inch (13 mm) lip
beveled at 45 degrees as a detectable way-finding edge for persons with visual
impairment By then looking up section 4.7.2 in the ADAAG, this section will state:
'...Transitions from ramps to walks, gutters, or streets shall be flush and free of abrupt
changes...." In this instance, a conflict exists between the two requirements. The
ADAAG requirement for a flush transition at the bottom of a curb ramp is more restrictive
than Califomia's requirement to place a beveled lip at the bottom of the ramp.
Consequently, only the required Federal parameters are listed for this specific checklist
item. The referenced figures will therefore only show curb ramps with flush transitions to
adjoining improvements at the bottom of the ramp(s).
As previously stated, this book only lists the most stringent set of requirements between
State and Federal sources as determined through interpretations forwarded by the
Department of Justice and the Access Board (formerly the ATBCB). If the reader wishes
to gain further clarification as to both the State and Federal positions on any information
in this book then they should contact the appropriate State and Federal agencies.
2000 PCC
Step 1
Chapter 1 of this book titled "DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STATE AND FEDERAL
GUIDELINES", should be the first chapter read in order to understand the responsibilities
that you have for complying with both State and Federal accessibility guidelines, and for
understanding the significant differences that still exist between the two sets of
guidelines.
Step 2
Chapter 3. titled "PRIVATELY-FUNDED VS. PUBLICLY-FUNDED PROJECTS", should
be reviewed to determine the appropriate guidelines that you must use if your project is
financed by private, state, or federal funds, or a combination of funds from these entities.
step 3
If your project consists solely of New Construction, then Chapter 4 titled
ACCESSIBILITY IN NEW CONSTRUCTION" must be thoroughly read and understood.
This chapter provides the Information and step-by-step guidance that you will need to
determine the degree of accessibility that your building or facility must exhibit. Including
parameters on Unreasonable Hardship, determining structural impracticality and
feasibility, and whether or not an elevator will be required. This chapter contains flow
charts that can be used to determine the required project parameters from the
conceptual design phase forward.
situations you will encounter. This chapter contains detailed information on establishing
preliminary requirements, establishing vertical access (elevator) requirements,
determining legal and physical constraints (hardship), and whether or not the
accessibility Improvements will be disproportionate to the cost and scope of the overall
project.
step 4
Step No. 4 In the process is to determine if any special considerations will also affect the
proposed project. Chapter 6 is tilled "OCCUPANCY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS".
This chapter provides both general and specific Information that must be utilized for the
specific occupancy class of the building or facility. These requirements are in addition to
the general requirements listed in Chapter 7 for Individual Improvements.
Step 5
The vast majority of the required features that Individual Improvements must exhibit are
contained In Chapter 7 titled "GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF ACCESSIBILITY
A P P L I C A B L E TO A L L B U I L D I N G S A N D FA C I L I T I E S " . W h i l e t h e I n f o r m a t i o n i n t h i s
chapter will no doubt be the most continually utilized, it is important to understand all of
the Information in this book to provide for correct applications in various situations.
D I S C R E PA N C I E S B E T W E E N S TAT E A N D F E D E R A L G U I D E U N E S
Chapter 1
D I S C R E PA N C I E S B E T W E E N S TAT E A N D
FEDERAL GUIDELINES
This is an extremely Important chapter to read and understand if you are a design or
construction professional who would prefer not getting sued for discrimination or faulty
implementation of disabled accessibility guidelines. The facts are this; even though
Califomia has adopted and published it's own interpretation of the most stringent
provisions between state and federal standards, there are stiil a large number of
discrepancies between what Califomia allows or requires, and what the ADA allows or
requires. To set the stage for the Information that will follow In this chapter, an excerpt
from the Federal Register published by the Department of Justice (DOJ) regarding
differences between state and federal guidelines is provided below;
Section 36.602 General rule
requirements of the Act (the ADA) for the accessibility and usability of
places of public accommodation and commercial facilities under this part
by issuing a certification of equivalency. At any enforcement proceeding
under title III of the Act, such certification shall be rebuttable evidence
that such State law or local ordinance does meet or exceed the minimum
requirements of title III. (Federal Register, Friday, Juiy 26, 1991, 28 CFR
Part 36, Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability by Public Accommodations
and in Commercial Facilities; Final Rule)
As stated above, the ADA provides the ability for a state or locai agency to submit it's
accessibility guidelines to the DOJ for certification. This certification can be somewhat
equated to an insurance poiicy against ciaims that the agencies enforcement of the
federal guidelines is deficient or incorrect. On the reverse side, an agency that is not
utiiizing a certified set of guidelines has no document of proof that their interpretations
are correct, and therefore do not have this protection. At the time of this writing, only the
states of Texas and Washington have received official certification that their
guidelines meet or exceed the requirements of the ADA. California's standards were
submitted in 1997 to Washington and because they are reviewed in the order received,
the DOJ will only begin to review this submittal this year. For those of you who have
been told by state or local agencies that you have nothing to worry about because
Califomia has a more stringent set of guidelines than the ADA, I can assure you that this
is not the situation. While Califomia has effectively blended a majority of the
requirements between state and federal guidelines, many significant deficiencies, some
of which are monumentai, still exist. Accordingly, a monumentally false sense of
security exists for those individuals that believe that unquestioned compliance with
existing state accessibility guidelines will prevent them from being sued in a court of law.
In order to help explain this situation, I have detailed a few of these discrepancies below.
These examples are indicative of the types of discrepancies throughout California's
existing guidelines. In addition to the discrepancies listed below, numerous explanations
and interpretations are provided throughout the text of this publication on an issue-by-
2000 PCC
D I S C R E PA N C I E S B E T W E E N S TAT E A N D F E D E R A L G U I D E L I N E S
issue basis as the situations present themselves. It is my Intention to make you aware of
the significant problems which stilt presently exist; and to provide you with enough
information to make logical decisions when designing and constructing disabled
accessibility improvements in California.
CURB
RAMPS
B U I LT- U P C U R B R A M P S AT D I S A B L E D PA R K I N G S PA C E S
may encroach into the length of such spaces when such encroachment
does not limit the capability of a person with a disability to leave or enter a
The federal position on this matter can be found in Section 4.6.3 of the ADAAG titled
"Parking Spaces" which states: "....Parking spaces and access aisles shall be level
with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions." California also lists a
2% (1:50) maximum slope, however only in regards to parking spaces and does not list
access aisles (see C.B.C. Section 1129B.4.4). All of the federal agencies responsible
for development and enforcement of the ADA have unanimously stated that it Is not
acceptable to place a curb ramp such that it encroaches into the maximum 2% gradient
allowed for HC parking spaces OR access aisles. Concern was voiced that any
encroachment of a ramp into the space or access aisle might prohibit a disabled
individual from safely transferring from a vehicle to a wheelchair or walker. For
example, an individual might wish to transfer from the front of a van, in which case the
vehicle door might open directly over the ramp. In addition, an individual In a wheelchair
may accidentally catch the side slope of the ramp and be directed downhill into a
collision with their own parked car. A direct quote from the appendix section of the
ADAAG further explains the federal position of curb ramps extending into access aisles:
Section A4.6.3 Parking Spaces
..."An essential consideration for any design Is having the access aisle
level with the parking space. Since a person with a disability, using a lift
or ramp, must maneuver within the access aisle, the aisle cannot include a
ramp or sloped area. The access aisle must be connected to an
accessible route to the appropriate accessible entrance of a building or
facility. The parking access aisle must either blend with the accessible
route or have a curb ramp complying with 4.7. Such a curb ramp opening
must be located within the access aisle boundaries, not within the parking
It is true that it is easier and less expensive to provide a built-up curt ramp at disabled
parking spaces in lieu of constructing a curb-cut ramp or other improvements that do not
encroach into the access aisle. At this point in time, California still allows this
2000 PCC
D I S C R E PA N C I E S B E T W E E N E TA T E A N D F E D E R A L G U I D E U N E S
Another significant issue regarding curb ramps is the extension of the ramp(s) into
vehicuiar traffic lanes. The foiiowing section from the ADAAG presents the federal
position:
4.7.6 Bullt-up Curb Ramos. Built-up curb ramps shall be located so that
they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes.
This federal standard is not included within the body of California's accessibility
One additional issue with curb ramps which creates significant controversy is the 1/2"
beveled lip that Caiifornia requires at the bottom of curb ramps. This state standard is
found under CBC Section 1127B.5.5 and states:
"Beveled lip. The lower end of each ourh ramp shall have a 1/2 inch (13 mm) lip
beveled at 45 degrees as a detectable way-finding edge for persons with visual
Impairments."
In direct conflict with this provisions Is ADAAG Section 4.7.2 which states:
"... Transitions from ramps to walks, gutters, or streets shall be flush and
free of abrupt changes...."
When considering this issue, it is interesting to note that under both state and federal
laws it Is only allowable to have any threshold, edge, etc., in an accessible path of travel
up to 1/2" high ]f it Is beveled at a 1:2 gradient (33 degrees). California's 1/2" lip
beveled at a 45 degree angle also violates state and federal path of travel provisions.
In regards to the above examples, any designer or contractor, public or private, that
constructs a ramp which extends into an accessible parking stall, or into a vehicular
traffic lane, or has a 1/2" lip, is exceeding federal guidelines and becomes liable for
errors and omissions and personal injury claims.
SHOWERS
One of the most controversial issues between state and federal guidelines has
historically Involved shower stall dimensions. To Califomia's credit, the state finally
adopted the ADAAG required 30" x 60" shower stall on April 1,1998. The problem that
still exists however, is that Califomia also allows you to choose between the old 42" x 48"
stall and the new 30" x 60" shower stall (known as a "roll-in" shower stall),
i have questioned Washington numerous times on the issue of Califomia's 42" x 48"
shower stall and they have not budged. Both the ATBCB and the DOJ are adamant that
the federal stall designs are safer, and therefore more stringent designs than Califomia's
stall. Federal guidelines also require that a federal "roll-in" shower stall is utilized in
2000 PCC
D I S C R E PA N C I E S B E T W E E N S TAT E A N D F E D E R A L G U I D E U N E S
7 build what's shown on the plans; If it's wrong, It's the architects fault". 7 don't care If
It's wrong; It passed plan check and the field Inspector approved It and signed off.
Do these statements sound familiar? They should; these types of statements are
rampant In the construction and design community. Professionals who provide services
to clients accept the responsibility for complying with applicable federal, state, and local
codes. Furthermore, they are expected to provide a reasonable standard of care
consistent with the standards of other professionals practicing In the same locality.
However, the fact that many professionals deliberately ignore govemment accessibility
requirements in their design or construction does not excuse any of them from liability.
Judge Leamed Hand stated; "[There] are precautions so imperative that even their
universal disregard will not excuse their omission."^ So, whether design and construction
professionals have been unaware or have been deliberately ignoring federal, state, or
local disabled-accessibility requirements, they cannot escape liability for these
omissions. It is reasonable to expect today that the courts will find that familiarity with
disabled-access requirements are within the reasonable standard of care for design and
construction professionals.
So, who is responsible when a required improvement is left out or built incorrectly?
Chances are, everyone who had anything to do with the problem from conceptual design
to completed construction will be brought into the fray. The ADA is very clear that the
individuals responsible for both the design and construction of non-compliant
improvements can be held responsible (see section on Unreasonable Hardship in the
Chapter on "Accessibility in New Construction", this book). While the penalties for non
compliance at the federal level can be severe, the prevalence of private suits for
personal injury demands extreme attention.
Liability for personal iniurv
Given the prevalence of personal injury suits by able-bodied individuals who use public
access facilities, the likelihood is very great that the disabied who discover public
facilities without mandated access components will sue the owner and managing entities.
Even prior to the ADA, the courts did not hesitate to award damages to Individuals
injured on disabled-access improvements. The courts have held that entities are
responsible for the quality of their access facilities. A Califomia court held that the
determination of whether anyone but an expert could recognize subtle design
deficiencies in a handicap ramp was an issue of fact subject to trial. In this case, a
wheelchair-bound woman was injured when she fell from a ramp that was too long and
too steep. Even though the plaintiff had used the ramp regularly for four years, the court
found that the property owner was liable because of a "latent" design defect.^ A defect
may either be "patent" or "latent". If the slope of the ramp had been a patent defect, a
defect that could be discovered by such an Inspection as would be made in the exercise
of ordinary care and prudence, the property owner would have been protected by a
Califomia four-year personal Injury statute of limitations. But a latent defect is hidden
and cannot be discovered by a reasonably careful inspection. The test of whether a
defect is patent or latent is not whether the deficiency and Its significance are obvious
but whether they are obvious to the average consumer who exercises reasonable care.
If a facility contains existing access improvements that some future expert analysis
' See Peck and Hoch, "Liabilily of Engineers for Structural Design Errors: State of the Art
Considerations in Defining the Standard of Care, "Villanova Law Review 30, pp. 403, 423 (1985), citing
inter alia. The T.J. Hooper, 60 F.2d 737, 739-740 (2d Cir.) cert, denied. 287 u.s. 662 (1932).
^ Barnes V. Innis Tennebaum Arcliitects 221 Cal. App. 3d, 1314 Gal. Rptr. (June 1990).
()2000 PCC
D I S C R E PA N C I E S B E T W E E N S TAT E A N D F E D E R A L G U I D E U N E S
determines are defective, the owner Is sitting on a time bomb. These are latent-defect
situations that expose owners and managers to personal injury liability for 10 years after
the construction has been completed.
T H E I N A D E Q U AT E S A F E T Y N E T O F S TAT E A N D L O C A L G O V E R N M E N T
APPROVALS
Designers, contractors, owners and managers sometimes live with the false sense of
security that arises from the belief that they are exempt from future action on their
projects because they have secured approvals from local or state building offices. As
stated earlier, there are still numerous discrepancies between state and federal
guidelines at this point. In addition, due to the fact that the state continues to make
substantial changes to the CBC each year, the building offices you will be dealing with
are playing a continual game of "catch-up" and will require a substantial amount of time
to become proficient with new guidelines which are significantly different. This places a
particularly high degree of responsibility upon the construction and design professional.
If conflicts develop over the correct interpretation of access compliance requirements
between yourself and a govemmental agency, it is important that you understand two
very specific California Civil Codes:
818.2 Adoption or failure to adopt or enforce enactment.
A public entity is not liable for injury caused by its failure to make an
830), for the purpose of determining whether the property complies with or
violates any enactment or contains or constitutes a hazard to health or
safety.
In a nutshell, these two codes allow a public entity to be virtually immune from
negligence when performing plan check or Inspection services. When providing design
and construction improvements for disabled access features, you must weigh the
responsibiiities and iiabilitles that you have with your building department, your client and
yourself. The contracts that you use should expressly delegate the responsibility for the
ievei of compiiance to aii parties concerned. Your clients shouid aiso be made aware of
the situations and requested to provide written approval of the interpretations you use to
compiy with existing discrepancies between state and federai requirements.
D U T I E S O F S TAT E A N D L O C A L G O V E R N M E N T A G E N C I E S
Although a state or iocal government agency cannot usually be held accountable for the
plan check and inspection services that they provide to the general public, The ADA
does hoid these same agencies accountable for the degree of compliance they exhibit
within the govemmental facilities and services they occupy or provide. While the public
must comply with Title III of the ADA, state and local government agencies must comply
with Title II. Many portions of Titles II & III are similar in their obligations, however there
are many differences that pose serious concerns requiring attention.
State and local government agencies will require you to design and construct access
does not agree that ail of Caiifomia's interpretations presently meet the mandates of the
ADA. Therefore, when a state or local government agency requires you to build
improvements that are in direct violation of the ADA, both you AND the agency can be
held liable for discrimination. A distinction must be made here between what a building
2000 POO
D I S C R E PA N C I E S B E T W E E N S TA T E A N D F E D E R A L G U I D E L I N E S
agency ALLOWS you to build, and what that same agency REQUIRES you to build. To
illustrate this concept, lets look at two previously listed examples; curb ramps In
accessible parking stalls and 1/2" lips on curb ramps;
Curb ramps in accessible parking stalls
California allows its residents to construct curb ramps which encroach into accessible
parking stall access aisles. The ADA does not allow ramps to encroach into any portion
of an accessible parking stall. Since Callfomla allows these ramps to encroach, they are
not reaulrina you to exceed ADA guidelines. In this situation, If you construct a ramp
which encroaches into an accessible parking stall, you made the choice to exceed
federal guidelines. The responsibility and liability for the consequences will likely fall on
your shoulders In this type of situation.
Beveled lips on curb ramps
When an entity Is constructing curb ramps in Califomla, state guidelines require that
these ramps have a 1/2" lip at the bottom of the ramp which Is beveled at a 45 degree
angle. The ADA guidelines require these same ramps to have a flush transition at the
bottom of the ramp. The ADA does not consider California's requirement to be more
stringent than the federal requirement. Therefore, when a state or local agency requires
you to construct the California required 1/2" beveled lip, they are reouirlnq you to break
federal law. This Is an entirely different ball game as far as the feds are concemed. The
DOJ has stated that any state or local govemment agency that requires the public to
construct facilities In direct violation of the ADA can and will be held liable for
discrimination. To illustrate this point, the following excerpt from the Federal Register,
Section 35.178 of 28 CFR, titled "State Immunity" is included for your review:
"A State shall not be Immune under the eleventh amendment to the
It Is my hope that you are beginning to understand the seriousness of this situation. Until
California receives a Certification of Equivalency that state codes meet or exceed the
2000 PCC
Chapter 2
DEFINmONS & GENERAL TERMINOLOGY
General Terminology.
comply with. Meet one or more specifications of the guidelines. 3.4
If. if... then. Denotes a specification that applies only when
the conditions described are present. 3.4
may. Denotes an option or altemallve. 3.4
D e fi n i t i o n s .
A
Access Aisle. An accessible pedestrian space between elements, such as parking spaces,
seating, and desks, that proyides clearances appropriate for use of the elements. 3.5
Accessibility. The combination of various elements in a building or area which allows access,
circulation and the full use of the building and facilities by persons with disabilities. 202
Accessible. Describes a site, building, facility, or portion thereof that is approachable and
usable by persons with disabilities and complies with the guidelines. 1102B 3.5
Accessible Element. An element specified by the guidelines (for example, telephone, controls,
and the like). 202 3.5
Accessible Location. Is a location which can be reached by an employee standing on the floor,
platform, runway or other permanent working area. 202
Accessible Route (of trayelK A continuous unobstructed path connecting all accessible
elements and spaces of a building or facility that can be negotiated by a person with a severe
disability using a wheelchair and that is also safe for and usable by persons with other
disabilities, and that also is consistent with the definition of "path of travel", interior accessible
routes may include com'dors, floors, ramps, elevators, lifts, and clear floor space at fixtures.
Exterior accessible routes may include parking access aisles, curb ramps, crosswalks at
vehicular ways, walks, ramps, and lifts. 1102B 3.5
Accessible Space. Space that complies with these guidelines. 202 3.5
2000 POO
Adaptability. The ability of certain building spaces and elements, such as Kitchen counters,
sinks, and grab bars, to be added or altered so as to accommodate the needs of individuals with
or without disabilities or to accommodate the needs of persons with different types or degrees of
d i s a b i l i t y. 11 0 2 B 3 . 5
allow passage Into and within all premises by physically disabled persons in wheelchairs as
r e q u i r e d . 11 0 2 A . 1 - A
Addition. An expansion, extension, or increase in the gross floor area or height of a building or
structure.
202
3.5
use of a public accommodation or commercial facility, that affects or could affect the usability of
the building or facility or part thereof. Alterations include, but are not limited to, remodeling,
renovation, rehabilitation, reconstruction, historic restoration, changes or rearrangement of the
structural parts or elements, and changes or rearrangement in the plan configuration of walls and
full-height partitions. Normal maintenance, reroofing, painting or wallpapering, or changes to
mechanical and electrical systems are not alterations unless they affect the usability of the
b u i l d i n g o r f a c i l i t y. 2 0 2 3 . 5
Apartment House. Is any building or portion thereof which contains three or more dwelling units
and, for the purpose of this code, includes residential condominiums. 202
Area for Evacuation Assistance. Is an accessible space which is protected from fire and
smoke and which facilitates a delay in egress (see Area of Rescue Assistance). 1102B
Area of Rescue Assistance. An area, which has direct access to an exit, where people who are
unable to use stairs may remain temporarily In safety to await further Instructions or assistance
Assembly Building. Is a building or portion of a building used for the gathering together of 50
or more persons for such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, worship,
entertainment, amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation. Any building or
structure or portion thereof used or intended to be used for the showing of motion pictures when
an admission fee Is charged and when such building or structure is open to the public and has a
capacity
of
10
or
more
modo PCC
persons.
202
1 0
Assistive Device. Is an aid, tool or instrument used by persons with disabilities to assist in
activities of daily living. Examples of assistive devices include tongs, knob-turners and ovenrack pusher/pullers. 1102A.1-A
Automatic Door. A door equipped with a power-operated mechanism and controls that open
and close the door automatically upon receipt of a momentary actuating signal. The switch that
begins the automatic cycle may be a photoelectric device, floor mat, or manual switch (see
power-assisted door). 202 3.5
B
Balconv. Is that portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is
raised 4 feet or more above the level of the main floor and shall include the area providing
access to the seating area or serving only as a foyer. 203
Balconv. Exterior Exit. Is a landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building, and which
serves as a required exit. The long side shall be at least 50 percent open, and the open area
above the guardrail shall be so distributed as to prevent the accumulation of smoke or toxic
gases. 1001.2.1
Basement. Is any floor level below the first story In a building, except that a floor level in a
building having only one floor level shall be classified as a basement unless such floor level
compartmented bathroom Is one in which the fixtures are distributed among interconnected
rooms. A compartmented bathroom Is considered a single unit and Is subject to the
requirements for bathrooms for disabled persons. 1102A.2B
Buildino. Any structure used and intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy. A
building is any structure as to which state agencies have regulatory power, used or Intended for
supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy, housing or enclosure of persons, animals,
chattels, equipment or property of any kind, and also Includes structures wherein things may be
grown, made, produced, kept, handled, stored or disposed of, and all appendages, accessories,
apparatus, appliances and equipment installed as a part thereof.
"Building" shall not include machinery, equipment or appliances installed for manufacture or
process purposes only, nor shall It Include any construction installations which are not a part of a
building, any tunnel, mine shaft, highway or bridge, or include any house trailer or vehicle which
conforms to the Vehicle Code. 203 3.5
BuildInQ Entrance on an Accessible Route, (for privatelv-funded housing) Is an accessible
2000 PCC
11
Buildina Official. Is the officer or other designated authority charged with the administration
and enforcement of this code, or the building officiars duly authorized representative in
accordance with state law, Health and Safety Code Section 13146, in occupancies regulated by
t h e s t a t e fi r e m a r s h a l . 2 0 3
C
Catwalk (Maintenance Runwav). Is a narrow elevated level or Inclined walkway not intended
as a routine passageway, but normally used as access for special purposes such as light
maintenance, adjustment, Inspection or observations. 1001.2.2
C.B.C. California Building Code - California's adopted and published amendments to the
Uniform Building Code that regulate design and construction in California.
C.C.R. Means the California Code of Regulations. 204
Circulation Path. An exterior or interior way of passage from one place to another for
pedestrians. Including, but not limited to, walks, hallways, courtyards, stairways, and stair
landings. 204 3.5
Clear.
Unobstructed.
3.5
Clear Floor Space. The minimum unobstructed floor or ground space required to accommodate
a single, stationary wheelchair and occupant. 3.5
Closed Circuit Telephone. A telephone with dedicated line(s) such as a house phone, courtesy
phone or phone that must be used to gain entrance to a facility. 204 3.5
Commerce. Is travel, trade, traffic, commerce, transportation, or communication (1) within the
state; (2) among several states; (3) between any foreign country or any territory or possession
and any state; or (4) between points in the same state, but through another state or foreign
c o u n t r y. 2 0 4
Commercial Facilities. Are facilities that are intended for nonresidential use and whose
operations will affect commerce, including factories, warehouses, office buildings, and other
buildings in which employment may occur. Commercial facilities shall not Include railroad
locomotives, railroad freight cars, railroad cabooses, railroad cars covered under Title III of the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or facilities that are covered or expressly exempted from
coverage under the Fair Housing Act of 1988(42 USG 3601-3631, et seq.). 204 36.104
Common Use. Refers to those interior and exterior rooms, spaces, or elements that are made
available for the use of a restricted group of people (for example, occupants of a homeless
shelter, the occupants of an office building, orthe guests of such occupants). 204 3.5
Common-Use Areas (for privately funded housing!. Are rooms, spaces or elements Inside or
outside of a building that are made available for the use of residents of a building or the guests
thereof. These areas Include, but are not limited to, hallways, lounges, lobbies, laundry rooms,
refuse rooms, mall rooms, recreational areas and passageways between buildings. 1102A.3-C
Condominium,
residential.
See
"apartment
2000 PCC
house".
204
12
Congregate Residence. Is any building or portion thereof which contains facilities for living,
sleeping and sanitation, as required by this code (CBC), and may include facilities for eating and
cooking, for occupancy by other than a family. A congregate residence may be a shelter,
convent, monastery, dormitory, fraternity or sorority house but does not include jails, hospitals,
privately funded dwelling units if such buildings have one or more elevators; and all ground-floor
dwelling units in other buildings consisting of three or more dwelling units. Dwelling units within a
single structure separated by firewalls do not constitute separate buildings. 1102A.3-C
Cross Slope. The slope that is perpendicular to the direction of travel (see running slope). 204
3.5
Curb Cut. Is an interruption of a curb at a pedestrian way, which separates surfaces that are
substantially at the same elevation. 204
Curb Ramp. (State) Is a sloping pedestrian way, intended for pedestrian traffic, which provides
access between a walk or sidewalk to a surface located above or below an adjacent curb face.
204 (Fed) A short ramp cutting through a curb or built up to it. 3.5
D
Detectable Warning. A standardized surface or feature built in or applied to walking surfaces or
other elements to warn visually impaired people of hazards on a circulation path. 205 3.5
Disabled. See "disability". 205
Directional Sign. Is a publicly displayed notice which indicates by use of words or symbols a
recommended direction or route of travel. 205
Disability. Is (1) a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the
major life activities of an individual, or (2) a record of such an impairment, or (3) being regarded
as having such an impairment. 205 36.104
Dormitory. Is a room occupied by more than two guests 205
Dwelling Unit. A single unit which provides a kitchen or food preparation area, in addition to
rooms and spaces for living, bathing, sleeping, and the like. Dwelling units include a single
family home or a townhouse used as a transient group home; an apartment building used as a
shelter; guest rooms in a hotel that provide sleeping accommodations and food preparation
areas; and other similar facilities used on a transient basis for not more than one family, or a
household of one or more persons. Examples of dwelling units covered by these regulations
include condominiums, an apartment unit within an apartment building, and other types of
dwellings in which sleeping accommodations are provided but toileting or cooking facilities are
shared by occupants of more than one room or portion of the dwelling. Examples of the latter
include dormitory rooms and sleeping accommodations in shelters intended for occupancy as
residences
for
homeless
persons.
11 0 2 A . 4 - D
2000 PCC
13
E
Egress. Means of. A continuous and unobstructed way of exit travel from any point In a
building or facility to a public way. A means of egress comprises vertical and horizontal travel
and may include intervening room spaces, doorways, hallways, corridors, passageways,
balconies, ramps, stairs, enclosures, lobbies, horizontal exits, courts and yards. An accessible
means of egress is one that complies with these guidelines and does not include stairs, steps, or
of entering. An entrance Includes the approach walk, the vertical access leading to the entrance
platform, the entrance platform itself, vestibules if provided, the entry door(s) orgate(s), and the
hardware of the entry door(s) or gate(s). Entrance shall mean any entrance to a facility which has
a substantial flow of pedestrian traffic to any specific major function of the facility. 205 3.5
Eguivalent Facilitation. Is an alternate means of complying with the literal requirements of
these standards and specifications that provides access In terms of the purpose of these
standards and specifications. In determining equivalent facilitation, consideration shall be given
to means that provide for the maximum independence of persons with disabilities while
presenting the least risk of harm, injury or other hazard to such persons or others. 205 2.2
Existing Buildings. See "building, existing." 205
Exit. The exit is that portion of the means of egress system between the exit access and the exit
discharge or the public way. Components that may be selectively included in the exit Include
exterior exit doors, exit enclosures, exit passageways and horizontal exits, in addition to those
common means of egress components described in CBC Section 1003.3. 1005.1
Exit Court. Is a yard or court providing access to a public way for one or more required exits.
1001.2.4 (from 1994 UBC)
Exit Passageway. Is an enclosed exit connecting a required exit or exit court with a public way.
1001.2.5 (from 1994 UBC)
F
Facility. All or any portion of buildings, structures, site improvements, complexes, equipment,
roads, walks, passageways, parking lots, or other real or personal property located on a site that
is built, altered, improved or developed to serve a particular purpose. 207 3.5
G
Grab Bar. Is a bar for the purpose of being grasped by the hand for support. 208
2000 PCC
14
Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation). Is the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of
the ground, paving or sidewalk within the area between the building and the property line or,
when the property line Is more than 5 feet from the building, between the building and a line 5
feet from the building. 208
Ground Floor. Any occupiable floor less than one story above or below grade with direct
access to grade. A building or facility always has at least one ground floor and may have more
than one ground floor as where a split level entrance has been provided or where a building Is
built into a hillside. 3.5
Guardrail. Is a vertical barrier erected along the open edges of a floor opening, wall opening,
ramp, platform, runway or other elevated area to prevent persons from falling off the open edge
208
H
Handrail. Is a railing provided for grasping with the hand for support. 209, 1102B
Health Care Provider. Is a person or entity regulated by a state to provide professional services
related to the physical or mental health of an individual and who makes such services available
to the public. 209
Horizontal Exit. Is an exit from one building into another building on approximately the same
level, or through or around a wall constructed as required for a two-hour occupancy separation
and which completely divides a floor into two or more separate areas so as to establish an area
of refuge affording safety from fire or smoke coming from the area from which escape is made
1001.2.8
Hotel. Is any building containing six or more guest rooms intended or designed to be used, or
which are used, rented or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied for sleeping purposes
by guests. 209
I
Industrial Stairs. Are a series of steps leading from one level or floor to another or leading to
platforms, pits, boiler rooms, crossovers, or around machinery, tanks and other equipment. A
series of steps and landings having three or more risers constitutes an industrial stair or stairway.
1001.2.9
J
Jurisdiction. As used in this code, is any political subdivision which adopts this code for
administrative regulations within its sphere of authority. 211
2000 PCC
15
K
Kick Plate. Is an abrasion-resistant plate affixed to the bottom portion of a door to prevent a
trap condition and protect Its surface. 212
L
Landing. Is an extended step or platform breaking a continuous run of steps or ramps.
1 0 0 1 . 2 . 11
Level Area. Is a specified surface that does not have a slope in any direction exceeding 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) in one foot (304.8 mm) from the horizontal (1:50 gradient or 2.0%). 213
Lift. Special Access. See "special access lifts." 213
Living Accommodations. Means any building or portion thereof having three or more
apartments as defined in this code or any publicly funded building or portion thereof. 213
Lodging House. Is any building or portion thereof containing not more than five guest rooms
where rent is paid in money, goods, labor or otherwise. 213
Lobbv. Is an area not defined as a waiting room at the entrance of a building through which
persons must pass. 213
M
Marked Crossing. Is a crosswalk or other identified path intended for pedestrian use In crossing
a vehicular way. 214 3.5
Means of Egress. A means of egress is an exit system that provides a continuous,
unobstructed and undiminished path of exit travel from any occupied point in a building or
structure to a public way. Such means of egress system consists of three separate and distinct
elements:
Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor. That portion of a story which is an intermediate floor level
placed within the story and having occupiable space above and below its floor. 214 3.5
Multlfamilv Dwelling. Any building containing more than two dwelling units. 3.5
Multiple-Accommodation Toilet Facility. Is a room that has more than one sanitary fixture. Is
intended for the use of more than one person at a time, and which usually is provided with
privacy compartments or screens shielding some fixtures from view. A bathroom serving a hotel
guest room and a privacy toilet in small offices, stores and similar locations are not Included in
this category. 214
Multistory Dwelling Unit. Is a dwelling unit with finished living space located on one floor and
the floor or floors immediately above or below it. 1102A.13-M
2000 PCC
16
N
Newly Constructed. Is a building that has never before been used or occupied for any purpose
11 0 2 A . 1 4 - N
Nonambulatorv Persons. Are persons unable to leave a building unassisted under emergency
conditions. It includes, but is not limited to, persons who depend on mechanical aids such as
crutches, walkers and wheelchairs and any person who Is unable to physically and mentally
respond to a sensory signal approved by the state fire marshal or an oral instruction relating to
fire danger.
Nose. Nosing. Is that portion of a tread projecting beyond the face of the riser immediately
below.
1002B
O
Occupancv. Is the purpose for which a building, or part thereof, Is used or intended to be used.
216
Occupiable. A room or enclosed space designed for human occupancy in which individuals
congregate for amusement, educational or similar purposes, or in which occupants are engaged
at labor, and which is equipped with means of egress, light, and ventilation. 216 3.5
Open Riser. Is the air space between tread projecting beyond the face of the riser immediately
below.
1002B
Operable Part. A part of a piece of equipment or appliance used to insert or withdraw objects,
or to activate, deactivate, or adjust the equipment or appliance (for example, coin slot, push
button, handle). 216 3.5
Owner. Is any person, agent, firm or corporation having a legal or equitable interest in the
p r o p e r t y. 2 1 6
P
Panic Hardware. Is a door-latching assembly incorporating an unlatching device, the activating
portion of which extends across at least one half the width of the door leaf on which it is Installed.
1001.2.15
Passage Door. Is a door other than an exit door through which persons may traverse. 217
Path of Travel. A passage that may consists of walks and sidewalks, curb ramps and pedestrian
ramps, lobbies and corridors, elevators, other improved areas, or a necessary combination
thereof, that provides free and unobstructed access to and egress from a particular area or
location
for
pedestrians
and/or
wheelchair
2000 POO
users.
217
17
Pedestrian, is an individual who moves in waiking areas with or without the use of walkingassistive devices such as crutches, leg braces, wheelchairs, etc. 217
Pedestrian Grade Separation, is a structure erected over or under an obstacle such as a
freeway, roadway, street, railroad, stream, etc., and intended primarily for pedestrian use. 217
Pedestrian ramp. Is a sloping path of travel intended for pedestrian traffic and as differentiated
from a curb ramp. 217
Pedestrian Walkway. Is a walkway used exclusively as a pedestrian trafficway. 217
year and seats intended for use at one location for more than 90 days. 217 & 221
Permit. Is an official document or certificate issued by the building official authorizing
performance of a specified activity. 217
Persons with Physical Disabilities. Means, as with respect to a person, a physical or mental
impairment which substantially limits one or more major life activities, a record of such an
impairment, or being regarded as having such an impairment. This term does not include
current, illegal use of or addiction to a controlled substance. For purposes of these guidelines,
an individual shall not be considered to have a physical disability solely because that individual
is a transvestite. As used in this definition "physical or mental impairment" includes:
11 0 2 A . 1 6 - P 3 6 . 1 0 4
1. Impairments which affect ambulation due to cerebral palsy, poliomyelitis, spinal cord
injury, amputation, arthritis, cardiac and pulmonary conditions, and other conditions or diseases
which reduce mobility, including aging. Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic
disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems:
neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs;
cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genito-urinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and
e n d o c r i n e ; o r 11 0 2 A . 1 6 - P 3 6 . 1 0 4
2. Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain
syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term 'physical or
mental Impairment' includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic,
visual, speech and hearing impairments; cerebral palsy; autism; epilepsy; muscular dystrophy;
multiple sclerosis; cancer; heart disease; diabetes; human immunodeficiency virus Infection;
mental retardation; emotional illness; drug addiction (other than addiction caused by current,
illegal use of a controlled substance) and alcoholism. These guidelines are designed to make
units accessible or adaptable for people with physical disabilities. 1102A.16-P 36.104
3. "Major life activities" means functions such as caring for one's self, performing
manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning and working. 1102A.16-P
36.104
4. "Has a record of such an impairment" means the person has a history of, or has been
misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more
major life activities. 1102A.16-P 36.104
2000 PCC
18
A. The person has a physical or mental Impairment that does not substantially limit one
or more major life activities but that is treated by another person as constituting such a
limitation:
B. The person has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more
major life activities only as a result of the altitudes of others toward such impairment; or
C. The person has none of the impairments defined above but Is treated by another
person as having such impairment. 1102A.16-P 36.104
Power-assisted Door. A door used for human passage with a mechanism that helps to open
the door, or relieves the opening resistance of a door, upon the activation of a switch or a
continued force applied to the door itself. 217 3.5
Primary Entrv. Is the principal entrance through which most people enter the building, as
designated by the building official. 1102A.16-P
Primary Entrv Level. Is the floor or level of the building on which the primary entry is located
11 0 2 A , 1 6 - P
Private Entity. Means a person or entity other than a public entity. 36.104
Public Accommodation. Means a private entity that owns, leases (or leases to) or operates a
place of public accommodation. 36.104
Public Accommodation. Place of. Includes, but is not limited to, any building or facility that
falls into one of the following categories:
1. Places of lodging.
2. Establishments serving food or drink.
3. Places of exhibition or entertainment.
Examples of public accommodations for purposes of this code shall include, but not be limited
to, the following private entitles; however, other specific entities not listed shall be considered
public accommodations if they fall into one or more of the above-listed categories.
1) An inn, hotel, motel, or other place of lodging, except for an establishment located
within a building that contains not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that Is
actually occupied by the proprietor of the establishment as the residence of the
proprietor;
2000 PCC
19
3) A motion picture house, theater, concert hall, stadium, or other place of exhibition or
entertainment;
6) A Laundromat, dry-cleaner, bank, barber shop, beauty shop, travel service, shoe
repair service, funeral parlor, gas station, office of an
accountant or lawyer, pharmacy, Insurance office, professional office of a health care
provider, hospital, or other service establishment;
11) A day care center, senior citizen center, homeless shelter, food bank, adoption
agency, or other social service center establishment; and
12) A gymnasium, health spa, bowling alley, golf course, or other place of exercise or
recreation.
13) A church.
14) An office building.
15) A public curb or sidewalk. 217 36.104
Public Entity. Means (1) Any State or local government; (2) Any department, agency, special
purpose district, or other Instmmentality of a State or States or local government; and (3) The
National Railroad Passenger Corporation, and any commuter authority (as defined In section
103(8) of the Rail Passenger Service Act). (45 U.S.G. 541) 35.104
Pubiiclv funded. As used in this code does not include loans, grants, guarantees or other
financial assistance provided by a public agency to finance construction, rehabilitation or
purchase of privately owned housing accommodations, including housing financed under the Gal
Vet program and other privately owned buildings, facilities and structures. 217
Public Use. Describes interior or exterior rooms or spaces that are made available to the
general public. Public use may be provided at a building or facility that is privately or publicly
owned.
217
3.5
Public Way. Is any street, alley or similar parcel of land essentially unobstructed from the
ground to the sky which Is deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to the
public for public use and having a clear width of not less than 10 feet. 1002
Q
Qualified Historical Building (or structure). Shall mean any structure or collection of
structures deemed important to the history, architecture or culture of an area by an appropriate
local or state govemmental jurisdiction. This shall include structures of national, state or local
historical registem or official inventories, such as the National Register of Historic Places, State
Historical Landmarks, State Points of Historical Interest, and city or county registers or
inventories of historical or architecturally significant sites and places or landmarks. 218
4.1.7(1)(b)
Qualified Interpreter. Means an interpreter who is able to interpret effectively, accurately and
impartially both receptively and expressively, using any necessary specialized vocabulary.
36.104
2000 PCC
2 0
R
Rail Transit Boarding Platform. Is a horizontal, generally level surface, whether raised above,
recessed below, or level with a transit rail, from which persons embark/disembark a fixed rail
vehicle.
219
Ramp. A walking surface which has a running slope greater than a 1:20 gradient (5%). See
"Pedestrian Ramp" or "Curb Ramp". 219 3.5
Ramp. Industrial. Is a permanently Installed inclined passageway connecting two levels and
designed primarily for industrial trucks; does not Include portable ramps, dockboards, dock
levelers or catwalks. 1001.2.18
Readily Achievable. Means easily accomplishable and able to be carried out without much
(1) The nature and cost of the action needed under this part;
(2) The overall financial resources of the site or sites Involved In the action; the number
of persons employed at the site; the effect on expenses and resources; legitimate safety
requirements that are necessary for safe operation, including crime prevention measures; or the
impact otherwise of the action upon the operation of the site;
(3) The geographic separateness, and the administrative or fiscal relationship of the site
(4) If applicable, the overall financial resources of any parent corporation or entity; the
overall size of the parent corporation or entity with respect to the number of its employees; the
number, type and location of Its facilities; and
(5) If applicable, the type of operation or operations of any parent corporation or entity,
including the composition, structure, and functions of the workforce of the parent corporation or
e n t i t y. 3 6 . 1 0 4
Reasonable Portion. Shall mean that segment of a building, facility, area, space or condition
which would normally be necessary if the activity therein is to be accessible by persons with
disabiiities. 219
Recommend. Does not require mandatory acceptance, but Identifies a suggested action which
shall be considered for the purpose of providing a greater degree of accessibility to persons with
disabilities. 219
Remodeling. See "alter" or "alteration". 219
Repair. Is the reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of Its
maintenance.
219
Riser. Is the vertical distance from the top of a tread to the top of the next higher tread (i.e. that
upright portion of a step in a stair). 219 & 1102B
Running Slope. The slope that is parallel to the direction of travel (see cross slope). 219 3.5
Runwav. Is an elevated passageway. Runways are sometimes referred to as catwalks,
footwalks, elevated walkways, oilers platforms or maintenance runways. 1001.2.20 (1994 UBC)
21
D E F I N I T I O N S A N D G E N E FA L T E F M I N O L O G Y
Sanitary Facility. Is any single unit or a combination of water closets, urinals, layatories,
bathtubs or showers, together with the room or space In which they are housed. 220
Service Entrance. An entrance intended primarily for delivery of goods and services. 3.5
Sianaoe. Displayed verbal, symbolic, tactile, and/or pictorial information. 220 3.5
SinGle-Accommodation Sanitary Facility. Is a room that has not more than one of each type
of sanitary fixture, is intended for use by only one person at a time, has no partition around the
toilet, and has a door that can be locked on the inside by the room occupant. 220
Site. A parcel of land bounded by a property line or a designated portion of a public right-ofw a y.
220
3.5
Site Development. Is "on-site" and "off-site" work, Including, but not limited to, walks,
sidewalks, ramps, curbs, curb ramps, parking facilities, stairs, planting areas, pools,
promenades, exterior gathering or assembly areas and raised or depressed paved areas. 220
Site Improvement. Landscaping, paving for pedestrian and vehicular ways, outdoor lighting,
recreational facilities, and the like, added to a site. 3.5
Sleeping Accommodations. Rooms In which people sleep; for example, dormitory and hotel or
motel guest rooms or suites. 220 3.5
Space. A definable area, e.g., room, toilet room, hall, assembly area, entrance, storage room,
alcove, courtyard, or lobby. 220 3.5
Special Access Lift. Is a hoisting and lowering mechanism equipped with a car or platform, or
support which serves two landings of a building or structure and Is designed to carry a passenger
or passengers and (or) luggage or other material a vertical distance as may be allowed. 220
Spiral Stairway. Is a stairway having a closed circular form in its plan view with uniform section
shaped treads attached to and radiating about a minimum diameter supporting column. The
effective tread is delineated by the nosing radius line, the exterior arc (center line of railing) and
the overlap radius line (nosing radius line of tread above). Effective tread dimensions are taken
along a line perpendicular to the center line of the tread. 1001.2.23 (1994 UBC)
Stair Railing. Is a vertical barrier constructed along the open side or sides of stairways and as
intermediate stair rails where required on wide stairways. 1002B
Stairway. Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway. 220
2000 PCC
2 2
such leased area or space. Portions of state-leased buildings that are not leased or rented by
the state shall not be included within the scope of this section unless such portions present an
exposure hazard to the state-leased area or space. 220
Story. Is that portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and the
upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost story shall be that portion of a
building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the celling or roof above. If
the finished floor level directly above a usable or unused under-floor space is more than 6 feet
above grade as defined herein for more than 50 percent of the total perimeter or Is more than 12
feet above grade as defined herein at any point, such usable or unused under-floor space shall
be considered as a story. 220 3.5
Story. First. Is the lowest story in a building which qualifies as a story, as defined herein, except
that a floor level in a building having only one floor level shall be classified as a first story,
provided such floor level is not more than 4 feet below grade, as defined herein, for more than
50 percent of the total perimeter, or not more than 8 feet below grade, as defined herein, at any
point. 220
Street, is any thoroughfare or public way not less than 16 feet in width which has been
dedicated or deeded to the public for public use. 220
Structure, is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind, or any piece of
work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner. 220
Structural Frame. The structural frame shall be considered to be the columns and the girders,
beams, trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and all other members
which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. 3.5
T
Tactile. Describes an object that can be perceived using the sense of touch. 221 3.5
Technically Infeaslble. Means, with respect to an alteration of a building or a facility, that it has
little likelihood of being accomplished because existing structural conditions would require
removing or altering a load-bearing member which is an essential part of the structural frame; or
because other existing physical or site constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements,
spaces, or features which are in full and strict compliance with the minimum requirements for
new construction and which are necessary to provide accessibility. 221 4.1.6(1)(j)
Temporary. Shall mean buildings and facilities intended for use at one location for not more
than one year and seats intended for use at one location for not more than 90 days. 221
2000
POO
2 3
Text Telephone. Machinery or equipment that employs interactive graphic (I.e., typed)
communications through the transmission of coded signals across the standard telephone
n e t w o r k . Te x t t e l e p h o n e s c a n I n c l u d e , f o r e x a m p l e , d e v i c e s k n o w n a s T D D ' s
Traffic Aisle. Is an aisle used by industrial vehicles and pedestrians during normal operations.
1001.2.25 (1994 UBC)
Transient LodQina. Is a building, facility, or portion thereof, excluding inpatient medical care
facilities, that contains one or more dwelling units or sleeping accommodations. Transient
lodging may Include, but is not limited to, resorts, group homes, hotels, motels and dormitories.
221
3.5
Travel Distance. Is the total length of the exit path an occupant must travel from any point
within the occupied portions of a building to reach an exterior exit door, horizontal exit door, exit
passageway door or an enclosed exit stairway door. 1001.2.26 (1994 UBC)
Tread. Is the horizontal surface of a step in a stair. 221
Tread Depth. Is the horizontal distance from front to back of tread, Including nosing when used.
10028
Tread Run. Is the horizontal distance from the leading edge of a tread to the leading edge of an
adjacent tread. 10028
U
U.8.C.. Shall mean the most recently adopted edition of the Uniform Building Code as published
by the International Conference of Building Officials. References to other model code sections
which are found In any adopted sections of the model code or Title 24 C.C.R., must be
compared to the appropriate matrix adoption appendix table to determine If the enforcing agency
has adopted the model code section or a modified Title 24 C.C.R., section. 222
Unreasonable Hardship. Exists when the enforcing agency finds that compliance with the
building standard would make the specific work of the project affected by the building standard
unfeasible, based on an overall evaluation of the following factors:
1. The cost of providing access.
2. The cost of all construction contemplated.
5. The nature of the use of the facility under construction and Its availability to persons
with disabilities. The details of any finding of unreasonable hardship shall be recorded and
entered In the files of the enforcing agency. 222
V
Vehicular Wav. A route Intended for vehicular traffic, such as a street, driveway, or parking lot.
223
3.5
2000 PCC
24
Vehicular or Pedestrian Arrival Points, (for Privatelv-funded housing) Are public or resident
parking areas, public transportation stops, passenger loading zones, and public streets or
s i d e w a l k s . 11 0 2 A . 2 2 - V
W
Walk. An exterior pathway with a prepared surface Intended for pedestrian use, including
general pedestrian areas such as plazas and courts, and not located contiguous to a street used
by the public (see definition for "sidewalk.). 224 3.5
Wheelchair. Is a chair mounted on wheels to be propelled by its occupant manually or with the
aid of electric power, of a size and configuration conforming to the recognized standard models
of the trade. 224
with reference to the hazard. This does not include ladders or portable or temporary means used
for access, repair or maintenance, provided such means are removed immediately upon
completion of the work. 224
Work Station. Is an area defined by equipment and/or work surfaces Intended for use by
employees only, and generally for one or a small number of employees at a time. Examples
Include ticket booths; the employee side of grocery store checkstands; the bartender area behind
a bar; the employee side of snack bars, sales counters and public counters; guardhouses; toll
booths; kiosk vending stands; lifeguard stations; maintenance equipment closets; counter and
equipment areas in restaurant kitchens; file rooms; storage areas; etc. 224
2000 POO
25
Chapter 3
P R I VAT E LY- F U N D E D V S . P U B L I C LY
FUNDED PROJECTS
To establish the appropriate degree of accessibility that a specific project must exhibit,
and to understand the relevant considerations that must be applied in a specific
situation, the funding source for the project must first be defined. There are three
principal sources of funding that may be used for a specific project; Federally funded,
Publicly funded, and Privately funded, in addition, a project may utilize a combination of
these types of funding. Each of these funding sources have differing degrees of
responsibilities attached to them in order for the user to be in compliance with the
conditions of their use. The following Information makes note of these provisions and
conditions, and also explains responsibilities when multiple funding sources are utilized.
F E D E R A L LY F U N D E D
In 1968, the Architectural Barriers Act was enacted to insure that certain buildings
financed with Federal funds were designed and constructed to be accessible to the
physically disabled. The definition for a Federally funded project were set forth as
follows:
"Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States
of America in Congress assembled, that, as used in this Act, the term "building"
means any building or facility (other than (A) a privately owned residential
structure not leased by the Government for subsidized housing programs and
(B) any building or facility on a military installation designed and constructed
primarily for use by able bodied military personnel) the intended use for which
either will require that such building or facility be accessible to the public, or may
result in employment or residence therein of physically handicapped persons,
which building or facility is (1) to be constructed or altered by or on behalf of the United States;
(2) to be leased in whole or in part by the United States after August 12,
1968 (An amendment to this law states 'every lease entered into on or
If the project falls Into one of the above categories, it Is highly unlikely that you will have
to determine which standards are needed for the design and construction; the
appropriate Federal agency with jurisdiction over the project will do that for you. A
number of years ago i was contracted to consult on the proposed alteration of a Naval
facility. The Department of Defense had provided the drawings and specifications which
were formulated using the UPAS (Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards). The
2000 PCC
2 7
architects at the Naval base were concerned that they would also be required to comply
with Both the ADA and Callfomla Title 24 provisions, and that the drawings did not
been reviewed by six separate offices of the Federal Government. The Government's
position was that the only set of standards that this project must comply with was the
UFAS. The representative further stated that even though the UFAS was the governing
standard for this project, that she recommended (not required) that any State standard
that appeared to provide a higher degree of accessibility be considered, in order to
provide for a higher standard of accessibility if desired.
Neither the ADA nor Title 24 apply to the Federal Government. The provisions
regarding non-discrimination in Federal programs and activities are covered by sections
501 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
P U B L I C LY F U N D E D
Section 201 of the Americans with Disabilities Act defines what constitutes a "public
entity":
(1) PUBLIC ENTITY - The term "public entity" means(A) Any State or local government;
(B) any department, agency, special purpose district, or other
instrumentality of a State or States or local government; and
(0) The National Railroad Passenger Corporation, and any commuter
authority (as defined in section 103(8) of the Rail Passenger Service
Act).
If the project involves funding provided in whole or in part by any of the above entities,
then it must comply with Title II of the ADA. Title 11 is intended to apply to all programs,
activities, and services provided or operated by State or local governments. Currently,
section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act only applies to programs or activities receiving
Federal financial assistance. Because many State and local govemment operations,
such as courts, licensing, and legislative facilities and proceedings do not receive
Federal funds, they are beyond the reach of section 504 but must still comply with Title
II. Realistically this is a moot point because Title II provides protections to individuals
with disabilities that are at least equal to those provided by the nondiscrimination
provisions of title V of the Rehabilitation Act. Title II may not be interpreted to provide a
lesser degree of protection to individuals with disabilities than is provided under this law.
The specific applications for publicly funded improvements under California's guidelines
c a n b e f o u n d i n S e c t i o n 1 0 1 . 1 7 . 11 o f t h e C B C a n d s t a t e :
P R I VA T E LY - F U N D E D V S . P U B U C LY - F U N D E D P R O J E C T S
1.3 All publicly funded buildings used for congregate residences or for
one- or two-family dwelling unit purposes shall conform to the provisions
applicable to living accommodations.
1.4 All existing publicly funded buildings and facilities when alterations,
structural repairs or additions are made to such buildings or facilities.
project have a huge responsibility to the public; these entities must insure that the project
complies with both State and Federal requirements, not just published State
requirements. Any project that does not conform to the more stringent requirements of
the ADA can expose California residents to possible legal and financial consequences.
If you have not already read the chapter titled "DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STATE
AND FEDERAL GUIDELINES" in this book, then it should be your next consideration.
Suffice it to say that California still has a long way to go before it can consider State
accessibility guidelines as meeting the most stringent aspects of the ADA. In the mean
time. State and local government agencies and their contracted service providers must
ensure that each project meets both sets of guidelines or a violation of the ADA will
exist.
Title II does not disturb other Federal or State laws that provide protection for individuals
with disabilities at a level greater or equal to that provided by the ADA. It does,
however, prevail over any conflicting State laws.
P R I VAT E LY F U N D E D
Both state and Federal guidelines confer a high degree of responsibility upon all entities
involved in a privately funded project. The ADA considers the failure to design and
construct applicable accessibility features in facilities to be discriminatory to the
disabled. Under an ADA violation, the Department of Justice will likely hold all parties
involved in the project liable (owner, designer, contractor, etc.), and then let these
individual parties battle out ultimate responsibilities between themselves. This situation
means that each party involved In the project has an Individual responsibility to ensure
that all applicable State and Federal guidelines are met, at least within their scope of
Involvement. These entitles cannot rely on a State or local govemment agency to
accept the blame for a violation of the law simply because the entitles followed an
agency approved/reviewed set of design drawings. The agency, however, can be held
liable if it required the entities to build features that were In direct conflict with the ADA.
2000
PCC
2 9
The specific applications for privately funded improvements under Califomla's guidelines
can be found in Section 101.17.11 of the CBC and state:
2.2 Any sanitary facilities which are made available for the public,
clients or employees in such accommodations or facilities.
2.3 Any curb or sidewalk intended for public use that is constructed in
M U LT I P L E F U N D I N G S O U R C E S
A project that will be constructed utilizing multiple funding sources requires each of the
individual sources to separately ensure compliance with applicable accessibility
provisions. In addition, each of the funding sources must ensure that the most stringent
provisions are singled-out and utilized between the aggregated requirements of all
parties.
Public entities, by definition, can never be subject to Title III of the ADA, which covers
only private entities. Conversely, private entities cannot be covered by Title II, which
only pertains to State and local govemments. There are many situations, however, in
which both public and private entities stand in very close relation to each other, with the
result that certain activities may be affected, at least indirectly, by both Titles II and Mi.
The following illustrations are directly from the Title 111 Technical Assistance Manual by
the Department of Justice, and will explain relevant considerations:
ILLUSTRATION 1: A State department of parks provides a restaurant in one of
its State parks. The restaurant is operated by X Corporation under a concession
agreement. As a public accommodation, X Corporation is subject to title III of
the ADA. The State department of parks, a public entity, is subject to title II.
The parks department is obligated to ensure by contract that the restaurant will
be operated in a manner that enables the parks department to meet its title II
obligations, even though the restaurant is not directly subject to title II.
2000 POO
3 0
P R I VA T E LY - F U N D E D V S . P U B U C LY - F U N D E D P R O J E C T S
Where public and private entities act jointly, the public entity must ensure that the
reievant requirements of title II are met; and the private entity must ensure compliance
with title Hi
2000 PCC
31
Chapter 4
The design and construction of accessible building and faclilty elements shall be in
accordance with this chapter and applicable sections for various improvements
11 0 1 B . 2
M A I N T E N A N C E O F A C C E S S I B L E F E AT U R E S
facilities and equipment that are required to be accessible to and usable by persons with
disabilities. This section does not prohibit isolated or temporary interruptions in service
or access due to maintenance or repairs. 1101 B.3.1 & .2
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES
All dimensions are subject to conventional building industry tolerances for field
c o n d i t i o n s . 11 0 1 B . 4 3 . 2
TEMPORARY
STRUCTURES
Temporary buildings and facilities are not of permanent construction but are extensively
used or are essential for public use for a period of time. Examples of temporary
buildings or facilities include, but are not limited to: reviewing stands, temporary
classrooms, bleacher areas, exhibit areas, temporary banking facilities, temporary health
screening services, or temporary safe pedestrian passageways around a construction
site. Structures, sites and equipment directly associated with the actual processes of
construction, such as scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, or construction trailers are
not Included. 4.1.1(4)
NOTE: California defines temporary as 'buildings and facilities intended for use at one
location for not more than one year and seats intended for use at one location for not
more than 90 days. 221
ACCESS TO EMPLOYEE AREAS
General- Employee areas shall conform to all requirements of Office of the State
Architect/Access Compliance in the California Building Code, Plumbing Code, and
E l e c t r i c a l C o d e . 11 2 3 B . 1
WORK
S TAT I O N S
Areas that are used only as work areas shall be designed and constructed so that
individuals with disabilities can approach, enter, and exit the areas. These guidelines do
not require that any areas used only as work areas be constructed to permit
maneuvering within the work area or be constructed or equipped (I.e., with racks or
shelves) to be accessible. Specific work stations need only comply with required aisle
width, floors and levels, and entry ways shall be 32" In clear width. 1123B.2 4.1.1(3)
2000 PCC
33
Author's Note: Please review the definition for 'Work Station" in Chapter 2 of this
book.
EXCEPTION: Accessibility is not required (1) in observation galleries used primarily for
not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, mechanical rooms, piping or equipment
catwalks.
P R I VAT E TO I L E T R O O M S
Other toilet rooms (other than pubiic or common use facilities) provided for the use of
occupants of specific spaces (i.e., a private toilet room for the occupant of a private
office) shall be adaptable. 4.1.3(11)
work stations is the abiiity to approach, enter, and exit the area. This
distinction also applies to private restrooms that may be contained in an
in private toilet rooms. The ADA requires that all private toilet rooms be
"adaptable". According to the Access Board, this means that private
toilet rooms must provide for required clear space and maneuvering
clearances within the toilet rooms Just as with public toilets; the only
principal difference is that the individual improvements, such as
lavatories, grab bars, mirrors, etc., must have the ability to be easily
altered or added to accommodate an individual's needs. Since private
toilet rooms are "single-accommodation" toilets, these rooms must
provide a full 60" diameter or T-shaped turning space within the room.
2000 POO
34
BUILDING ACCESSIBILITY
2.1. Multistoried offlce buildings (other than the professional office of a health
care provider) and passenger vehicle sen/Ice stations less than three stories
high or less than 3,000 square feet (279 m2) per story.
2.2. Any other privately funded multistoried building that is not a shopping
center, shopping maH or the professional office of a health care provider, and
that is less than three stories high or less than 3.000 square feet (279 m2) per
story if a reasonable portion of all facilities and accommodations normally sought
and used by the public in such a building are accessible to and usable by
persons with disabilities. 1103B.1
of April 1,1994, these buildings and facilities were no longer exempt from
providing accessibility features on non-accessible floors; and may
additionally be required to Install an elevator and/or ramps to provide for
v e r t i c a l a c c e s s b e t w e e n fl o o r s .
<02000 PCC
35
To u n d e r s t a n d t h e b a s i c r e q u i r e m e n t s a n d q u a i i f i c a t i o n s f o r
elevator/verticai access in New Construction, please refer to the flow
UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP
Both State and Federal accessibility guidelines have specific provisions allowing certain
features of a facility to be constructed without providing for full and strict compliance with
the minimum requirements. These allowable deviations are called "Exceptions". Many
of these exceptions have conditions attached that must be satisfied in order to be
utilized. In many cases. California's guidelines require that a determination of
"unreasonable hardship" be found in order to be eligible for a specific exception.
Caiifomia's definition and conditions for this unreasonable hardship can be found in
Section 222 of the Califomia Building Code (CBC) and are detailed below;
UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP exists when the enforcing agency finds that compliance
with the building standard would make the specific work of the project affected by the
The ADA does not allow cost to be a factor in determining whether or not a facility, or
portion thereof, be made accessible in new construction. Under the ADA, the
requirement that new construction be accessible does not apply where an entity can
demonstrate that it is "structurally impracticable" to meet the requirements of the
regulation. To explain structural impracticability, Section 4.1.1(5)(a) of the ADA offers
the following:
"In new construction, a person or entity is not required to meet fully the requirements of
these guidelines where that person or entity can demonstrate that it is structurally
impracticable to do so. Full compliance will be considered structurally impracticable only
in those rare circumstances when the unique characteristics of terrain prevent the
incorporation of accessibility features. If full compliance with the requirements of these
guidelines is structurally impracticable, a person or entity shall comply with the
requirements to the extent it is not structurally impracticable. Any portion of the building
or facility which can be made accessible shall comply to the extent that it is not
structurally impracticable".
Further explanation as to the intent of this provision can be found in the July 26,1991
issue of the Federal Register (28 CFR Part 36, Section 36.401 preamble):
incorporation of accessibility features and where providing accessibility would destroy the
physical integrity of a facility. A situation in which a building must be built on stilts
because of its location in marshlands or over water is an example in which the exception
for structural impracticability would apply.
providing accessibility in new construction. Prior to the development of the final Federal
Guidelines, the government conducted a Preliminary Regulatory Impact Analysis (PRIA).
The findings of this study indicated that if the proper incorporation of accessibility
features were provided for in new construction from the conceptual design phase
forward, that only an additional one percent (1%) increase in the overall cost of a project
would be incurred.
ILLUSTRATION: "M owns a large piece of land on which he plans to build many
facilities, including office buildings, warehouses, and stores. The eastern section of the
land is fairly level, the central section of the land is extremely steep, and the western
section of the land is marshland. M assumes that he only need comply with the new
construction requirements in the eastern section. He notifies his architect and
construction contractor to be sure that ail buildings in the eastern section are built in full
compliance with ADAAG. He further advises that no ADAAG requirements apply in the
central and westem sections.
M's advice as to two of the sections is incorrect. The central section may be extremely
steep, but that is not sufficient to qualify for the "structural impracticability" exemption
under the ADA. M should have advised his contractor to grade the land to provide and
accessible slope at the entrance and apply all new construction requirements in the
central section.
M's advice as to the westem section is also incorrect. Because the land is marshy,
provision of an accessible grade-level entrance may be structurally impracticable. This is
one of the rare situations in which the exception applies, and full compliance with
ADAAG is not required. However, M should have advised his contractor to nevertheless
construct the facilities in compliance with other ADAAG requirements, including
provisions of features that serve individuals who use crutches or who have vision or
hearing impairments. For instance, the facility needs to have stairs and railings that
comply with ADAAG, and it should comply with the ADAAG signage and alarm
requirements, as well.
Who is liable for violation of the ADA In the above example? Any of the entities
involved in the design and construction of the central and westem sections might be
liable. Thus, in any lawsuit, M(the owner), the architect, and the construction contractor
may all be held liable in an ADA lawsuit". (Department of Justice Title III Technical
Assistance Manual, Sec. III-5.1000)
2000 PCC
37
The flow charts on the following pages are for use in the planning and design of new
buildings and facilities. To use these flow charts correctly, you should not "skip' over
previous flow charts but rather start at the Step No. 1 flow chart and work your way
through to the end. If your only concern is to find out if the building you designed or
constructed needed to have an elevator, you should not Just turn to the chart on
considerations in the majority of the situations you will encounter. Some unique
situations may require additional guidance by either the Office of the State Architect or
the Department of Justice.
(D2000 POO
3 8
(&2000 PCC
3 9
I t I s d e t e r m i n e d t h a t it is NOT structurally
Impracticable to make t h e f a c i l i t y a c c e s s i b l e
I t i s d e t e r m i n e d t h a t unique characteristics
of the terrain would p 'event the incorporation
of accessibility features and would destroy
the physicol integ rity of the facility
Entlty must bo ab l e t o d e m o n s t r a t e
t h a t I t i s s t r u c t u r a ly Impracticable to
m e e t t h e a c c e s s i allity requirements
structural impracticability
Remaining elements of
"readily accessible"
2000 FCC
4 0
par atory
Facility la thrae 3)
Facing
leas than
three
(3)laatoriea,
but
haa
haa
hoa
at the facility
than
3000
laaa
more
than
3000
than
if toilet ar bathing
facilities are
a c c e s s i b l e g r o u n d fl o o r
of the facility
3000
A n e l e v a t o r o r remp(s) MUST be
provided from t h e a c c e s s i b l e
A n e l a v a lo r w i l l b e
utilized ti
access to tne level
a provide
Kerns
In
fl o w
chart
to
U U 5 T T b e n r a v l d fl d t h n t
41
2000 POO
4 2
Chapter 5
Division I, New Buildings, except as modified. These requirements shall apply only to
the area of specific alteration, structural repair or addition and shall Include those areas
listed below: 1134B.1 & .2 36.402 through 36.406
A primary entrance to the building or facility and the primary path of travel to the
specific area of alteration, structural repair or addition, and sanitary facilities,
drinking fountains and public telephones serving the area. 1134B.2.1
EXCEPTIONS: 1. When the total construction cost of alterations, structural repairs or
additions does not exceed a valuation threshold of $50,000, based on January 1981,
"ENR US20 Cities" average construction cost index of 3372.02 (Engineering News
Record, McGraw Hill Publishing Company), and the enforcing agency finds that
compliance with this code creates an unreasonable hardship, compliance shall be limited
to the actual work of the project. The enforcing agency shall annually update the
valuation threshold to a current amount based on the increase in the index since the last
figure used. (For example, the 2000 amount is $90,895.07) For purposes of this
exception, an unreasonable hardship exists where the cost of providing an accessible
entrance, path of travel, sanitary facilities, public phones and drinking fountains, is
disproportionate to the cost of the project; that is, where it exceeds 20 percent of the cost
of the project without these features. Where the cost of alterations necessary to make
these features fully accessible Is disproportionate, access shall be provided to the extent
that it can be without incurring disproportionate cost. In choosing which accessible
elements to provide, priority should be given to those elements that will provide the
greatest access in the following order:
1.1 An accessible entrance,
The obligation to provide access may not be evaded by performing a series of small
alterations to the area served by a single path of travel iHhose alterations could have
been performed as a single undertaking. If an area has been altered without providing
an accessible path of travel to that area, and subsequent alterations of that area or a
different area on the same path of travel are undertaken within three years of the original
alteration, the total cost of alterations to the areas on that path of travel during the
preceding three-year period shall be considered in determining whether the cost of
making that path of travel accessible is disproportionate. Only alterations undertaken
after January 26, 1992, shall be considered in determining If the cost of providing an
accessible path of travel is disproportionate to the overall cost of the alterations.
2000 PCC
43
2. Certain types of privately funded, multistory buildings and facilities were formerly
exempt from accessibility requirements above and below the first floor under this code,
but as of the effective date of this regulation are no longer exempt due to more restrictive
provisions in the federal Americans with Disabilities Act. In alteration projects involving
buildings and facilities previously approved and built without elevators, areas above and
below the ground floor are subject to the 20 percent disproportionality provisions
described in Exception 1, above, even if the value of the project exceeds the valuation
threshold in Exception 1. The types of buildings and facilities are;
2.1 Office buildings and passenger vehicle service stations of three stories or
more and 3,000 or more square feet (279 m2) per floor.
2.2 Offices of physicians and surgeons.
2.3 Shopping centers.
2.4 Other buildings and facilities three stories or more and more than 3,000
square feet (279 m2) per floor if a reasonable portion of services sought and
used by the public is available on the accessible level.
NOTE: For the general privately funded multistory building exception applicable
to new construction and alterations, see Section 1103B. 1, Exception 2.1.
3. Alterations, structural repairs or additions consisting of one or more of the following
shall be limited to the actual work of the project:
3.1 Altering one building entrance to meet accessibility requirements.
3.2 Altering one existing toilet facility to meet accessibility requirements.
3.3 Altering existing elevators to meet accessibility requirements.
3.4 Altering existing steps to meet accessibility requirements.
3.5 Altering existing handrails to meet accessibility requirements.
3.6 Alteration solely for the purpose of removing barriers undertaken pursuant
to the requirements of Sections 36.402 and 36.404 through 36.406 of Title III of
the Department of Justice regulations promulgated pursuant to the Americans
with Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336, 28 C.F.R. Section 36.402, 28 C.F.R.
Section 36.404, 28 C.F.R. Section 36.405, and 28 C.F.R. 36.406) or the
accessibility requirements of this code as those requirements or regulations now
exist or are hereafter amended, including the following:
3.6.1. Installing ramps
3.6.2. Making curb cuts in sidewalks and entrances
3.6.3. Repositioning shelves
2000 PCC
44
for Alterations
understanding
These sections
considerations
2000 PCC
45
when they "affect the usabilitv of the building or facility". In some cases,
the concept of "usability" will require a subjective determination. The
ADA does not have a specific definition for this term. A specific example
of how this concept could be applied is with an existing storage
warehouse in which heating and air conditioning will be added; the
building would not be occupiable unless the HVAC was added and
therefore the "usability" of the structure would be altered. In this
may be required to aiterthe primary path of travel to this area of alteration including the
restrooms, drinking fountains and telephones serving this area. The requirement to
make the specific area of alteration accessible to the maximum extent feasible should
not be confused with the requirement to provide modifications to the primary path of
travel, restrooms, drinking fountains and telephones. These are totally separate issues
and must be dealt with as such.
Area of specific alteration, structural repair or additlon-The first step in the process
is to determine the extent of the proposed construction in the specific area of alteration,
structural repair or addition; and the total cost associated with providing all of these
desired improvements. This means all construction that is planned without including the
restrooms, drinking fountains and telephones; or the primary path of travel from the
exterior approaches through the entrance of the building or facility to the actual
boundaries of the alteration. This total cost must include every Item necessary to
complete the desired alteration, including electrical, HVAC, carpeting, paint, ceiling tiles,
lever-handled door hardware, walls, partitions, etc.
accessible path of travel to the specific area of alteration; and what the associated costs
will be to make these modifications. To determine the extent of what constitutes a
An accessible path of travel may consist of walks and sidewalks, curb ramps and
other interior or exterior pedestrian ramps; clear floor paths through lobbies,
corridors, rooms, and other improved areas; parking access aisles; elevators and
lifts; or a combination of these elements.
For the purposes of this part, the term "path of travel" also Includes the
restrooms, telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered area. 36.403
Note should be taken that It Is only necessary to provide a single, primary path of travel
to the area of specific alteration. This path of travel should be the most direct common
route from the area of specific alteration to the primary entrance and out to the exterior
approaches; and must Include access to sanitary facilities, drinking fountains and public
telephones serving the area of specific alteration.
The following examples should help clarify the differences between these two areas:
EXAMPLE #1
This example is an existing privately funded single-story office building with multiple
tenants. The tenant in space "H" wishes to totally remodel their leased area by re
configuring interior rooms, adding a reception area, new ceiling, carpet, wallpaper, and
adding a fire sprinkler system. The "specific area of alteration" is delineated as shown
on the following page:
2000 PCC
4 7
SPECIFIC AREA
O F A LT E R AT I O N
All of the Improvements within this specific area of alteration must be made "readily
accessible" to the maximum extent feasible. This will require providing accessible doors
and hardware, appropriate corridor widths, light switches and electrical controls within
reach ranges, an accessible counter at the reception area, appropriate signage, etc..
The tenant in this example must now determine what Improvements and/or modifications
are necessary to provide an accessible primary path of travel to the specific area of
alteration. The next diagram delineates the minimum required considerations:
SPECIFIC AREA
O F A LT E R AT I O N
P R I M A RY PAT H
O F T R AV E L
2000 PCC
4 8
Note that this path of travel includes the sanitary facilities and access through the lobby
to the primary entrance of the building. The exterior portion includes access to public
parking and sidewalk, in this example, the tenant will be required to extend the existing
frontage sidewalk out to join the existing public sidewalk and provide accessible parking
stalls. The tenant will also be required to modify any other deficiencies, including the
restrooms, drinking fountains and public telephones In these areas to the maximum
extent feasible.
EXAMPLE #2
This example is an existing privately funded two-story office building with multiple
P R I M A RY PAT H
O F T R AV E L
SPECIFIC AREA
OF
A LT E R AT I O N
E L E VAT O R
RESTROOMS
Ail construction in the tenants specific area of alteration must be "readily accessible" to
the maximum extent feasible. A primary path of travel must be provided from the
specific area of alteration to the primary entrance of the building and out to the exterior
approaches. Since this building has a full passenger elevator that provides the primary
path of travel between floors, the stairs do not need to be accessible. The elevator itself,
however, must meet all of the requirements and be "readily accessible" to the maximum
extent feasible. The restrooms, drinking fountains and telephones serving the specific
area of alteration must be modified to the maximum extent feasible if deficiencies from
EXAMPLE #3
This example Is an existing privately funded two-story office building with multiple
T h e r e s t r o o m s o n t h e fi r s t fl o o r, h o w e v e r, c a n b e m a d e a c c e s s i b l e b y w i d e n i n g t h e ^
rooms out further Into the lobby area.
P A T H O F T R AV E L
E L E VAT O R
SPECIFIC AREA
O F A LT E R AT I O N
RESTROOMS TO
BE MODIFIED
The specific area of alteration must be made "readily accessible" to the maximum extent
feasible. An accessible path of travel from this specific area of alteration must be provided
through the unaltered office areas, through the building and out to the exterior approaches. Due
to the fact that this building has a full passenger elevator that provides the primary path of travel
between floors, the stairs do not need to be accessible. The elevator Itself, however, must meet
all of the requirements and be "readily accessible". Since the restrooms serving the second floor
cannot be made accessible, and the first floor restrooms are within a reasonable distance and
can be made accessible, these first floor restrooms will require any necessary modifications. A
sign must be placed at the restrooms on the second floor explaining that accessible restrooms
are located in the lobby on the first floor.
Both State and Federal guidelines require an accessible route to accessible building
entrances and between the public way. Neither the State nor the Federal guidelines,
however, require this route to extend beyond the boundaries of the site. The actual
wording in both sets of guidelines is virtually the same:
"At least one accessible route within the boundary of the site shall be provided
from public transportation stops, accessible parking and accessible passenger
loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks, to the accessible building
entrance they serve." 1114B.1.2 4.1.2(1)
Neither Stale nor Federal law require a private entity to extend their accessibility
obligations Into public right-of-way outside of the actual boundaries of their property.
This has always caused consternation between building owners and local government
jurisdictions. In many instances, local building agencies will require a permit applicant to
include modifications to improvements in the public right-of-way as a "condition" to
obtaining a building permit. The positive and negative arguments as to the morality and
legal ramifications of this situation could produce many volumes of material that would
support both sides. Although the State accessibility guidelines do not provide further
guidance regarding this situation, the ADA does; the following passage Is from the
This brings up another regularly encountered situation which we will call "The Path of
Travel to No Where".
provide a path of travel from a building to the nearest adjacent public street that does not
have a sidewalk, public transportation stop, or any other form of accessible pedestrian
access. I questioned both Washington and Caiifomia about this situation and was given
verbal interpretations over the phone:
Washington-"Access for path of travel from streets that do not have adjacent
existing street; the exterior arrival point will then be considered to be the
accessible public parking."
2000 POO
51
California DSA'"The law is not very clear on this point and it is open for
The DSA agreed that It may be possible to "condition" a permit applicant In the event
that future sidewalk or public transportation was provided to the site within a pre
determined time frame. In other words, the applicant could be required to file a legal
agreement or post a bond that guaranteed that they would build the path of travel if
public sidewalk was installed within 3 years, 5 years, etc.. The local building agency will
most likely have ultimate jurisdiction in this matter. At the time of this writing, this
particular situation has not yet been tested In a court of law.
Unreasonable Hardship in Alterations
Both State and Federal accessibility guidelines have specific provisions allowing certain
features of a facility to be constructed without providing for full and strict compliance with
the minimum requirements. These allowable deviations are called "Exceptions". Many
of these exceptions have conditions attached that must be satisfied in order to be
utilized. In many cases. California's guidelines require that a determination of
Callfomla's definition and conditions for this unreasonable hardship can be found In
Section 222.4 of the Califomia Building Code(CBC) and are detailed below:
UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP exists when the enforcing agency finds that compliance
with the building standard would make the specific work of the project affected by the
building standard unfeasible, based on an overall evaluation of the following factors:
1. The cost of providing access.
2. The cost of all construction contemplated.
In the past, Califomia had allowed builders to apply for an "Unreasonable Hardship", if
the cost of a proposed alteration did not exceed a specific valuation threshold known as
the "ENR US20 Cities, average construction cost Index of 3372.02" (Engineering News
Record, McGraw Hill Publishing Company). In 1993, this threshold limit was $75,187.28
(the 2000 limit is $90,895.07). If approved, this hardship allowed the builder to limit
accessibility modifications to the actual wori^ of the project(the specific area of alteration)
and did not require additional modifications to the entrance, path of travel, restrooms,
drinking fountains and public telephones. Since April 1,1994, however, any builder that
applies for and receives a determination of unreasonable hardship is required to spend
up to twenty percent (20%)of the cost of the alteration making additional modifications to
the entrance, path of travel.etc.. In other words, since April 1,1994, there were no more
2000 PCC
52
To explain this requirement, lets look at a proposed tenant improvement that will cost
$50,000.00. This $50,000.00 is the cost to remodel the specific tenant's space alone.
Upon reviewing the entrance, path of travel, restrooms, drinking fountains and public
telephones that service the proposed alteration, it is determined that It will cost an
additional $20,000.00 to make these features accessible. If the builder applies for a
determination of unreasonable hardship from the local building agency, the builder will
still have to spend up to $10,000.00(20% of $50,000.00 Is $10,000.00) making these
additional modifications before the cost of the overall alteration Is considered
disproportionate. Under previous hardship allowances, the builder would only have been
required to complete the original $50,000.00 remodel. Under the new law, the builder
If the facilities public and common use improvements already comply with the relatively
newly combined State and Federal access guidelines , which is very unlikely at this
point, this additional 20% cost will not likely be an Issue. To be safe however, the
budgets prepared for future alterations should include a minimum additional factor of
20% over and above the specific alteration cost.
Hardship when alteration costs exceed the ENR Average Construction Cost Index
An entity can still apply for a determination of unreasonable hardship when the alteration
cost exceeds the allowable ENR cost Index limit. The major difference Is that the
obligation to spend 20% of the alteration cost on the path of travel becomes a minimum
limit instead of a maximum one. To explain this situation, lets look at a proposed tenant
improvement that will cost $200,000.00. This $200,000.00 is the cost to remodel the
specific tenants space alone. Upon reviewing the entrance, path of travel, restrooms,
drinking fountains and public telephones that service the proposed alteration. It is
determined that it will cost an additional $65,000.00 to make these Improvements
accessible as required. Unless the tenant applies for and receives a determination of
unreasonable hardship from the local building agency, the tenant will be required to
make ail of the necessary modifications. If the tenant applies for and is successful in
receiving a hardship determination, the minimum additional path of travel expense will
discretion to determine how much over this 20% constitutes a hardship upon reviewing
the particular circumstances involved. There Is a caveat to this standard however; If the
building is a privately funded multistory building that does not have an elevator, the
standards place a 20% limit on the path of travel obligations on floors above and below
the ground floor even when the ENR threshold Is exceeded for most buildings (see CBC
Section 1134B.2.1, Exception 2 for specifics.
Priority for completing path of travel requirements when unreasonable hardship
o c c u r s
path of travel, restrooms, drinking fountains and public telephones "readily accessible"
will not be accomplished. In this situation, both State and Federal guidelines request
that an entity prioritize the required modifications so that the greatest degree of access
can be provided until the money runs out. In choosing which accessible elements to
provide, priority should be given in the following order
A. An accessible entrance,
B.
C.
D.
E.
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1
(D2000 PCC
53
Following this list of priorities Is not required (unless a building agency tells you it is)
however It is highly recommended to do so. As a final note, although item "F" mentions
parking as a last priority, this is for additional accessible parking if some accessible
parking is already provided. Item "B" which asks for "an accessible route to the altered
area" includes providing accessible parking and a path of travel. An accessible building
is of no use to the disabled if they can't even get to the front door.
in alterations, certain legal or physical constraints on a site may also prevent full
compliance. One of these such physical constraints is called "technical infeasibility":
Technically Infeasible. Means, with respect to an alteration of a building or a
require removing an adjacent toilet that would cause the required fixture count for the
occupancy load of the building to be deficient.
The fact that it may not be feasible to make a particular improvement "readily
accessible" does not excuse the entity from providing partial accessibility to the
improvement if possible, or from implementing other accessibility standards that are not
effected by the subject constraints. The law requires an entity to ensure that, to the
maximum extent feasible, the altered portions of the facility are readily accessible to and
usable by individuals with disabilities, including individuals who use wheelchairs:
"To the maximum extent feasible. The phrase "to the maximum extent feasible,"
as used In this section, applies to the occasional case where the nature of an
existing facility makes it virtually Impossible to comply fully with applicabie
accessibility standards through a planned alteration. In these circumstances, the
alteration shall provide the maximum physical accessibility feasible. Any altered
features of the facility that can be made accessible shall be made accessible. If
providing accessibility in conformance with this section to individuals with certain
disabilities (e.g., those who use wheelchairs) would not be feasible, the facility
shall be made accessible to persons with other types of disabilities (e.g., those
who use crutches, those who have impaired vision or hearing, or those who have
other impairments)." 36.402
Evading path of travel requirements by performing a series of small alterations
In some situations, the cost to provide a specific improvement to the path of travel will
2000 PCC
54
alterations to the areas on that path of travel during the preceding three-year
period shall be considered in determining whether the cost of making that path of
travel accessible is disproportionate. Only alterations undertaken after January
26, 1992, shall be considered in determining if the cost of providing an accessible
path of travel is disproportionate to the overall alteration." 1134B.2.1 36.403(f)
The following examples will hopefully clarify how aggregation works:
EXAMPLE #1
This example shows the first floor of an existing office building that is ovmer occupied. A
50 foot long concrete sidewalk ramp extends from the parking area to the main entry
door threshold. The difference in elevation between the door threshold and the parking
area is six feet, and the existing ramp exhibits a slope of 12%. All of the public and
common use areas inside the building are "readily accessible", however the exterior
entry ramp is seriously out of compliance. To make this entrance accessible, a "switch
back" ramp with a correct door landing will have to be constructed. A feasibility study
determines that this ramp and landing will cost $20,000.00. In 1993, three separately
permitted alterations were completed to areas "A", "E" and "G" that each cost
$25,000.00. In each alteration, the owner was successful In obtaining a determination of
unreasonable hardship and did not have to make path of travel modifications to the
ramp.
P R E V I O U S A LT E R AT I O N
T 0 TA L = $ 7 5 , 0 0 0 . 0 0
mOOO ROC
5 5
In April of 1994, The owner applies for a permit to construct a $30,000.00 alteration to
space "B". The owner again applies for unreasonable hardship, but upon reviewing the
total cost of all of the previous improvements that are serviced by this exterior common
path of travel, the building agency discovers that $75,000.00 has been spent since
January 26,1992 without providing for any path of travel modifications. By combining
the previous alteration costs of $75,000.00 with the proposed new alteration cost of
$30,000.00, a total of $105,000.00 is now the determining amount. By taking 20% of the
"aggregated" alteration costs, the building agency determines that the owner is obligated
to spend up to an additional $21,000.00 in path of travel costs (20% of $105,000.00 is
$21,000.00). Since the total cost of altering the ramp and landing is under this amount,
the agency requires the owner to construct the improvements as a condition of obtaining
a permit.
EXAMPLE #2
This example shows the first floor of an existing office building that is owner occupied. A
50 foot long concrete sidewalk ramp extends from the parking area to the main entry
door threshold. The difference in elevation between the door threshold and the parking
area is six feet, and the existing ramp exhibits a slope of 12%. All of the public and
common use areas inside the building are "readily accessible" with the exception of the
restrooms which will require significant modifications. To make the exterior entrance
accessible, a "switch-back" ramp with a correct door landing will have to be constructed.
A feasibility study determines that the exterior ramp and landing will cost $20,000.00,
and each interior restroom will cost $4,000.00. In 1993, three separately permitted
alterations were completed to areas "A", "E" and "G" that each cost $25,000.00. In each
alteration, the owner was successful in obtaining a determination of unreasonable
hardship and did not have to make path of travel modifications to the ramp or restrooms.
2000 PCC
5 6
In April of 1994, The owner applies for a permit to construct a $10,000.00 alteration to
space "B". The owner again applies for unreasonable hardship, but upon reviewing the
total cost of all of the previous Improvements that are serviced by this exterior common
path of travel, the building agency discovers that $75,000.00 has been spent since
January 26,1992 without providing for any path of travel modifications. By combining
the previous alteration costs of $75,000.00 with the proposed new alteration cost of
$10,000.00, a total of $85,000.00 Is now the determining amount. By taking 20% of the
"aggregated" alteration costs, the building agency determines that the owner Is obligated
obligation, however the $8,000.00 that was spent on the restrooms would have to be
subtracted from this 20% total.
In both of the above examples, the building was owner-occupied. If the building
consisted of multiple separate tenants, the principal of aggregation would not apply
between these tenants. You cannot aggregate the total costs of all alterations on a
particular path of travel if each of the alterations are permitted separately by different
tenants. You cannot make one tenant responsible for another tenants obligations. This
situation also applies to the landlord of the facility. If a tenant is making alterations that
would trigger the path of travel requirement outside of the areas that only the tenant
occupies, this alteration does not trigger a path of travel obligation upon the landlord.
This obligation is the responsibility of the tenant to work out If they want to complete their
alteration as planned. The building agency is neither obligated nor required to determine
whether the tenant, owner or another party is responsible for paying for the
improvements; their only obligation Is to enforce the requirements of the code upon the
applicant. If an individual tenant undertakes multiple alterations to their leased space
however, the principal of aggregation would apply to the areas of the facility under their
control. Due to the fact that you cannot aggregate the individual tenants alterations In a
multi-tenant facility, very few owners will choose to build out these tenant areas
themselves; most will instead provide the funding directly to the tenant through rent
reductions or other means to avoid having to deal with aggregated path of travel
serviced by the same specific path of travel. When multiple alterations are completed to
different locations In a facility which are serviced by different paths of travel, only those
alteration costs applicable to that specific area can be aggregated. If portions of the path
of travel are shared however, such as when different Interior paths of travel converge
Into a single building lobby to the exterior arrival points, the total cost of all the
alterations would be aggregated to determine the extent of obligations to the lobby and
e x t e r i o r.
One of the most significant changes between previous Title 24 guidelines and the new
guidelines Is In regards to elevator requirements In alterations. Under old Title 24
guidelines, certain types of privately funded, multistory buildings and facilities were
formerly exempt from accessibility requirements above and below the first floor. As of
April 1, 1994, these buildings and facilities were no longer exempt from providing
accessibility features on non-accessible floors; and may additionally be required to Install
an elevator and/or ramps to provide for vertical access between floors. In alteration
projects involving buildings and facilities that were previously approved and built without
elevators, the areas above and below the ground floor must now be made "readily
accessible" to the maximum extent feasible. In addition, the installation of an elevator
must be considered as a possible "path of travel" improvement if the cost of the
building or facility can be a complex one. Considerations Include the facilities use,
square footage, number of stories, structural feasibility, previous alterations and most
significantly: the cost. If the alteration project will be limited to an accessible level of the
facility, you do not need to consider the Installation of an elevator. In other words,
undertaking an alteration to an accessible first floor will not trigger a path of travel
requirement to other inaccessible floors, regardless of the cost of the alteration.
become familiar with their applications. I have broken down the necessary basic thought
processes and considerations into multiple flow charts for your use. These flow charts
should be used as "stepping stones" and followed in the order they are presented.
Immediately following these flowcharts are examples of alterations in which the
installation of an elevator may or may not be required
STEP
STEP
STEP
STEP
No.
No.
No.
No.
1234-
2000 POO
58
S T E P N O . 1 F O R A LT E R AT I O N S E S TA B L I S H I N G P R E L I M I N A R Y R E Q U I R E M E N T S
59
S T E P N O . 2 F O R A LT E R AT I O N S E S TA B L I S H I N G V E R T I C A L A C C E S S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
mora
thon
m a i l , t h e p r o f e s s l e n o l o f fi c e o f e h e a l t h c a r e
building or e passenger
vehicle service station
3000
p r m ^ d e r, a t e r m i n o l , d e p o t o r o t h e r s t a t i o n u s e d
Installation of an elevator Is
Go to Step No. 3
Flowchart
2000 PCC
6 0
03d OOOZ(S)
1.9
ViDijsatou
aiqiBBBOOD Xiipoaj aq
-ON fi9\s oo
i d r a x 3
^uoi^auo
B|q|Bse330 Xiipooj. aq
'iSniT puo pap|duio3
q jsnrr uoipjbw
1 p.
-H
I
I
apjopuep pojjnbaj
apjDpuD)f pajjnbaj
.atqiBBBOoo X|!poaj, aq
0) japjo uj XouaBo
Bujpiinq aq) uioj;
pejjnbaj aq tm
djqipjDjH ajqouotoBjun
djqtpjDH aiqouoBoajun
)o uojpujuiia)ap y
to uoi)oujuLie)ep y
puo pe)e|dujo9
aq EnW UOWBJOIIV
uonoja)|D paBodoid
aq) o) XvjiqissasoD
BpjAOJd o) XjDsaasau
ejo
qsiq*
puo
m japjo UJ XsuaBo
r
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
O) XqijqiBBaoso apjAOJd
(^.jiqitooiuj
jDsiuqoaj^ uoi)Oja)jD
uorpmpues
uoi)Gua)jo paaodojd
jDr)ueaia uo aj qajq*
D 6uua)|0 JO
uor)!PPD JO uo.qoaujpouj
Buuoaq-pooj o Buugqo
)jqiqojd TIW
jesja^ JO joB^ Bunajx^
ajD
qsm*
tajnpa;
jo
jaquiauf Bupo^pooj
uo BJ qSjqM J^LUBUl
JO aasoda '^uawap p
JO BujAOUiVJ BJjnbBJ
soNicning
ONiisixa
wj
AiniaisssDDV
Pereentage(X)
Path of
Travel coat ia twenty
twenty oercentfaQX)
ftcreentfaOXT or leaa
of unraaaonable hordahlp'
MUST be completed
T o t a l c o s t o f m o d i fi c a t i o n s t o t h e
T o t a l c o s t o f m o d t fi c a t l o n e t o t h e
Valuation Threshold*
-
percent(20X) threshold of
dlepreportlonollty Is reached
Unreasonable Hordahlp
^000
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PCC
MUST be completed
62
EXAMPLE #1
This example Is an existing office building that went into ftnanclal receivership. The new
owner has been involved In completely refurbishing the building as medical offices. In
1993, the owner pulled a permit and completely renovated the left half of the building
Including the ground floor lobby. Since the second floor was not accessible, the building
agency did not require the owner to provide accessible features on this floor. The
ground floor level was constructed to be "readily accessible", and included exterior path
o f t r a v e l m o d i fi c a t i o n s . T h e t o t a l c o s t f o r t h i s c o n s t r u c t i o n w a s a s f o l l o w s ;
In may of 1994, the owner applied for a permit to refurbish the right half of the building.
The proposed alteration costs were as follows:
Second Floor $125,000.00
First Floor $100,000.00
This time the building agency requires the owner to provide accessibility modifications to
the second floor which includes the four restrooms in this half of the building; and
SECOND FLOOR
HRST FLOOR
$ 100,, 0 0 0 . 0 0
i 125,, 0 0 0 . 0 0
2000 PCC
6 3
(n determining the path of travel obligations, the building agency must aggregate the
costs for both halves of the second floor remodel. Because both halves will be serviced
by the same vertical path of travel (i.e. the main stairway), ail of the alterations on levels
served by this path of travel that are constructed within a three year period must be
totaled to determine if the path of travel costs are disproportionate.
Total cost for second story alterations = $225,000.00 x 20% = $45,000.00
As Is shown, $45,000.00 Is the 20% limit at which the path of travel costs are
disproportionate in cost and scope to the overall alteration. As this is an office building
and is less than 3 stones in height, 20% is the maximum obligation, even though the
ENR cost threshold has been exceeded. At this point the building agency only has the
ability to require the bathrooms and main stairs to be made accessible. The building
agency cannot require an elevator because the 20% limit is not enough to pay for the
elevator. Additionally, if the stairwells on either side of the building deviate from existing
access standards, these are not on the single primary path of travel from the second
floor to the main lobby and neither state nor federal law requires these to be made
compliant. Remember, any modifications that can be made to the primary path of travel,
restrooms, drinking fountains and telephones within this 20% threshold limit MUST be
completed regardless of whether or not a determination of unreasonable hardship is
granted.
To provide further awareness regarding the vertical access requirements in this
example, it should be understood that the obligation to determine the feasibility of
providing an elevator in this building is due to the fact that the second floor will harbor
"the professional office of a health care provider". Since this facility is a multi-story
offtce building that is less than three stories in height. It does not require the
consideration of vertical accessibility unless it will house a shopping center, shopping
mall, the professional office of a health care provider, etc.(see Step No. 2 flow chart).
EXAMPLE #2
This example is an existing office building that went Into financial receivership. The
building, originally constructed in the eaiiy 1960's, does not presently contain any
features for disabled access. The new owner wishes to completely renovate the building
for lease to various tenants, and additionally desires to open a snack shop on the second
floor for the building occupants. As the building Is a two-story office complex, the owner
does not Intend to install an elevator but instead will modify the existing stairs for full
compliance. The construction plans include full accessibility modifications to all
restrooms and exterior improvements.
(>2000 PCC
64
Upon review of the plans, the building agency determines that the proposed snack shop
on the second floor of the facility will categorize this second floor as a "Shopping Center"
under Califomla's definitions ("Shopping Center" = "One or more sales establishments or
stores", Section 220.8). The building agency requires the owner to either place the
shop on the accessible first floor, remove it altogether, or install an elevator to the
second floor if 20% of the cost of the second story alterations will pay for it. The building
agency further "conditions" the applicant that within a 5 year period, no "sales
establishments or stores" or "offices of physicians or surgeons" be placed on the second
floor if the elevator exemption is to be maintained. At this point, the owner has the
ability take his/her chances and apply for a determination of unreasonable hardship on
the elevator, or comply/contest with the agency's conditions.
At this point, you may be wondering about the legality of conditioning an applicant to
restn'ct the use of their facility. This example was meant to open the "Pandora's box'
regarding the obligation to install an elevator in various situations. The owner in this
example was renovating the entire facility and bnnging in an entirely new group of
tenants, in retrospect, the owner will probably wish that he/she had not provided details
regarding the snack shop on the construction drawings, but had rather waited until the
facility construction was completed and approved and then applied for the snack shop
occupancy as a separate Issue to try to avoid the elevator requirements. With the
principal of aggregation however, the total alteration costs for the improvements on the
second floor within a three year period are utilized to determine the feasibility of an
elevator, and the owner will therefore have to deal with this issue now or in the future.
It is not within a building agency's obligation to be a "watchdog" for builders that try to
slip around the access requirements. It Is within a building agency's discretion however
to protect itself from future claims of complicity in providing a permit to a builder that
ultimately constructs inaccessible facilities. Both agencies and owners should be aware
that it is not uncommon for a complaint to be filed that alleges an "intentional
involve Investigating whether or not the facility was "designed or intended for use" by a
non-exempt entity. In determining whether an inaccessible floor was Intended for such
use, factors to be considered include the types of establishments that first occupied the
floor, the nature of the developer's marketing strategy, i.e., what types of establishments
were sought in the marketing strategy, and inclusion of any design features particular to
the non-exempt entities, such as special plumbing, electrical or other features needed by
health care providers, or any design features particular to sales establishments.
2000 PCC
6 5
Additions
Each addition to an existing building or facility shall be regarded as an alteration. Each
space or element added to the existing building or facility must meet the requirements
for New Construction and be designed and constructed to be 'readily accessible".
of travel, restrooms. drinking fountains and telephones" that service the new addition(s),
just as you would with an alteration. The principal difference between an alteration and
an addition Is in the calculation of cost obligations for these modifications. In an
addition, every feature that is constructed must be 'readily accessible" just as in a new
building or facility. This Includes any restrooms. drinking fountains, telephones or path
of travel improvements within the scope of the addition. Unlike an alteration, however,
the TOTAL costs for this entire addition are taken as a whole to determine the amount of
the 20% obligation to provide additional modifications to the path of travel, restrooms,
drinking fountains and telephones that adjoin and serve the addition, if necessary. The
following examples will hopefully clarify the necessary considerations:
EXAMPLE #1
This example is an existing single-story office building. The owner submits plans to
lengthen the building and add six new offices. All portions of the new addition must
meet the guidelines for New Construction and be 'readily accessible'. Since the new
addition will not contain an 'Area for Evacuation Assistance" or a 'Supervised Automatic
Sprinkler System", an accessible and egressible path of travel must be provided from
the exit-only door at the end of the addition to the nearest accessible route. The total
cost for the new addition wiil be $250,000.00.
ADDmON s $250,000.00
<&2000 PCC
66
Upon reviewing the Interior and exterior Improvements of the existing building, the
building agency finds that a 50 foot long concrete sidewalk ramp extends from the
partying area to the main entry door threshold. The difference In elevation between the
door threshold and the parking area Is six feet, and the existing ramp exhibits a slope of
12%. The site does not presently provide for disabled parking stalls or an accessible
route to existing public sidewalk. All of the public and common use areas Inside the
existing building are "readily accessible" with the exception of the restroom facilities
which will need to be accessible and enlarged to accommodate the new occupancy load
of the building. To make the exterior entrance accessible, a "switch-back" ramp with a
correct door landing will have to be constructed. In addition, the correct number of
disabled parking stalls and an accessible path of travel to the sidewalk will have to be
constructed. A feasibility study determines that the ramp and parking Improvements will
cost $25,000.00, the route to public sidewalk will cost $7,000.00, and modifications to
both restrooms will cost $25,000.00 (total = $57,000.00).
The owner applies for a determination of unreasonable hardship, wishing only to modify
the Interior restrooms for $25,000.00. The building agency informs the owner that since
the addition will cost $250,000.00, the owner Is obligated to spend 20% of this amount,
or $50,000.00, even with a determination of unreasonable hardship. The building
agency grants the hardship for $7,000.00 and requires the owner to construct ail
improvements except for the route to the public sidewalk.
EXAMPLE #2
This example Is an existing single-story office building. The owner submits plans to
lengthen the building and add five new offices and two restrooms. The owner also plans
to build a new parking lot and accessible entrance to this addition. The new parking lot
will be separate from the existing parking lot. Since all portions of the addition must
meet the requirements for New Construction and be "readily accessible", this entrance
must also provide an accessible path of travel to the adjacent public sidewalk. The
owner determines that It will cost $220,000.00 to complete the basic addition. $25,000.00
to provide new restrooms in the addition, and $35,000.00 to build the new parking lot and
sidewalk (total cost $280,000.00).
2000 PCC
6 7
Upon reviewing the existing building, the building agency finds that the existing
restrooms are inaccessible. In addition, the existing parking lot and path of travel to the
existing entrance are seriously out of compliance. A feasibility study indicates that
modifications to the restrooms and exterior improvements of the existing building will
cost $45,000.00. Since Califomla requires that all primary entrances be accessible, and
since patrons of the facility will be able to park in either of the two available lots, the
owner is obligated to make path of travel modifications from the existing improvements
to the new addition. The building agency directs the owner to make these additional
modifications to the existing building as a condition to performing the new addition. The
diagram below illustrates the additional areas that the owner is required to modify;
T O TA L C O S T F O R R E Q U I R E D M O D I F I C AT I O N S
2000 PCC
68
The owner contests the agency's determination, stating that the construction of the new
addition without the restrooms or parking lot will only cost $220,000.00; and that 20% of
this amount is $44,000.00. The owner further states that he/she is already spending
$60,000.00 on the restrooms and exterior improvements for the new addition, an amount
well over that that would be required in an alteration. The owner does not believe that
he/she has any further obligations. The building agency then informs the owner that
his/her interpretation of the requirements for an addition are incorrect. To correctly
determine the 20% obligation, the TOTAL cost of the full scope of work involved in the
construction of the addition is utilized to determine the 20% disproportionallty limit. This
amount would be 20% of $280,000.00; a total of $56,000.00. In this situation, this path
of travel obligation must be applied to modify the Improvements within the route from the
exterior portions of the old building ail the way to the new addition. Since the existing
restrooms are on this path of travel, they must also be Included. The owner cannot
include the costs for the restrooms or parking lot of the new addition to fulfill path of
2000 PCC
6 9
H I S T O R I C P R E S E R VAT I O N
DEFINITION:
destroy the historic significance of the building or facility. If it is determined that any of
the accessibility requirements would threaten or destroy the historic significance or
character-defining features of a building or facility, the altemative modifications listed
g o v e m m e n t b o d y o r o ff i c i a l m a y o n l y m a k e d e c i s i o n s r e g a r d i n g
altemative modifications to eligible historic structures after the State
Historic Preservation Officer has delegated responsibility to a federally
certified local historic preservation program. At this point, the local
historic preservation program can designate appropriate responsibilities to
building or facility. It is only after the appropriate steps have been taken to
determine whether or not the historical significance of the building may
be compromised that altemative modifications or deviations from
established guidelines may be utilized.
2000 PCC
7 0
The following text titled "PROCEDURES" is taken directly from the ADAAG
and delineates the required procedures for dealing with federal, state, and
local historic structures. In addition, the sections of federal text that are
referred to In these procedures are included at the end of this text under
"IMPLEMENTING REGULATIONS" for your further use.
F E D E R A L S TA N D A R D S
(A) PROCEDURES
(1) Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Subject to Section
106 of the National Historic Preservation Act:
(a) Section 106 Process. Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (16
U.S.C. 470 f) requires that a Federal agency with jurisdiction over a Federal, federally
assisted, or federally licensed undertaking consider the effects of the agency's
undertaking on buildings and facilities listed In or eligible for listing in the National
Register of Historic Places and give the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation a
reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking prior to approval of the
undertaking. 4.1.7(2)(a}(i)
(b) ADA Application. Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building
or facility that is subject to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, the
Federal agency with jurisdiction over the undertaking shall follow the section 106
(exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, toilets, parking or signage would threaten or
destroy the historic significance of the building or facility, the alternative modifications
listed may be used for the feature (see below). 4.1.7(2)(a)(ii)
Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that Is not
subject to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act. if the entity undertaking
the alterations believes that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes
(exterior and Interior), ramps, entrances, toilets, parking or signage would threaten or
destroy the historic significance of the building or facility and that the altemative
modifications listed should be used for the feature, the entity should consult with the
State Historic Preservation Officer. If the State Historic Preservation Officer agrees that
compliance with the accessibility requirements for accessible routes (exterior and
interior), ramps, entrances, toilets, parking or signage would threaten or destroy the
historical significance of the building or facility, the altemative modifications listed may
be used (see below). 4.1.7(2)(b)
2000 PCC
71
(c) If toilets are provided, at least one toilet facility along an accessible route
shall be provided that compiles (See applicable sections on Sanitary Facilities,
this book). Such toilet facility may be unisex In design. 4.1.7(3)(c)
(d) Accessible routes from an accessible entrance to all publicly used spaces on
at least the level of the accessible entrance shall be provided. Access shall be
I M P L E M E N T I N G R E G U L AT I O N S
Section 470f. Effect of Federal undertakings upon property listed in National
Register: comment by Advisory Council on Historic Preservation
SOURCE- Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 4700
The head of any Federal agency having direct or indirect jurisdiction over a
proposed Federal or federally assisted undertaking in any State and the head of any
2000 PCC
7 2
or prior to the Issuance of any license, as the case may be, take Into account the effect
of the undertaking on any district, site, building, structure, or object that Is Included In or
eligible for inclusion in the National Register. The head of any such Federal agency
shall afford the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation established under sections
4701 to 470v of this title a reasonable opportunity to comment with regard to such
undertaking.
(Pub. L. 89-665, title I, Section 106, Oct. 15.1966, 80 State. 917; Pub. L 94-422, title II,
Section 201(3), Sept. 28. 1976. 90 State. 1320.)
SOURCE- Section 101 (c) of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C.
470a (c))
(1) Any State program approved under this section shall provide a mechanism
for the certification by the State Historic Preservation Officer of local governments to
carry out the purposes of this subchapter and provide for the transfer, in accordance
with section 470c(c) of this title, of a portion of the grants received by the States under
this subchapter, to such local govemments. Any local government shall be certified to
participate under the provisions of this section If the applicable State Historic
Preservation Officer, and the Secretary, certifies that the local govemment
(A) enforces appropriate state or local legislation for the designation and
protection of historic properties;
(B) has established an adequate and qualified historic preservation review
commission by State or local legislation;
(C) maintains a system for the survey and inventory of historic properties that
furthers the purposes of subsection (b) of this section;
(D) provides for adequate public participation in the local historic preservation
program, Including the process of recommending properties for nomination to
the National Register; and
by the secretary If he determines that such local govemment meets the requirements of
subparagraphs (A) through (E); and In any such case the Secretary may make grants-inaid to the local govemment for purposes of this section.
(2)(A) Before a property within the jurisdiction of the certified local govemment
may be considered by the State to be nominated to the Secretary for inclusion on the
National Register, the State Historic Preservation Officer shall notify the owner, the
applicable chief local elected official, and the local historic preservation commission.
The commission, after reasonable opportunity for public comment, shall prepare a report
as to whether or not such property, in its opinion, meets the criteria of the National
Register. Within sixty days of notice from the State Historic Preservation Officer, the
chief local elected official shall transmit the report of the commission and his
recommendation to the State Historic Preservation Officer. Except as provided In
subparagraph (B), after receipt of such report and recommendation, or if no such report
2000 PCC
7 3
and recommendation are received within sixty days, the State shall make the nomination
pursuant to subsection (a) of this section. The State may expedite such process with the
concurrence of the certified local govemment.
(B) If both the commission and the chief local elected official recommend that a
property not be nominated to the National Register, the State Historic Preservation
Officer shall take no further action, unless within thirty days of the receipt of such
recommendation by the State Historic Preservation Officer an appeal Is filed with the
State. If such an appeal is filed, the State shall follow the procedures for making a
(3) Any local govemment certified under this section or which is making efforts
to become so certified shall be eligible for funds under the provisions of section 470c(c)
of this title, and shall carry out any responsibilities delegated to It In accordance with
such terms and conditions as the Secretary deems necessary or advisable.
Section 61.5 Approved Local Programs.
Secretary for approval. Beyond the minimum delegations of authority that must be
made to all CLG's. These delegations may not include the State's overall responsibility
derived from the National Histon'c Preservation Act, as amended, or where specified by
law or regulation (e.g., the operations of the Review Board and nominations to the
National Register). Regulations and standards goveming performance of State
functions (e.g., rules relating to conflict of Interest) are to be enforced by States when the
functions are delegated.
(c) States shall require local govemments to satisfy the following minimum
requirements:
(1) Enforce appropriate State or local legislation for the designation and
protection of historic properties. The State shall define what constitutes appropriate
legislation so long as it Is consistent with the purposes of the Act. Where State enabling
legislation or home rule authority permits local historic preservation ordinances, a State
may require adoption of an ordinance and Indicate specific provisions that must be
included In the ordinance.
2000 PCC
7 4
(I) States may specify the minimum number and type of professional members
that the local government shall appoint to the Commission and indicate how additional
expertise can be obtained. Requirements set by the State for local Commissions shall
not be more stringent or comprehensive that its requirements for the State Review
Board. Local governments may be certified without the minimum number or types of
disciplines if they can demonstrate that they have made a reasonable effort to fill those
positions. When a discipline Is not represented In the Commission membership, the
Commission shall be required to seek expertise in this area when considering National
Register nominations and other actions that will Impact properties which are normally
evaluated by a professional in such discipline. This can be accomplished through
consulting (e.g., universities, private preservation organizations, or regional planning
commissions) or by other means that the State determines appropriate.
(ii) States shall specify the role and responsibilities of the local govemment's
Commission in local preservation decisions. These responsibilities must be
complementary to and carried out In coordination with those of the State as outlined in
Section 61.4(b) of these rules.
(ill) States shall make available orientation materials and training to all local
(3) Maintain a system for the survey and inventory of historic properties. States
shall formulate guidelines for local survey and inventory systems which ensure that
such systems and the data they produce can be readily integrated Into statewide
comprehensive historic preservation planning and other appropriate planning
processes. Local government survey and inventory efforts shall be coordinated with
and complementary to those of the State. The State also shall require that local survey
data be In a format that is consistent with the planning processes noted above.
are delegated to CLG's. States shall outline specific mechanisms to ensure adequate
public participation In local preservation programs. These may Include requirements
for open meeting, published minutes, and the publication of procedures by which
assessments of potential National Register nominations, design review, etc. will be
evaluations of CLG's so that results are available for the Secretary's performance
evaluations of States. If a State evaluation of a CLG's performance indicates that, in the
State's judgment, such performance is inadequate, the State shall suggest ways to
improve performance. If, after a period of time stipulated by the State, the State
determines that there has not been sufficient Improvement, It may recommend
decertification of the local govemment to the Secretary for his concurrence. This
recommendation shall cite the specific reasons why decertification Is proposed. If the
Secretary does not object within 30 working days of receipt, the decertification shall be
considered approved by the Secretary. Appropriately documented State
recommendations for decertification ordinarily will be accepted by the Secretary. When
a local govemment is decertified, the State shall conduct financial assistance closeout
procedures as specified in The National Register Programs Manual.
(d) Effects of certification:
Act. The State may delegate to a CLG any of the responsibilities of the SHPO and the
2000 PCC
7 5
(3) The requirements set forth in paragraph (c) of this section may be amplified
by the Secretary and/or the States as necessary to reflect particular State and or local
government program concerns.
(e) States shall submit, within 180 days of publication of the final rule for local
certification and funds transfer, their proposed local certification processes to the
Secretary for review and approval. In developing the submission, the State shall consult
with local governments, local historic preservation commissions, and all other parties
likely to be interested in the CLG process; consider local preservation needs and
capabilities; and invite comments on the proposed process from local governments,
commissions, and parties in the State likely to be interested. The State's proposal shall
review the results of this consultation process. States shall keep a record of their
consultation processes and make them available to the Secretary upon request.
(f) States shall establish procedures to ensure that all parties likely to be
Interested are notified and provide a 60-day period for public comment on the proposal
before It is submitted to the Secretary. Records of all comments received during the
commenting period shall be kept by the State and shall be made available to the
Secretary upon request. The State should be able to respond to all suggestions that it
does not adopt.
(g) The Secretary shall review State proposals and within 90 days of receipt
issue an approval or disapproval. This review will be based on compliance with all
requirements set forth in this section.
If the Secretary does not take exception to the request within 15 working days of receipt,
the local govemment shall be regarded as certified by the Secretary.
(j) A State may agree with a CLG to change the delegation of responsibilities by
amending the certification agreement. The State must submit the amendment to the
National Park Service for review to ensure that it is in conformance with the approved
State process, this rule, and the Act. If the National Park Service does not object within
15 working days, the amendment shall be considered approved.
(k) States may amend their approved State certification and funds transfer
processes. In developing the amendment, the State shall follow to the extent
2000 POO
76
appropriate the same consultation procedures outlined In Section 61.5(e)/(f) and Section
61.7(g)(h). The State shall submit the proposed amendment to the National Park
Service. The National Park Service shall review the proposed amendment for
conformance with this rule and the Act, and, within 45 working days of receipt, issue an
approval or disapproval notice.
(1) State administration of its local certification process shall be reviewed by the
Secretary during performance evaluations and audits of State programs as required by
section 101 (b)(2) of the National Historic Preservation Act, as amended. Local
61.5 because there are no subordinated local governments in the District. If a territory
believes that Its political subdivisions lack authorities similar to those of local
govemments in other States and hence cannot satisfy the requirements for local
certification, It may apply to the Secretary for exemption from the requirements of
Section 61.5.
Secretary will consider the process in his review of any applications for local
govemment certification from within the State.
S TAT E S TA N D A R D S
A LT E R N AT I V E A C C E S S I B I L I T Y P R O V I S I O N S
historical buildings and properties while providing access to and use by persons with
disabilities.
8-601.3 Scope. These regulations hall apply to every qualified historical building or
property that is required to provide access to persons with disabilities.
2000 PCC
7 7
8-602.1 Regular Code. The regular code for access for persons with disabilities shall
be applied to qualified historical buildings or properties unless strict compliance with the
regular code will threaten or destroy the historical significance or character-defining
features of the building or property.
1. Such altemative provisions shall be applied only on an item-by-item or a case-bycase basis. (See, e.g., Section 6-603.)
2. The altemative provisions are applied according to the priorities outlined in Section
8-603 whereby the altemative providing the greatest accessibility is listed first.
3. Documentation is provided stating the reasons for the application of the alternative
provisions. Such documentation shall be maintained as a part of the public record.
4. If it Is found that the application of the preferred alternatives listed in Section 8-603
The altematives below each category are listed in order of priority. These alternatives apply only
to the specific building standards listed below.
8-603.1 Entry. These alternatives do not allow exceptions for the requirement of level
landings in front of doors, except as provided in Section 8-603.3. Altematives listed in
order of priority are:
1. Access to any entrance used by the general public and no further than 200 feet
from the primary entrance.
2. Access at any entrance not used by the general public but open and unlocked with
directional signs at the primary entrance and as close as possible to, but no further
than 200 feet from, the primary entrance.
8-603.2 Doors. Altematives listed in order of priority are:
1. Single-leaf door which provides a minimum 30 inches of clear opening.
2. Single-leaf door which provides a minimum 29-1/2 inches dear opening.
3. Double door, one leaf of which provides a minimum 29-1/2 inches clear opening.
4. Double doors operable with a power-assist device to provide a minimum 29-1/2
inches clear opening when both doors are in the open position.
8-603.3 Power-assisted Doors. A power-assisted door or doors may be considered an
2000 PCC
78
1. A lift or a ramp of greater than standard slope but no greater than 1:10. for
horizontal distances not to exceed 12 feet. Signs shall be posted at upper and
lower levels to indicate steepness of the slope.
2. Access by ramps of 1:6 slope for horizontal distance not to exceed 13 inches.
Signs shall be posted at upper and lower levels to indicate steepness of the slope.
3. Access provided by experiences, services, functions, materials and resources
through methods, including, but not limited to, maps, plans, videos, virtual reality,
and related equipment, at accessible levels. This alternative shall be documented
as required in Section 8-605.
S E C T I O N 8 - 6 0 4 - E Q U I VA L E N T FA C I L I TAT I O N
Use of other designs and technologies, or deviation from particular technical and scoping
requirements, are permitted if the application of the alternative provisions contained in Section 8603 would threaten or destroy the historical significance or character-defining features of the
2000 PCC
79
4. The official charged with enforcement of the standards shall document the reasons
for the application of the altemative design and/or technologies and their effect on
the historical significance or character-def9lning features. Such documentation shall
be in accordance with Section 8-602.2, Item 3, and shall Include the opinions and
comments of state or local accessibility officials, and opinions and comments of
state or local accessibility officials, and the opinions and comments of representative
local groups of people with disabilities. Such documentation shall be recorded and
entered into the permanent file of the enforcing agency.
2000 POO
80
B A R R I E R R E M O VA L S I N E X I S T I N G B U I L D I N G S A N D FA C I L I T I E S
It Is sometimes necessary or desirable to make modifications to buildings or facilities for
the sole purpose of removing existing barriers to the disabled. Under the ADA, an entity
sole purpose of removing barriers to the disabled, then the scope of the alteration is
limited to the actual work of the project. The entity performing the alteration Is NOT
required to engage In additional modifications to the path-of-travel, restrooms, drinking
fountains or telephones that may service the specific area of alteration. This situation
modifications that may be undertaken to remove barriers to the disabled, these lists are
far from exhaustive (See Section 1134B.2.1.3.6 of Califomia's guidelines and Section
36.304 of the ADA). It is sufficient to state than any modification undertaken with the
sole purpose of barrier removal does not trigger any additional requirements beyond the
scope of the specific alteration.
R E A D I LY A C H I E VA B L E B A R R I E R R E M O VA L
As stated above, a public accommodation is required to remove architectural and
communications barriers to the disabled in existing public accommodation facilities. This
requirement is enforced at the federal level by the Department of Justice; California
does not investigate nor enforce compliance with this mandate. Non-compliance with
this mandate Is considered discrimination against the disabled and is a civil rights
violation. Consequently, there are no "grandfather" clauses under this portion of the law;
the obligations to remove existing barriers became an instant and on-going consideration
for all public accommodations when the ADA was signed into law in 1990.
A commonly held misconception of the ADA is that public accommodations were not
required to comply with federal barrier removal mandates until January 26,1992. In
fact, January 26 was a deadline. On that date, the ADA was enforceable, and
responsible entities could legally be fined or sued if they had not yet begun readily
achievable barrier removals to their existing facilities.
What IS a public accommodation? A public accommodation means 'a pnvate entity that
owns, leases (or leases to), or operates a place of public accommodation". In order to be
2000 PCC
8 2
6) A Laundromat, dry-cleaner, bank, bartjer shop, beauty shop, travel service, shoe
repair service, funeral parlor, gas station, office of an
11) A day care center, senior citizen center, homeless shelter, food bank, adoption
agency, or other social service center establishment; and
12) A gymnasium, health spa, bowling alley, golf course, or other place of exercise or
recreation.
If you have now determined that you are indeed a 'public accommodation' and must
now consider removing barriers in your 'place of public accommodation", the 'readily
achievable" standard is your next likely concern. The term 'readily achievable' means
'easily accomplished and able to be carried out without much difficulty or expense" The
interpretations as to what extent this term requires an existing building to be modified is
continually argued. The federal register In which the Title III regulations was published
(28 CFR Part 36) also explains that the readily achievable standard 'does not require
extensive restructuring or burdensome expense". In this same text, the DOJ indicates
that the standard Is also a continuing obligation:
Thus, an entity may not casually or Intuitively decide what is or Is not 'readily
achievable"; It must be capable of defending Its decision by Invoking these five criteria.
Of particular significance Is the fact that when it Is determining whether barrier removal
Is "readily achievable", the DOJ has the ability to examine not only the financial
resources of the facility itself but those of any parent company.
2000 PCC
83
Chapter 6
O C C U PA N C Y S P E C I F I C R E Q U I R E M E N T S
ACCESSIBILITY FOR GROUP A
O C C U PA N C I E S
General - All Group A Occupancies shall be accessible as provided below In addition to
specific requirements for accessible Improvements.
A U D I T O R I U M S . A S S E M B LY H A L L S . T H E AT E R S A N D
R E L AT E D FA C I L I T I E S
Ticket booths
Customer and employee sides of ticket booths and of concession and refreshment sales
Public toilets and other public areas shall be made accessible to persons with disabilities.
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 1 3
always, any restrooms or other amenities available to the public must also
be fully accessibie.
Seating requirements
In all assembly places where fixed seating is provided, there are spaces for persons
using wheelchairs and semiambulant persons, as required. (SEE "ACCESSIBLE
2. When an existing theater is subdivided into more than one facility having upper levels
not accessible by ramp or elevator, and the enfordng agency determines that full
compliance with this code would create an unreasonable hardship, such upper levels
need not be made accessible, provided all facilities at grade are accessible and any
event, showing of motion pictures or other activities made available to the public in all of
the facilities are scheduled to assure that ell such functions are available to the public in
the accessible facility.
2000 PCC
8 5
Seating for persons with disabilities shall be accessible from the main lobby or from a
primary entrance, together with related toilet facilities. 1104B.3.2 4.33.3
Access to Performing Areas
An accessible route shall connect wheelchair seating locations with performing areas,
including stages, arena floors, dressing rooms, locker rooms and other spaces used by
performers. 1104B.3.10
Va r i e t y o f L o c a t i o n s
Wheelchair seating spaces shall adjoin an accessible route that also serves as a means
guidelines, titled "Seating", it states "In all assembly places where seating
is provided, there shall be spaces for persons using wheelchairs and
show, accessible seating locations are not required in assembly areas that
do not provide for "fixed" seating arrangements. "Fixed seats" are only
those that are permanently mounted such that the seating arrangement
accessible for the disabled In Informal situations where this type of seating
Is
provided.
General - Stages, enclosed and unenclosed platforms, and orchestra pits shall be made
accessible to persons with disabilities. 1104B.3.11
EXCEPTIONS: 1. When the enforcing agency finds that requiring compliance with this
code, for an enclosed or unenclosed platform or depressed area not more than 24 inches
2000 PCC
86
above or below an adjacent accessible level, would create an unreasonable hardship, the
enclosed and unenclosed platform or depressed area shall be made accessible by a
portable ramp with a slope not exceeding 1 vertical to 12 hon'zontal (8.33% slope).
2. In existing buildings and fadlities, stages, enclosed or unenclosed platforms, and
orchestra pits need not be accessibie when the enforcing agency determines that
compliance with this code would create an unreasonable hardship.
S TA D I U M S . G R A N D S TA N D S . B L E A C H E R S . AT H L E T I C
PAV I L I O N S . G Y M N A S I U M S A N D M I S C E L L A N E O U S S P O R TR E L AT E D FA C I L I T I E S
Seating for persons with disabilities shall be accessible from the main lobby or from a
primary entrance, together with related toilet facilities. 1104B.4.1 &1104B.3.2 4.33.3
Va r i e t y o f l o c a t i o n s
The customer side of a ticket booth shall be, and the employee side may be, accessible.
11 0 4 B . 4 . 2
Participation areas
Participation areas shall be accessible to persons with disabilities, including the following
listed and similar activity areas:
(iv) Swimming pool deck areas must be accessible and an assisting device
provided to assist persons with disabilities in gaining entry into the pool.
(v) Athletic team rooms and facilities, playing fields and running tracks.
11 0 4 B . 4 . 3
Clubrooms
Where spectator and/or participant sanitary and/or locker facilities are provided, they
s h a l l b e a c c e s s i b l e . 11 0 4 B . 4 . 5
Spectator Seating
2000 PCC
87
2. In existing buildings, v^hen the enforcing agency finds that compliance with regulations
would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be granted when all of the
following minimum conditions are met:
A. When the total seating does not exceed 5,000, at least 1 percent of such
seating shall be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. When the
total seating provided exceeds 5,000, one additional seat for each 2,000 seats
provided over 5,000 shall be accessible to and usable by persons with
disabilities.
NOTE: The requirements for accessible spectator seating are the same as those
for auditoriums, assembly halls, theaters, and related facilities. Please see the
referenced checklist section below for these requirements.
A C C E S S I B L E S E AT I N G I N A S S E M B LY A R E A S
-Wheelchair Locatlons-
B. Wheelchair locations are accessible from the main lobby or a primary entrance,
togetherwith related toilet facilities. 1104B.3.2 4.33.3
C. Each wheelchair area adjoins an accessible route which serves as a means of
egress in an emergency. 11048.3.5 4.33.3 Figs. 1 & 2
NOTE: All seating provided must comply with the fire and panic safety
requirements of the State Fire Marshall. 1104B.3.9
EXCEPTION: Accessible viewing positions where seating capadty is less than 300 may
be clustered for bleachers, balconies and other areas having sight lines that require
slopes of greater than 5 percent. Equivalent accessible viewing positions may be located
on levels having accessible egress. 11048,3.5 4.33.3
S P E C I A L R E Q U I R E M E N T F O R S TA D I U M S E AT I N G
In stadiums where spectators can be expected to stand during the show or event
(for example, football, baseball, basketball games, or rock concerts), all or
The CalDAG California Disabled Accessibility Guidebook
2000 PCC
8 8
substantially all of the wheelchair seating locations must provide a line of sight
over standing spectators. (Source - Department of Justice Brief) Fig. 3
D.1. Wheelchair seating locations In stadiums provide line of sight over
standing spectators. Fig. 3
E. At least one companion fixed seat is provided next to each required wheelchair
location. 11048.3.5 4.33.3 Figs. 1 & 2
F. G r o u n d a n d fl o o r s u r f a c e s a t w h e e l c h a i r l o c a t i o n s a r e l e v e l a n d c l e a r.
11 0 4 B . 3 . 4 . 3 4 . 3 3 . 4
L. Assembly area(s) has the correct number of required seating locations for
semlambulant Individuals. 11048.3.8 (see Flow Chart, "ACCESSIBLE
SEATING REQUIREMENTS IN ASSEMBLY AREAS", page 91)
M. Each seating location for semlambulant Individuals provides at least 24" of clear
leg space between the front of the seat to the nearest obstruction, or to the back
of the seat immediately In front. 11048.3.8 (see Flow Chart, "ACCESSIBLE
SEATING REQUIREMENTS IN ASSEMBLY AREAS", page 91)
NOTE: The ground or floor at seating locations for semlambulant Individuals Is
not required to be level as with wheelchair seating locations.
- A I S L E S E AT I N G L O C AT I O N S -
N. Assembly area(s) has the correct number of required aisle seating locations.
11048.3.4.1 4.1.3(19)(a) (see Flow Chart, "ACCESSIBLE SEATING
REQUIREMENTS IN ASSEMBLY AREAS", page 91)
2000 PCC
89
P. Each aisle seat with removable or folding armrests on the aisie side Is identified
by a sign or marker. 11048.3.4.1 4.1.3(19}(a} Fig. 4-A
Q. Signage notifying patrons of the availability of aisie seating locations is posted in
the ticket office. 1104B.3.4.1 4.1.3(19)(a) Fig.4-A
2000 PCC
9 0
A C C E S S I B L E S E AT I N G R E Q U I R E M E N T S
I N A S S E M B LY A R E A S
CopacHy of Seating
In Assembly Areoe
Number of Required
Wheelchair Locations
1
2
4
6
11 0 4 B . 3 . 4 . 1
4.1.3(1B)(o)
Immediately In front.
Signage noti^'ng patrons of
11 0 4 B . 3 . B
11 0 4 B . S . 4
4.1.3(1S)(a)
11 0 4 B . 3 . 5
4.33.3
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 4 . 1
4.1.3(1fi)(o)
E a c h s e a t m u s t b e I d e n t i fi e d
b y a si g n
Seoting capacity
leatlng ca
g x c g p s 300
11Q4B.S.4.1
4.1.3(1B)(a)
Accessible viewing positions
4.33.3
11 0 4 B . 3 . S
4.33.3
p r o v i d e m i n i m u m c l e a r fl o o r
or ground space as shown In
Figs. 1 and 2, and shall
11 0 4 B . 3 . 6
4.33.3
N o te : R e o d i l y r e me sra b l s se a ts
may be Installed In wheelchair
o f t h e s t a t e fi r a m a r s h o l l
wheelchair users
11 0 4 B . 3 . g
11 0 4 B . 3 . 7
requlrsd to occomodate
4.33,3
2000 PCC
91
M I N I M U M o r O N E C O M PA N I O N
A C C E S S I B L PAT H O F T R AV E L
S E AT I N G S PA C E
4a'MIN.
66'MiN.
33'UIN. - 33'MIN.
A N A C C E S S I B L E R O U T E M U S T C O N N E C T W H C E L C H A J R S E AT I N G L O C AT I O N S W T T H P E R F O R M I N G
AREAS, INCLUDING STAGES. ARENA FLOORS, DRESSING ROOMS. LOCKER ROOMS. AND OTHER
S PA C E S U S E D B Y P E R F O R M E R S .
E A C H W H E E L C H A I R L O C AT I O N S H A L L A D J O I N A N E G R E S S A I S L E O N AT L E A S T O N E S I D E .
Fig.1
FORWARD OR REAR ACCESS
S PA C E R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O R W H E E L C H A I R
S E AT I N G S PA C E S I N S E R I E S
(C2000 PCC
92
X.
y 1 w!
1
1
T R AV E L M U S T B E P R O V I D E D
BETWEEN nXEO OBJECTS.
IaI
S fi ' H I N .
Q B
z
a
h i
33'MIN.
6 6 'M I N .
h
^ i ]PI
33*HIN.
<
>
AREAS. INCLUDING STAGES. ARENA FLOORS. DRESSING ROOMS. LOCKER ROOMS. AND OTHER
S PA C E S U S E D B Y P E R F O R M E R S .
EACH WHEELCHAIR LOCATION SHALL ADJOIN AN EGRESS AISLE ON AT LEAST ONE SIDE.
Fig.2
SIDE ACCESS
S PA C E R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O R W H E E L C H A I R
2000 PCC
93
I N S TA O I U U S W H E R E S P E C TAT O R S
C A N B E E X P E C T E D T O S TA N D
s o e
<5
Fig.3
C O M PA R A B L E L I N E O F S I G H T R E Q U I R E M E N T S
F O R W H E E L C H A I R S E AT I N G I N S TA D I U M S
2000 POO
9 4
R E M O VA B L E O R
FGLBINC ARMREST
S I G N A G E R E G A R D I N G AVA J L A B I U T Y
O F A I S L E S E AT I N G T O B E P O S T E D
E A C H S U C H A I S L E S E AT I N G L O C AT I O N M U S T B E I D E N T I F I E D B Y
A SIGN OR MARKER
NO ARMREST
ONE PERCENT (1X) BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE (1) OF AU. FIXED SEATS MUST BE AISLE SEATS WITH
NO ARMREST ON THE AISLE SIDE. OR REMOVABLE OR FOLDING ARMREST ON THE AISLE SIDE.
Fig.4-A
A I S L E S E AT I N G
Fig.4-B
S E M I A M B U L A N T S E AT I N G
A C C E S S I B L E S E AT I N G R E Q U I R E M E N T S
I N A S S E M B LY A R E A S
<S)2000 PCG
9 5
A S S I S T I V E L I S T E N I N G S Y S T E M S I N A S S E M B LY A R E A S
General- Assembly areas where audible communications are Integral to the use of the
space (e.g., concert and lecture halls, playhouses and movie theaters, meeting rooms,
etc.) shall provide assistive-listening systems for persons with hearing Impairments as
p r o v i d e d i n t h i s s e c t i o n . 11 0 4 B . 2 4 . 1 . 3 ( 1 9 ) ( b )
EXCEPTION: This section does not apply to systems used exclusively for paging, or
background music, or a combination of these two uses.
Types of Listening Systems
Assistive listening systems (ALS) are intended to augment standard public address and
audio systems by providing signals which can be received directly by persons with
special receivers or their own hearing aids and which eliminate or filter background
noise. The type of assistive listening system appropriate for a particular application
depends on the characteristics of the setting, the nature of the program, and the
Intended audience. Types of assistive-listening systems Include, but are not limited to,
audio-induction loops, radio frequency systems (AM or FM), and Infrared transmission.
11 0 4 B . 2 , 2 4 . 3 3 . 7
Fees and Charges
Nothing in this section shall preclude a facility charging for such assistive-listening
system its usual fee for audiovisual equipment. However, no surcharge may be placed
directly on any particular individual with a disability or any group of individuals with
disabilities to cover the costs of such equipment. 1104B.2.S
Portable Systems
If portable assistive-listening systems are used for conference or meeting rooms, the
system may serve more than one room. (See flow chart for applications) 1104B.2.6
A. Each assembly area in the building or facility where audible communications are
Integral to the use of the space provides for an assistive listening system.
1104B.2 4.1.3(19)(b)
B. The correct number of personal receivers required is provided. (See flow chart,
"ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS IN ASSEMBLY AREAS".
Page 97) 1104B,2.1 4.1.3(19)(b)
C. If the listening system provided serves Individual fixed seats, then such seats
are located within a 50' viewing distance of the stage or playing area and have a
complete view of the stage or playing area. 1104B.2.3 4.33.6
D. Signage Is posted in a prominent place Indicating the availability of assistivelistening devices. The signage includes the international symbol of access for
hearing loss and states "Assistive-Llstening System Available" 1104B.2.4
4.30.7(4) Fig. 3
are Integral to the use of the space, e.g. auditoriums, assembiy halis,
theaters, concert and lecture hails, meeting rooms, churches,
gymnasiums, etc.. To determine the correct applications for assistive
listening devices, please utilize the following flow chart titled "ASSISTIVE
U S T E N I N G S Y S T E M R E Q U I R E M E N T S I N A S S E M B LY A R E A S " .
<S>2000 PCC
9 6
wHI
assembly orea
a e e o m m e d o t e AT
50 persona
LAST
tham
50 paraona
an audla-ampirflcoi'en ayatem
A permanently Inotolled
aaaistiva natening ayatem
WILL BE provided In the
ersa(a}
aa part
ofoasamby
the planned
eonatruetian
a permenantiy Inatallad
A permanently inatolled
aaaiatfve llatening ayatem
11 0 4 B . 2 . 6
An odaqueta number of
electrlcol outleta or ether
BUpplementory wiring
necessary to support o
portable aaalativa listening
system MUST be provided
4.1.3.(19)(b)
Determine total number
of required raeaivorB
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 1
4.1.3.(l9)(b)
11 0 4 B . 2 . 3
4.1.3(19}(b}
Appropriate
signageofmust
be installed
to notify
patrons of
the avallobllity
the oeeiativa
lietaning
evatem.
The sign must Include the International symbol of acceaa
for hearing leaa and wording that states
(>2000 POO
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 4
4.30.7(4)
9 7
7!
-
PLEASE
ASK
INFRARED
ASSISTIVE LISTENING
S Y S T E M AVA I L A B L E
- PLEASE ASK -
FM
ASSISTIVE LISTENING
S Y S T E M AVA I L A B L E
-
Fig.5
Summarv of Assistive Listenina Devices and Svstems
C O M PA R I S O N O F L A R G E A R E A A S S I S T I V E L I S T E N I N G S Y S T E M S
System Description
FM BROADCAST
(40 frequencies available on
narrow band transmission
Advantages
Highly portable when used
with body-worn, personal
transmitter
Easy to install.
May be used separately or
systems.)
a) earphone(s), or
b) headset, or
c) induction neck-loop or
silhouette coil coupling to
systems.
Multiple frequencies allow
for use by different groups
within same area (e.g.,
multi-language translation).
Disadvantages
Signal spill-over to adjacent
rooms or listening areas
(can prevent interference by
using different trans
mission frequencies for
each room/listening area).
Choose infrared If privacy is
essential.
Meeting rooms
Conference rooms
Auditoriums
Classrooms
Courtrooms
everyone. Requires
Theaters
administration and
maintenance of receivers.
Museums
Susceptible to electrical
Interference when used with
induction neck-
Typical Applications
Service counters
loop/silhouette (Provision of
Theme parks
Arenas
Sport stadiums
Retirement/nursing homes
Hospitals
INFRARED LIGHT
Transmitter: Amplifier drives
emitter panel(s) covering listening
a r e a .
Receivers: Under-chin or
Unlike induction or FM
transmission. IR
transmission does not travel
Insures confidentiality.
Infrared receivers
induction neckloop/
silhouette (Provision of DAI
audio shoes and cords is
vrith company.
Historical buildings may
Meetings requiring
confidentiality
Meeting rooms
Conference rooms
Auditoriums
Classrooms
Courtrooms
Hospitals
Source: Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board, 36 CFR Part 1191, Tuesday, January 13,1998
C O N T I N U E D O N N E X T PA G E
The CalDAG California Disabled Accessibility Guidebook
2000
PCC
98
Advantages
Disadvantages
Ty p i c a l A p p l i c a t i o n s
Service counters
CONVENTIONAL
Requires little, or no
administration of receivers.
r o o m s .
Ports of transportation
INDUCTION LOOP
Susceptible to electrical
Public transp^tion
interference.
vehicles
To u r b u s e s
Meeting rooms
Conference rooms
Auditoriums
Classrooms
buildings. Skilled
hearing aid.
May be used separately or
integrated with existing PAsystems.
Portable systems are
installation essential In
Theaters
Museums
Arenas
telecoll-equipped hearing
aid then requires
Courtrooms
Theme parks
Sports stadiums
Retirement/nursing homes
Hospitals
administration and
maintenance of receivers.
needed.
Requires little, or no
Service counters
administration of receivers,
Ports of Transportation
matted to facilitate
Meeting rooms
telecoll-equipped hearing
portability).
Requires Installation of 3-D
Loop mats. Installation may
be difficult in pre-existing
Conference rooms
Auditoriums
aids.
buildings. Skilled
Giass rooms
Court rooms
Museums
installation essential In
Theme Parks
Retirement/nursing homes
Meeting requiring
confidentiality
Hospitals
telecoll-equipped hearing
aid then requires
administration and
maintenance of receivers.
Susceptible to electrical
interference.
interference.
signal spillover.
Source: Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board, 36 CFR Part 1191, Tuesday, January 13,1998
2000 POO
99
D I N I N G , B A N Q U E T A N D B A R FA C I L I T I E S
General -Dining, banquet and bar facilities shall be made accessible to persons with
disabilities as provided In this section. 1104B.5.1 5.1
NEW CONSTRUCTION
In new construction, all dining areas, including raised or sunken dining areas, loggias,
and outdoor seating areas, shall be accessible. 5.4
EXCEPTIONS: 1. In existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that
compliance with any regulation under this section would create an unreasonable
hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facUitation is provided.
2. In existing buildings, these regulations shall not apply when legal or physical constraints
would not allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation without
creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 101.17.11, Item 4.
NOTE: California Building Code Section 1120B.1 has additional provisions regarding floor levels
In dining, banquet and bar facilities; the appropriate provisions are stated below in item A.
.A. In buildings and facilities, floors of a given story are a common level throughout,
or are connected by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or special access
l i f t s . 11 2 0 B . 1
EXCEPTIONS: 1. In existing buildings, other than dining, banquet and bar facilities, when
the enforcing agency determines that compliance with this section would create an
unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation is
provided.
2. In new and existing dining, banquet and bar facilities, when the enforcing agency
determines that compliance with this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an
exception shall be granted provided that a minimum of 75 percent (75%) of the dining,
banquet and bar area shall be a common level throughout or shall be connected by
pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or special lifts. See Section 101.17.11, item 1.4,
for new buildings only.
3. In existing buildings, this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints
would not allow compliance with this section or equivalent fadlitation without creating an
unreasonable hardship. See Section 101.17.11, Item 4.
.0. Wheelchair access Is provided to each type of functional activity in the facility.
11 0 4 B . 5 . 3
5.1
- Seating -
_E. At least 5%, but not less than one of the seating spaces In each functional area
i s a c c e s s i b l e a s f o l l o w s : 11 0 4 B . 5 . 4 5 . 1
Minimum 30" X 48" clear floor space Is provided. 1122B.3 4.2.4.1 Fig. 6-A
One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or another wheelchair clear floor space. 1122B.3 4.2.4.1
Knee space at tables is at least 27" high, 30" wide and 19" deep. 1122B.3
4.32.3 Flg.6-A
Height of tables is between 28" - 34" from the floor or ground. 1122B.4
4.32.4 Fig6-A
_F. Access to accessible seating space(s) Is provided by main aisles a minimum of
36" in width. 1104B.5.4 5.3 Fig. 6-A
_G. Equivalent services and decor are provided at accessible seating spaces as for
the general public. 1104B.5.4 5.4
_H. Accessible seating spaces are Integrated with general seating and allow a
reasonable selection of seating area and avoid having one area specifically
highlighted as the area for persons with disabilities. 1104B.5.4 5.4
- Counters -
_H. If seating spaces for persons In wheelchairs are provided at counters where food
or drink Is served, the counter has a minimum 60" long portion that has the
following: 5.2 Fig. 6-B
Top of counter Is between 28" - 34" above the finish floor. 1122B.4 4.23.3
Fig. 6-B
Knee clearance a minimum 27" high, 30" wide and 19" deep. 1122B.3
4.32.4
.1. Minimum clear width of 36" is provided. (42" preferred). 1104B.5.6 5.5
Fig. 7-A
J. Tray slides are mounted a maximum of 34" above floor. 1104B.5.5 5.5
Fig. 7-A
K. 50% of each type of self service shelves are within required reach ranges (54"
2000 POO
101
- Ta b l e w a r e & C o n d i m e n t A r e a s -
.L. Tableware, dishware, condiments, food and beverage display shelves, and
dispensing devices are located within accessible reach ranges. 1104B.5.6
5.6 Flg.5-B
.M. Table tops and counters on which tableware, condiments, etc. are placed are
between 28" and 34" from the floor surface. 1104B.5.6 5.6 Fig. 7-B
- Raised Platforms -
-Food Preparation Areas.0. Access to food preparation areas shall comply with the provisions for entrance
<D2000 PCC
102
42'-H
ytN.
WIN.
4 8 '
AT l A S r 5 X , B U T AT L A S r O N E
or
THE
s c AT m e
spaces
each
UIN.
MIN.
Fig.e-A
S E AT I N G A N D TA B L E S
eO'MIN. WIDTH
W H E R E F O O D O R D R I N K I S S E R V E D AT
Flg.e-B
COUNTERS
<D2000 PCC
103
36'
MIN.
T R AY S U D E
Fig.7-A
FOOD SERVICE LINES
2 4 '
Fig.7-B
TA B L E WA R E A N D C O N D I M E N T A R E A S
2000 POO
104
R E L I G I O U S FA C I L I T I E S
Wheelchair access is provided to raised platforms, choir rooms, choir lofts, performing
areas and other similar areas. 1104B.6.2.2
EXCEPTION: In existing buiidings, these regulations shall not apply to choir lofts when
the enforcing agency determines that such compliance would create an unreasonable
hardship.
Assembly Areas
Assembly areas are accessible to persons with disabilities. Enclosed and unenclosed
platforms and stages in assembly areas are accessible. 1104B.6.3
Seating in assembly areas (including sanctuary areas) are accessible to persons with
2000 PCC
105
A. In buildings and facilities, floors of a given story are a common level throughout,
or are connected by pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or special access
l i f t s . 11 2 0 B . 1
EXCEPTIONS: 1. In existing buildings, other than dining, banquet and bar facilities, when
the enfordng agency determines that compliance with this section would create an
2. In new and existing dining, banquet and bar facilities, when the enfordng agency
determines that compliance with this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an
exception shall be granted provided that a minimum of 75 percent (75%) of the dining,
banquet and bar area shall be a common level throughout or shall be connected by
pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or spedal lifts. See Section 101.17.11, Item 1.4,
for new buildings only.
3. In existing buildings, this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints
would not allow compliance with this section or equivalent fadlitation without creating an
unreasonable hardship. See Section 101.17.11. Item 4.
4. Where specifically exempted in other portions of this code.
The provisions of this section apply to the specified types of facilities and identify
specific requirements of accessibility and usability which shall be provided for each of
the listed occupancy uses. 1105B.1
Facilities covered in this section are those that are used by the public as customers,
clients, visitors or which are potentially places of employment and shall include, but not
be limited to, the following categories:
2000 PCC
106
2. All types of sales establishments, Including outlets for all general and special
merchandise and equipment, including personal and household furnishings and
supplies, foods, sporting equipment, office supplies, vehicles and related parts
and supplies, building materials, and pet shops. 1105B.3.1.2
3. All personal and public service facilities, including banks, savings and loan
companies, credit unions, newspaper and printing establishments, photographic
studios, laundromats, cleaning and laundry outlets, veterinarian clinics and
hospitals, auto rental agencies, travel bureaus, public utility facilities, police
3. Employee work areas shall have a minimum of 36" wide clear access, except
as modified in other portions of these regulations.
4 . P r o f e s s i o n a l m e d i c a l a n d d e n t a l o f fi c e s s h a l l b e m a d e a c c e s s i b l e a n d s h a l l
2. Public tour areas, to the extent that such public tours are conducted through
or about a facility, or where the public is permitted to walk in such areas, shall
provide accessibility in those portions of the facility and grounds where this
occurs.
2000 PCC
107
2. When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with this subsection
would create and unreasonable hardship, an exception to such provision shall
be granted when equivalent facilitation is provided.
3. Visitor and overlook facilities, orientation areas and similar public-use areas,
and any sanitary facilities that serve these facilities, shall be made accessible.
4. Where public parking is provided, spaces shall be provided for persons with
disabilities as required. (See Checklist section 3, "PARKING").
P o l i c e d e p a r t m e n t , l a w e n f o r c e m e n t , fi r e d e p a r t m e n t f a c i l i t i e s a n d c o u r t r o o m s
3. At least one detention cell facility with supporting sanitary facilities shall be
made accessible.
4. Courtroom areas, including the Judge's chambers and bench, counsel tables,
jury box, witness stand and public seating area shall be made accessible.
IVItscellaneous general standards
inches in clear width. Storage areas shall be made accessible in the number and
dimensions required. (See Checklist section 54, "STORAGE") 1105B.3.6.2
Assembly areas In Group B Occupancies.
Group B occupancies used for assembly purposes, but having an occupant load of less
than 50, must conform to the requirements as specified for Group B Occupancies, Group
M Occupancies, and also those for "Factories and Warehouses" under Group E
Occupancies. 1105B.2
2000 PCC
108
4.
11 0 6 B . 1
Laboratory rooms
Laboratory rooms shall have at least one work station and at least 5 percent of all work
stations accessible to and usable by persons with disabliltles. 1106B.2
EXCEPTION: Where the enforcing agency determines that it would create an
disabilities, such facilities need not comply with these regulations, except that a clear
width of 32 inches shall be maintained into such rooms.
Te a c h l n o f a c l l l t v c u b i c l e s , s t u d y c a r r e l s , e t c .
Teaching facility cubicles, study carrels, etc., shall have 5 percent, but always at least
one cubicle or carrel in each group (language, dental, audiovisual, typing, drafting,
darkrooms, etc.), made accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities In
compliance with section 35, "SPACE ALLOWANCES AND REACH RANGES" and
section 57. "FIXED OR BUILT-IN SEATING. TABLES AND COUNTERS") 1106B.3
Library oeneral-use areas
Library general-use areas such as those housing card files, book stacks, periodicals,
reading and reference areas, information desks, circulation counters, etc., shall be made
accessible to persons with disabliltles. 1106B.4.1 (See below, "LIBRARIES")
LIBRARIES
A. At least 5% or a minimum of one of each element of fixed seating, tables, or
study carrels In each area such as study areas, reference rooms, reseive areas,
etc., Is accessible and meets the requirements for "FIXED OR BUILT-IN
SEATING, TABLES AND COUNTERS" (See section 57) and "SPACE
ALLOWANCES AND REACH RANGES" (See section 35). 1106B.3 8.2
-COUNTERS-
B. At least one lane at each check-out area provides a portion of the counter which
is at least 36" In length with a maximum height of 34" above the finish floor.
11 2 2 B . 4 8 . 3 F l g . 8 - A
2000 PCC
109
- C A R D C ATA L O G S A N D M A G A Z I N E D I S P L AY S -
0. Card catalogs and magazine displays have a clear aisle width of 44".
1106B.4.2 8.4 Fig. 8-B
D. Card catalogs and magazine displays are within accessible reach ranges, with a
maximum preferred height of 48". (See "SPACE ALLOWANCES AND REACH
RANGES", section 35) 1106B.4.4 8.4 Fig. 8-B
NOTE: The lowest usable portion of the card catalog must be located a
minimum of 18' above the floor. Fig. 8-B
-BOOK
S H E LV E S -
.E. Book shelves are located a maximum of 54" above finish floor, unless an
attendant is available to assist persons with disabilities. 1106B.4.3 8.5
Fig. 9-A
NOTE: The aisles used to gain access to book shelves are required to be a
minimum of 36" wide when they serve one side, and a minimum of 44* wide
.F. Open book stacks (those available for customer use) have main aisles no less
than 44" In width and side, range and end aisles no less than 36" in width.
11 0 6 B . 4 . 2 8 . 5 F i g . 9 - B
NOTE: Shelf height in open book stack areas Is unrestricted. 11068.4.2 8.5
EXCEPTIONS: 1. In existing buildings, shelving in the emount of not more than 15
2. In existing buildings, multHlered. closed book stacks (those restricted to employee use)
are exempt from these accessibility standards.
I N T E R P R E TAT I O N S :
The
difference
between
book
shelves
and
book
sfac^rs depends principally on how the area is used. Book shelves are
rolling ladder is used to reach the books. Both of the listed exceptions for
stack areas are straightforward exceptions that do not require a
determination of unreasonable hardship. Exception 2 exempts multitiered,
restricted width, however this issue is dealt with under the employment
provisions of Title 1 of the ADA. In these situations, the library employer
<E)2000 PCC
110
AT LEAST ONE LANE AT EACH CHECK-OUT AREA UUST PROVIDE A PORTION OF THE
Fig.8-A
C O U N T E R S AT C H E C K - O U T A R E A S
Fig.8-B
C A R D C ATA L O G S A N D M A G A Z I N E D I S P L AY S
LIBRARIES
<92000 PCC
111
S4'UAX. HEBHT
W T T H O V r AT T C N Q A K T
(BOTH
AISLES MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 36' WIDE
WHEN THEY SERVE ONE SIDE. AND A MINIMUM
OF 44' WIDE WHEN THEY SERVE BOTH SIDES
sr
KM.
(ONE soe)
Fig.9-A
B O O K S H E LV E S
OPEN BOOK STACKS (THOSE AVAILABL FOR CUSTOMER USE) MUST HA^ MAIN AISLS NO LSS
THAN 44' IN WIDTH AND SIDE, RANGE AND END AISLES NO LESS THAN S6' IN WIDTH
44" MIN-
Fig.9-B
O P E N B O O K S TA C K S
11 2
par atory
Facility la thrae 3)
Facing
leas than
three
(3)laatoriea,
but
haa
haa
hoa
at the facility
than
3000
laaa
more
than
3000
than
if toilet ar bathing
facilities are
a c c e s s i b l e g r o u n d fl o o r
of the facility
3000
A n e l e v a t o r o r remp(s) MUST be
provided from t h e a c c e s s i b l e
A n e l a v a lo r w i l l b e
utilized ti
access to tne level
a provide
Kerns
In
fl o w
chart
to
U U 5 T T b e n r a v l d fl d t h n t
41
Occupancies shall be provided as specified In this chapter and the Office of the State
Architect/Access Compliance requirements of the California Plumbing Code. 11088,2
Accessible Routes. Entrances, stairs, ramps, doors, turnstiles, corridors, walks and
sidewalks and hazards shall provide accessibility as required. (SEE APPLICABLE
SECTIONS) 11088.3
Accessible Floors and Levels. Accessible floors and levels shall comply with the
requirements specified. (See Section 30, "GROUND AND FLOOR
SURFACES/LEVELS") 11088.4
Employee Work Areas. Employee work areas shall be accessible by means of a 36Inch-mlnlmum aisle width and a 32-inch-minimum clear opening door width as specified.
2000 PCC
114
At least one accessible entrance shall be protected from the weather by canopy or roof
overhang. Such entrances shall incorporate a passenger loading zone.(See following
page, "MEDICAL CARE FACILITIES") 1109B.2 6.2
EXCEPTION: Clinics and other medical facilities that are not intended for patient stays of
24 hours or more and that are located above the first story of a building, and that do not
have a dedicated entrance from the exterior of the building at the first story.
Parking
If parking spaces are provided for self parking by employees or visitors, or both, then
accessible spaces shall be provided as required under Checklist Section 3 "PARKING".
At facilities providing medical care and other services for persons with mobility
impairments, parking spaces will be provided as detailed in the above referenced
section, except as follows;
(i) Outpatient units and facilities: Ten percent (10%) of the total number of
parking spaces provided serving each such outpatient unit or facility shall be
accessible. 1129B.3.1 4.1.2(5)(d)(l)
(II) Units and facilities that specialize In treatment or services for persons with
mobility Impairments: Twenty percent (20%) of the total number of parking
spaces provided serving each such unit or facility shall be accessible.
1129B.3.2 4.1.2(5)(d}(li}
Diagnostic and treatment areas
Diagnostic and treatment areas and, where applicable, at least one dressing room,
sanitary facility, etc., for each unit or suite, shall be made accessible. 1109B.6
W a i t i n g a r e a s , o f fi c e s a n d s a n i t a r y f a c i l i t i e s
Waiting areas, offices and sanitary facilities serving them shall be made accessible as
covered In other portions of these standards. 1109B.7
O f fi c e s a n d S u i t e s
In buildings that house offices and suites of physicians, dentists, etc., all such offices or
suites shall be made accessible, subject to other provisions of these regulations.
11 0 9 B . 8
Patient bedrooms and toilet rooms
Patient bedrooms and associated toilet facilities shall be made accessible as follows:
2000 POO
115
affect mobility, shall have ail patient bedrooms and toilets and ail public-use and
common-use areas accessible. 1109B.3.3 6.1(2)
Bedrooms and toilet facilities shall comply with following section titled;
" M E D I C A L C A R E FA C I L I T I E S " 11 0 9 B . 4 & 5 6 . 3 & 6 . 4
M E D I C A L C A R E FA C I L I T I E S
General -Medical care facilities are those in which people:
A. At least 50% of patient bedrooms and toilet rooms, and all public-use and
common-use areas are accessible. 1109B.3.1 6.1(3)
G e n e r a l p u r p o s e h o s p i t a l s , p s y c h i a t r i c f a c i l i t i e s , a n d d e t o x i fi c a t i o n f a c i l i t i e s
B. At least 10% of patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public-use and commonuse areas are accessible. 1109B.3.2 6.1(1)
Hospitals and rehabilitation facilities that specialize in treating conditions that
a f f e c t m o b i l l t v. o r u n i t s w i t h i n e i t h e r t h a t s p e c i a l i z e i n t r e a t i n g c o n d i t i o n s t h a t
affect mobilitv
C. All patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public and common-use areas are
accessible. 110gB.3.3 6.1(2)
All facilities
D. At least one accessible entrance to the facility Is protected from the weather by a
2000 PCC
116
H. Each bedroom has a 36" minimum clear floor space along each side of the bed
1109B.4.2 6.3|'3; Fig. 10-B
^J. Sanitary facilities (toilet room and/or bathroom) in patient rooms are accessible
as required (See applicable sections). 1109B.5 6.4
A LT E R AT I O N S T O PAT I E N T B E D R O O M S
When patient bedrooms are being added or altered as part of a planned renovation of an
entire wing, a department, or other discrete area of an existing medical facility, a percentage of
the patient bedrooms that are being added or altered must be brought into compliance. The
percentage of accessible rooms provided shall be consistent with the percentage of rooms
required to be accessible per their classification (As listed in items A thru C, above) until the
number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that would be
required If the facility were newly constructed. (For example, If 20 patient bedrooms are being
altered In the obstetrics department of a hospital, 2 of the altered rooms must be made
accessible. If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in a unit that
specializes in treating mobility impairments, all of the altered rooms must be made accessible.)
Where toilet/bath rooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to
be accessible, each such patient toilet/bathroom shall comply. 6.1(4)(a)
When patient bedrooms are being added or altered Individually, and not as part of an alteration
of the entire area, the altered patient bedrooms must be brought into compliance at that point
unless either: a) the number of accessible rooms provided In the department or area containing
the altered patient bedroom equals the number of accessible patient bedrooms that would be
required if the percentage requirements (As listed in items A thru C, above) were applied to that
department or area; or b) the number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the
overall number that would be required If the facility were newly constructed. Where
toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be
accessible, each such toilet/bathroom shall comply (See applicable sections on sanitary facilities
and improvements). 6.1(4)(b)
toiiets
and
bathrooms.
2000 POO
117
Fig.10-A
ENTRANCES
R E C O M U E N D E O L O C AT I O N F O R
R E Q U I R E D T U R N I N G S PA C E
(as' CLEARANCE TO BE
PROVIDED BETWEEN BEOS OTHERWISE)
-A 36" MINIMUM CLEAR PATH OF TRAVEL MUST BE PROVIDED THROUGHOUT ALL
Fig.10-B
PAT I E N T B E D R O O M S ( W H E R E R E Q U I R E D )
2000
PCC
11 8
Storage areas. The doorway providing access to all such areas shall not be
less than 32 inches in clear width. Storage areas shall be made accessible in
the number and dimensions required (SEE CHECKLIST SECTION 54. titled
" S T O R A G E ) . 111 0 B . 2 . 2 4 . 1 . 3 ( 1 2 }
Sales
General Areas. General sales, display and office areas together with related
t o i l e t r o o m s s h a l l b e m a d e a c c e s s i b l e . 111 0 B . 1 . 1
C H E C K S TA N D S ( C H E C K - O U T A I S L E S )
In new construction, checkstands, Including service counters requiring a surface for
transactions, shall be made accessible by providing a 36" aisle on the customer side of the
checkstand. Where quick checkstands are provided, at least one shall be accessible. Where
regular checkstands are provided, the number of checkstands that are accessible shall be as
follows;
111 0 B . 1 . 3
7.3.1
N U M B E R O F R E G U L A R C H E C K S TA N D S
NUMBER TO BE ACCESSIBLE
1 to4
5 to 8
8 to 15
over 15
NOTE: In existing buildings, at least one checkout aisle shall be accessible in facilities with less
than 5,000 square feet of selling space. In facilities of 5,000 or more square feet of selling space,
at least one of each design of checkout aisle shall be made accessible when altered until the
number of accessible checkout aisles of each design equals the number required In new
construction.
Examples of checkout aisles of different design include those v^ich are specifically designed to
serve different functions. Different design Includes, but is not limited to, the following features:
length of belt or no belt, or permanent signage designating the aisle as an express lane.
1110B.1.3 7.3(1)
2000 PCC
119
B. A minimum 36" width checkout aisle is provided on the customer side of the
c h e c k s t a n d . 111 0 8 . 1 . 3 7 . 3 ( 2 ) F i g . 11
C. The adjoining counter height does not exceed 38" above the finish floor.
111QB.1.3 7.3(2) Fig. 11
D. The top of the counter lip does not exceed 40" above the finish floor.
111GB.1.3 7.3(2) Fig. 11
E. Accessible checkstands are always open to customers with disabilities and are
-Tumstiies-
are utilized in a facility for the purpose of providing fully controlled access, such as
where an admission price is charged, a door or gate that is accessible to persons with
disabilities shall be provided adjacent to each turnstile exit or entrance. This alternate
passageway shall be maintained In an unlocked condition during business hours and the
door or gate shall not activate a publicly audible alarm system. The door or gate may be
latched where all gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant and a sign Is posted
stating "All gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant". The accessible door or
gate shall provide the same use pattern. Where posts, rails or other pedestrian controls
are utilized, they shall provide 32 inches of clear opening. 1004.8.1.2
EXCEPTION: In existing buildings, this section shall not apply when physical constraints
or equivalent facilitation will not allow compliance with these building standards without
creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 101.17.11, Item 4.
H. if tumstiles are used for normal access, an accessible door or gate is provided
adjacent to the tumstile. 1004.8.1.2 4.13.2
2000 PCC
120
S E E D E TA I L
BELOW
BLUE BACKGROUND
WHITE
T H I S C H E C K S TA N D
TO BE OPEN
AT A L L T I M E S
FOR CUSTOMERS
WITH DISABILITIES
MEET REQUIREMENTS
FOR ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE
Fig.11
C H E C K S TA N D S
(CHECk^UT AISLES)
(g)200Q PCC
121
(measured from the gate in a closed position) in the direction of the gate swing.
The level area opposite the gate swing is a minimum of 48 inches in width and
e x t e n d s a m i n i m u m o f 4 2 i n c h e s . 111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 5
F. Where a gate is used, the bottom of the gate is within 3 inches of the surface of
the path of travel. The surface of the gate on each side is smooth and presents
no hazard to persons with disabilities using the gate, and is structurally adequate
to allow it to be opened with the wheelchair footpedals. 1110B.1.6.6
G. The path of travel to and through the clear opening or gate is designed to
prevent barriers from obstructing it and is continuously maintained unobstructed
during business hours. Also, the design will specifically prevent parked vehicles
from obstructing ingress and egress. 1110B.1.6.7
H. Interior and exterior pedestrian traffic barriers (posts, rails, turnstiles, etc.) shall
allow unobstructed travel for persons with disabilities through a 32-Inch clear
opening. 1110B.1.6.8
2000 PCC
122
patients, employees, or the general public, five percent (5%), but never less than one, of
dressing rooms for each type of use in each cluster of dressing rooms shall be
accessible. Examples of types of dressing rooms are those serving different genders or
distinct and different functions as In different treatment or examination facilities.
1110B.1.7 4.1.3(21)
A. The correct number of accessible fitting and dressing rooms are provided.
1110B.1.7 4.1.3(21)
8. Doors to dressing room comply with checklist sections 26, 27, & 28, and aisles
leading to rooms comply with checklist section 32. 1110B.1.7 4.35.1 & .3
C. A 60" X 60" clear floor space allowing a person In a wheelchair to make a 180
degree tum Is provided in the dressing room. 1110B.i.7 4.35.2 Fig. 12
D. Door(s) do not swing into 60" x 60" clear floor space. 11108.1.7 4.35.2
Fig. 12
E. Dressing room has a minimum 24" x 48" bench fixed to the wall along the longer
dimension. 1110B.1.7 4.35.4 Fig. 12
F. Bench Is mounted between 17" -19" above the finish floor. 1110B.1.7
4.35.4 Fig. 12
G. Clear floor space Is provided alongside the bench that allows a person using a
wheelchairto make a parallel transfer onto the bench. 1110B.1.7 4.35.4
Fig. 12
H. The minimum structural strength of the bench will support a 250 lb. point load.
111 0 B . 1 . 7 4 . 3 5 . 4
K. Mirror Is full length, measures at least 18" wide by 54" high, and Is mounted In a
position affording a view to a person on the bench as well as to a person In a
standing position. 1110B.1.7 4.35.5 Fig. 12
L. Clothing hooks are located a maximum of 48" from the floor. Ill 0B.1.7
4.35.5
2000 PCC
123
60"x60"
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
MIRROR
(FULL LENGTH)
Fig.12
2000 POO
124
The following parks and recreational areas shall comply with these regulations. 1132B.2
EXCEPTIONS: 1. in existing buildings, when the enforcing agency determines that
compliance would create an unreasonable hardship, a variance shall be granted when
equivalent facilitation is provided.
2. Where the enforcing agency finds that, in specific areas, the natural environment
would be materially damaged by compliance with these regulations, such areas shall be
subject to these regulations only to the extent that such material damage would not
occur.
3. Automobile access shall not be provided or paths of travel shall not be made
accessible when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with these regulations
would create an unreasonable hardship.
Campsites
Campsites, a minimum of two and no fewer than three for each 100 campsites provided,
shall be accessible by level path or ramp and shall have travel routes with slopes not
exceeding Ivertlcal In 12 units horizontal (8.33% slope) to sanitary facilities. Permanent
sanitary facilities serving campgrounds shall be accessible to wheelchair occupants.
11 3 2 B . 2 . 1
Beaches, picnic areas
Beaches, picnic areas, day-use areas, vista points and similar areas shall be accessible.
11 3 2 B . 2 . 2
Sanltarv facilities
Sanitary facilities, to the extent that such facilities are provided, each public-use area
that Is accessible to wheelchair occupants by automobile, walks or other paths of travel
s h a l l b e a c c e s s i b l e . 11 3 2 B . 2 . 3
Boat docks
Parking lots shall be provided with accessible parking spaces and with curb cuts leading
to all adjacent walks, paths or trails. 1132B.2.5
Trails, paths
Trails, paths and nature walk areas, or portions of these, shall be constructed with
gradients which will permit at least partial use by wheelchair occupants. Hard surface
paths or walks shall be provided to serve buildings and other functional areas.
11 3 2 B . 2 . 6
2000 POO
125
Nature trails
Nature trails and similar educational and informational areas shall be accessible to the
blind by the provision of rope guidelines, raised Arabic numerals and symbols for
identification, information signs, and related guide and assistance devices. 1132B.2.7
NOTE: Museums, orientation buildings, visitor centers, office buildings, retail stores,
restaurants, etc., and sanitary facilities serving these uses must comply with the
independent and applicable requirements for these occupancy classifications.
Hiahwav rest areas
The specific standards of accessibility for highway rest areas and similar facilities shall
be as follows, subject to other provisions in these regulations; 1132B.3
-Permanent facllltles-
2. At least one picnic table and one additional table for each 20 tables, or
fraction thereof, provided.
3. Information and display areas.
4. Drinking fountains.
5. At least one parking space.
6. Curb ramps conforming to section 12, "CURB AND CURB CUT RAMPS"
shall be provided at pedestrian ways where appropriate.
section. Public-use and common-use areas serving adaptable guest and/or dwelling
u n i t s s h a l l b e a c c e s s i b l e . 1111 8 . 1 9 . 1 . 1
EXCEPTION: When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation
under this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted
when equivalent facilitation is provided.
Places of transient lodging shall Incorporate the accessibility requirements of the code as
modified by this chapter in at least one guest room or dormitory room together with their
sanitary facilities in conformance with Table No. 1 (Page 130). All accessible sleeping
rooms or suites required by this table will comply with the requirements for hearing
impaired guests (See page 133, "NOTIFICATION DEVICES AND TELEPHONES IN
ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT LODGING"). 1T11B.4.2 4.1.3(14)
-Additional rooms with modifications for persons with hearing impalrmentsIn addition to those accessible rooms and suites required by Table No. 1 to comply with
accessibility requirements, additional sleeping rooms and suites must be provided with
modifications for persons with hearing impairments in accordance with Table No. 2
(Page 130). Modifications to these additional rooms shall comply with "NOTIFiCATION
DEVICES AND TELEPHONES iN ACCESSiBLE TRANSIENT LODGING" (see page
1 3 3 ) . 1111 B . 4 . 5 9 . 1 . 3
I N T E R P R E TA T I O N S : T h e r e a r e f o u r d i ff e r e n t c l a s s e s o f r o o m s t h a t
must be considered when transient lodging occupancies are constructed:
m
standard
accessible
bathtubs
OR
showers.
These
rooms
must
also
and bathroom fixtures are iocated so a wheelchair can touch all the
restroom
fixtures.
2000 PCC
127
showers.
Accessible guest rooms or suites shall be dispersed among the various classes of
sleeping accommodations to provide a range of options applicable to room sizes, costs,
amenities provided, and the number of beds provided. 1111B.4.1 9.1.4(1)
NOTE: It shall be deemed equivalent facilitation if the operator of a facility elects to limit
construction of accessible rooms to those Intended for multiple occupancy, provided that
such rooms are made available at the cost of a single-occupancy room to an Individual
with disabilities who requests a single-occupancy room. 9.1.4(2)
-Access to beds-
Accessible sleeping rooms shall have a 36-inch clear width maneuvering space located
along both sides of a bed, except that where two beds are provided, this requirement can
Dormitory rooms beyond those required to be accessible under Table No. 1 shall comply
with the adaptability requirements specified under "BUILDINGS AND COMPLEXES
CONTAINING PUBLICLY FUNDED DWELLING UNITS" (see page 138). 1111B.4.7
Public- and common-use rooms or areas
Public- and common-use rooms and similar areas shall be made accessible to persons
with disabilities, subject to the specific provisions contained in other portions of these
regulations. 1111B.2 9.1.1
Recreational facilities
When recreational facilities are provided, including swimming pools, they shall comply
with the requirements for Parks and recreational areas, as detailed under
"ACCESSIBILITY FOR OUTDOOR OCCUPANCIES, and shall also comply with the
requirements for Participation areas, as detailed under "ACCESSIBILITY FOR GROUP
A O C C U PA N C I E S " .
1111 B . 3
Kitchens
When accommodations are provided with Kitchen units, accessible kitchens shall be
Toilet facilities in accessible sleeping rooms and suites shall meet all applicable
requirements for accessible public- and common-use toilet facilities (See applicable
sections). In addition, all accessible bathrooms in accessible sleeping rooms and
suites shall provide a clear floor space measuring a minimum of 30" x 60". The clear
floor spaces required in these rooms may overlap. 1111B.4.6.2, .3 & .7 9.2.2(6)(e)
2000 POO
128
-Doors-
Doors to accessible bathrooms shall be accessible (See sections 25-28). Doors shall not
swing into the clear floor space required for any fixture. 1111B.4.6.1 9.2.2(3)
-Lavatories and mirrors-
Lavatories and mirrors shall be accessible (see sections 47 & 50). 1111B.4.6.4
9.2.2(e)
-Controls and dispensers-
If tubs or showers are provided, at least one accessible tub or shower shall be provided
that compiles with section 52, "SHOWERS", or section 53, "BATH TUBS".
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 6 9 . 2 . 2 ( 6 ) ( e )
EXCEPTION: Hotel and motel bathrooms (in sleeping rooms and suites) beyond those
required to be accessible need not comply with the provisions of this subsection or other
accessibility provision of the California Building, Electn'cal, and Piumbing codes If they
provide the following features:
A. All bathroom fixtures are in a location that allows a person using a wheelchair
measuring 30 inches by 48 inches to touch the wheelchair to any lavatory,
urinal, water closet, tub, sauna, shower stall and any other similar sanitary
installation, if provided.
B. M bathroom entrance doors have a dear opening width of 32 inches and
shall be either sliding doors or shall be hung to swing in the direction of egress
fr o m th e b a th r o o m .
rooms
with
certain
features.
California
has
added
an
additional
requirement for all other remaining "standard" guest rooms and suites to
provide a limited degree of accessibility in these rooms.
When sleeping rooms are being altered in an existing facility, or portion thereof, at least
one sleeping room or suite that complies with the requirements shall be provided for
each 25 sleeping rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of
such rooms provided equals the required number of "fully accessible" rooms. In
addition, at least one sleeping room or suite that complies with the requirements for
" N O T I F I C AT I O N D E V I C E S A N D T E L E P H O N E S I N A C C E S S I B L E T R A N S I E N T
LODGING" (Page 133) shall be provided for each 25 sleeping rooms, or fraction
thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such rooms equals the number
required to be accessible. 1111B.4.2 9.1.5
2000 PCC
129
General - All public and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed
to be readily accessible. 1111 B.2 9.1.1
A. Public- and common-use rooms and similar areas are accessible to persons with
d i s a b i l i t i e s . 1111 B . 2 9 . 1 . 1
Fully accessible units, sleeping rooms and suites together with their sanitary facilities are
F U L LY A C C E S S I B L E R O O M S
1 to 25
26 to 50
51 to 75
76 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200
201 to 300
301 to 400
401 to 500
501 to 1,000
2% of total
In addition to those fully accessible sleeping rooms and suites required above, additional
sleeping rooms and suites shall be provided with features for persons with hearing impairments
per the following table: 1111B.4.5 9.1.3
TA B L E N O . 2
TO TA L N U M B E R
OF
ROOMS
N U M B E R O F R O O M S E Q U I P P E D F O R H E A R I N G I M PA I R E D
1 to 25
26 to 50
51 to 75
76 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200
201 to 300
301 to 400
401 to 500
501 to 1,000
2% of total
()2000 PCC
130
JD. Fully accessible rooms with roll-In showers are provided In the number required.
1111B.4.2 9.1.2
E. Additional rooms with modifications for the hearing Impaired are provided in the
number required. 1111B.4.5 9.1.3
,F. Rooms with required modifications for the hearing Impaired meet the applicable
requirements listed under "VISUAL/AUDIBLE ALARMS" (see section 59) and
"NOTIFICATION DEVICES AND TELEPHONES IN ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT
LODGING" (see page 133). 1111 B.4.5.1 thru .3 9.1.3
9.2.2
_H. Sleeping rooms have a 36" minimum clear width maneuvering space along both
sides of a bed (when two beds are provided, a minimum 36" wide maneuvering
space between the beds is acceptable). 1111B.4.3 9.2.2(1) Fig. 13
_l. An accessible route connects all accessible spaces and elements, including
telephones, within the unit. 9.2.2(2)
NOTE: An elevator Is not required In multi-story units as long as the spaces
identified below, if provided, are accessible and on an accessible route:
9.2.2(6)
-The living area
-The dining area
_J. Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and within all units are
accessible. 9.2.2(3)
.K. Toilet facilities In accessible sleeping rooms and suites meet all the applicable
requirements for accessible public- and common-use toilet facilities. In addition,
all accessible bathrooms In accessible sleeping rooms and suites provide a clear
.M. Doors In sanitary facilities do not swing Into the required clear space for any
fi x t u r e . 1 1 1 1 B . 4 . 6 . 1
_N. At least one of each type of fixed or built-in storage facilities such as cabinets,
shelves, closets and drawers provided in accessible spaces is accessible and
complies with section 54: "STORAGE". 9.2.2(4)
Fig.13
R E Q U I R E D M A N E U V E R I N G C L E A R A N C E S AT
BEDS IN ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT LODGING
<E)2000 PCC
132
N O T I F I C AT I O N D E V I C E S A N D T E L E P H O N E S
receptacle into which such an alarm can be connected and a means by which a signal
from the building emergency alarm system can trigger such an auxiliary alarm. When
visual alarms are in place the signal shall be visible in all areas of the unit or room.
Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle shall be provided. 4.26.4
Figs. 14-A, B
Note: See General Requirements section 59 on "VISUAUAUDIBLE ALARMS" for
- N o t i fi c a t i o n D e v i c e s -
General - Visual notification devices shall be provided in units, sleeping rooms and
suites to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door knock or bell.
Notification devices shall not be connected to auxiliary visual alarm devices.
11118.4.5.2 9.3.1 Figs. 14-A, B
.8. Visual notification devices meet applicable requirements. 11118.4.5.2 9.3.1
- Te l e p h o n e s General - Permanently installed telephones shall have volume controls capable of a
minimum of 12 dbA and a maximum of 18 dbA above normal. 11118.4.5.3 9.3.1
Fig. 14-8
NOTE: If an automatic reset is provided, then 18 dbA may be exceeded.
_C. An accessible electrical outlet within four (4) feet of a telephone connection shall
be provided to facilitate the use of a text telephone. 11118.4.5.3 9.3.1
Fig. 14-8
2000 POO
133
&
N O i m C AT I O N D E V I C E
NOT CONNECTED
TO AUXIUARY ALARM
Fig.14-A
S E PA R AT E V I S U A L N O T i n C AT I O N
DEVICE FOR INCOMING TELEPHONE
CALLS AND DOOR KNOCK OR BELL
E L E C T R I C A L O U T LT T T I E D T O
BUILDING EMERGENCY ALARM
ELECTRICAL OimZT
4'MAX.
Fig.14-B
N O T I F I C AT I O N D E V I C E S A N D T E L E P H O N E S I N
ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT LODGING
2000 PCC
134
height of 27-inches (27') above the floor to allow knee space for a forward
approach. Base cabinets directly under the kitchen sink counter area, induding
toeboard and shelving, shall be removable, without the use of spedal tools or
knowledge, to provide dearance for a wheelchair. Hnished flooring shaB be
installed on the floor beneath such countertop. A minimum dear space of 46
B. Faucets are lever type, electronically activated or approved self closing valves
(Min. 10 second open flow). 1112A.1 & 1508.1 4.24.7
C. Faucets are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching
or twisting of the wrist. 1112A.1 8i 1508.1 4.27.4
D. 5 lb. maximum force required to activate controls. 1112A.1 8 1508.1 4.27.4
COUNTERTOPS
_D. A minimum linear length of 30" of countertop is provided for the kitchen sink
which is designed to enable repositioning to a minimum height of 28".
1111B.5 & 1112A.2 Figs. 15,16
_F. A minimum linear length of 30" of countertop is provided for a work surface
which is designed to enable repositioning to a minimum height of 28".
1111 B . 5 8 . 111 2 A . 2 F i g s . 1 5 , 1 6
G. Countertops and sinks are mounted at a maximum height of 34" above the floor.
9.2.2(7) Figs. 15,16
Base cabinets directly under sink and work surface counter areas designed for
repositioning are removable to provide clearance for a wheelchair.
1111 B . 5 & 111 2 A . 2 F i g s . 1 5 , 1 6
EXCEPTIONS: 1. Only 5 percent of the privately funded apartment house
dwelling units that are required to be accessible are required to comply with the
requirements for repositlonable countertops. All other privately funded covered
multifamily dwelling units are exempt.
2. Stone, cultured stone and tiled countertops may be used v^hout meeting the
repositioning requirements.
2000 POO
135
NOTE: When sinks are required to be repositlonable, the sink must meet the
,1. The sides and backs of adjacent cabinets which may be exposed to moisture or
food handling when countertops are lowered are constructed of durable, nona b s o r b e n t m a t e r i a l s . 1111 B . 5 & 111 2 A . 2 F i g . 1 6
S H E LV I N G
_K. Lower shelving and/or drawer space is provided in the kitchen at a maximum 48"
height. 1111 B.5 & 1112A.3
_L. At least 50% of the shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/freezers is within
required reach ranges (See General Requirements section 35: "SPACE
C O N T R O L S A N D O P E R AT I N G M E C H A N I S M S
wet bars are accessible (See General Requirements section 55: "CONTROLS
()2000 PCC
136
U SHAPED KITCHEN
TYPICAL KITCHEN
1 . R E M O VA B L E B A S E C A B I N E T W I T H
F I N I S H F L O O R I N G B E N E AT H .
1 . R E M O VA B L E B A S E C A B I N E T W I T H
F I N I S H F L O O R I N G B E N E AT H .
TO P W O R K S PA C E A N D S I N K .
Fig.15-A
TO P W O R K S PA C E A N D S I N K .
Fig.15-B
R E Q U I R E D C L E A R S PA C E I N K I T C H E N S .
KITCHENETTES AND WET BARS
(02000 PCC
137
11
B E F O R E R E M O VA L O F
CABINETS AND BASE
C O U N T E RTO P W O R K S U R FA C E
N O T E : R E P O S m O N I N C O F S I N K C O U N T E RTO P
W O R K S U R FA C E M AY B E S E PA R AT E O R A S
A SMOLI UNIT
Rai6
A D J U S TA B L E S I N K S A N D
C O U N T E R T O P W O R K S U R FA C E S
<02000 POO
138
B U I L D I N G S A N D C O M P L E X E S C O N TA I N I N G
P U B L I C LY- F U N D E D D W E L L I N G U N I T S
INTERPRET A TIONS: One of the most constantly misunderstood areas
between
buildings".
guidelines In effect at the time of this writing, either State or Federal, that
requires any dwelling unit to be "readily accessible". The required number
of dwelling units on a specific site, however, do have to be "adaptable".
To clarify this point, a public restroom, such as In the clubhouse on a site,
would have to be completely accessible with correct clearances, grab bars,
toilet seat at 17" to 19" high, etc.. Within the bathroom of an adaptable
dwelling unit, however, the clearances within the room can be less, the top
of the toilet seat Is only required to be a minimum of 16" high, and you are
only required to provide reinforced walls so that grab bars can be Installed
by the tenant If they wish (the tenant Is also required to pay for these
bars).
To obtain an understanding of the requirements for publicly-funded
housing, please consult the flow charts provided at the end of this section.
2000 PCC
139
All assigned parking shall comply with general requirements regarding accessible
parking (see General Requirements sections 3 thru 9) except that stall signs and
symbols are omitted for these spaces, and assignable accessible parking spaces shall be
available on an accessible route for at least two percent (2%) of the units. Ill 8A.1
Visitor Parking
Visitor parking must comply with requirements for accessible parking (see General
Requirements sections 3 thru 9), and shall not be less than five percent (5%) of total
visitor parking being provided. 1118A.1
Multistory Buildings
floors above or below served by ramp, elevator or special lift shall be made to comply
with "ADAPTABLE DWELLING UNITS" (see page 141 and Flow Charts for PubliclyFunded Housing, starting on page 146). 1111B.5.3
Public- and Common-Use Rooms or Areas
Public- and common-use rooms and similar areas shall be made accessible to persons
with disabilities as required (see General Requirements). 1111B.2
Participation areas
Participation areas shall be accessible to persons with disabilities, including the following
(&2000 PCC
140
Laundry
Rooms
A D A P TA B L E D W E L L I N G U N I T S
Door Signal Devices
Every primary entrance and Individual living accommodations shall be provided with a
door buzzer, bell, chime or equivalent installation, mounted a maximum of 48" above the
floor, connected to permanent wiring. 1106A
Doors and Openings
Doors and openings shall comply with General Requirements for doors (see General
Requirements sections 25 thru 28). 1109A.1
EXCEPTION: In privately funded covered multifamily dwelling units, except for primary
entrance and required exits, doors and openings within units shall provide a minimum of
32 inches nominal clear space, measured between the face of the door and the stop,
when the door is in the 90-degree open position to permit the passage of a disabled
person In a wheelchair. A 34-inch door is acceptable. The nominal 32-inch clear
opening provided by a standard 6-foot sliding patio door assembly is acceptable.
11 0 9 A . 1 E X C E P T I O N
Kitchens in adaptable dwelling units shall comply with requirements listed under
"ACCESSIBLE KITCHENS, KITCHENETTES & WET BARS" (see page 135). 1112A
BATHROOIVIS IN ADAPTABLE DWELLING UNITS
General - Only one bathroom in privately funded accessible dwelling units need comply
with the requirements for the physically disabled. 1109A.2
B AT H R O O M E N T R A N C E D O O R W AY S
_A. Bathroom entrance doorways provide a minimum 18" clear space to the side of
the strike edge of the door on the swing side of the door. 1109A.2
wheelchair or other mobility aid to enter and close the door, use the fixtures,
and reopen the door and exit. 1109A.2
NOTE: Doors may swing into the clear space provided at any fixture if the
maneuvering space Is provided. Maneuvering spaces may include any
.C. Where the door swings into the bathroom, a clear space of approximately 30' x
48" Is provided within the room to position a wheelchair or other mobility aid
clear of the path of the door as It is ciosed and to permit use of the fixtures.
11 0 9 A . 2
WAT E R
CLOSETS
General - The water closet may be located In a space 36" in clear width with 48" of clear
space provided In front of the water closet. This space may include maneuverable
space under a lavatory, arranged so as not to Impede access. Doors shall not Infringe
o n t h e a b o v e c l e a r a n c e s . 11 0 9 A . 3
.E. Controls are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching,
or twisting of the wrist to operate. 1502.0
AT
WAT E R
CLOSETS
General - Where the water closet Is not placed adjacent to a side wall, the bathroom
shall have provisions for installation of floor-mounted, foldaway or similar alternative
grab bars. Where the powder room (a room with a toilet and sink) Is the only toilet
facility located on an accessible level of a multistory dwelling unit, it must comply with
the requirements below for reinforced walls for grab bars. 1109A.6
- Grab Bar Reinforcement -
Where the toilet Is placed adjacent to a side wall, reinforcement shall be installed on
both sides or one side and the back. 1109A.6
- Back Installation -
A. Reinforcement is installed between 32" - 38" above the floor. 1109A.6 Fig. 17
B. Reinforcement is a minimum of 6" In height. 1109A.6 Fig. 17
E. Reinforcement is Installed between 32" - 38" above the floor. 1109A.6 Fig. 17
F. Reinforcement is aligned with the front of the tank and extends a minimum of
26" in front of the water closet fixture. 1109A.6 Fig. 17
(02000 PCC
142
_H. The reinforced wall Is capable of supporting a point load of 250 pounds
m i n i m u m . 11 0 9 A . 5
l - AVATO R I E S
A. Where mirrors and towel fixtures are provided at least one mirror shall be
mounted with the bottom edge no higher than 40" from the floor, and one towel
fixture shall be mounted no higher than 48" above the floor. 1109A.4
111 5 B . 9 . 1 . 2 111 8 B . 4 . 1 t h r u B .
SHOWER
S TA L L S
2000 POO
143
BATHTUBS
_A. A minimum space 48" parallel by 30" perpendicular to the side of the bathtub or
bathtub-shower combination is provided which allows for the maneuvering of a
wheelchair and transfer to and from the bathing facilities. 1109A.7
NOTE: Maneuverable area under the lavatory may be Included.
- Grab Bar Reinforcement
General A bathtub may be installed without surrounding walls provided reinforced areas
are provided for installation of floor-mounted grab bars. Where a tub Is installed with
surrounding walls, grab bar reinforcement shall be installed as detailed below:
11 0 9 A . 7
<S)2000 PCC
144
12'MAX.
ZB'MIN.
40' MIN
1 2
R Q N F O R C E D A R E A S F O R I N S TA L L AT I O N
OF GRAB BARS
( A ) WAT E R C L O S E T I N A D A P TA B L E B AT H R O O M S
6 "
24'MIN
6"MAX. 6'MAX.
24"MIN
48'MIN.
NOTE: THE AREA OUTIJNED IN DASHED UNES REPRESENTS LOCATION FOR FUTURE
I N S TA L L AT I O N O F G R A B B A R S F O R T Y P. R X T U R E C O N R G U R AT I O N S
2
1
( 0
M
',A
X
.
C 4
( C ) L O C AT I O N O F G R A B B A R R E I N F O R C E M E N T S
F O R A D A P TA B L E S H O W E R S
Fig.17
The CalDAG - Callfomla Disabled Accessibility Guidebook
2000 POO
145
S T E P N O . 1 F O R N E W C O N S T R U C T I O N O F P U B L I C LY - F U N D E D
H O U S I N G - D E T E R M I N AT I O N O F L O C AT I O N A N D Q U A N T I T Y
O F R E Q U I R E D " A D A P TA B L E " D W E L L I N G U N I T S AT T H E FA C I L I T Y
2000 POO
146
>
>
) )
>
>
>
>
>
S T E P N O . 2 F O R N E W C O N S T R U C T I O N O F P U B L I C LY- F U N D E D
o
H O U S I N G - E X C E P T I O N S F R O M A D A P TA B L E D W E L L I N G U N I T
Q ^
D ci
it ia not required by thia code to provide on occeasibie entrance on on occeeaibie route when the terrain of the aite ia auch that:
i
Tha alope of the undisturbed site mecaured between tha an^nce and oil vehicular or pedestdon orrfvol points within 50 feet
Indlvlduai
Building Tst
NOTE: If there are no vehicular or pedeetrton arrival points within 50 feet of the planned entrance, the alope for the purposes of
this test will be meosursd to the closed vehicular or pedestrian arrival point. For purpose of these requirements, vehicular or
pede^an
arrival points include public or resident pcrldng creea, public transportation atopa. paaaenger leading zones, and public
streets or sidewalks. To determine rite Impractlcall^, the slope would be meoaured ot ground level from the point of the plonned
entrance on straight line io (I) eoch vehicular or p^estrion arrival point that is within 50 feet of tha planned entrance, or (ii) If
there ore no vehicular or pedestrian arrival points arithin ths specified orea, the vehicular or pedestrian arrival print closest to the
Ttrroin
of
tit*
homSH&S
plonned entrance. In the case of ridewalka, the closest point to the entronce will be where o public sidewalk entering the aits
interaecta with the wolk to the entrance. In the case of reaident porking areas, the closest point to ths planned entrance will
measured from the entry point to the parking area that Is located closest to the plonned entrance (Hg. 18)
be
ton porcont
(1(Q slopi
For a aha having multiple buildings, or a alts with o single building with muttlpie entrances, it Is not required to provide on
be calculated. The analysis of the existing slope (before grading) shall be done on o topographic survey with 2-foat contour
intervale with alope determination made Mween each succesaive interval. The accuracy of the slope anolyaia shall be certified by o
licenaed engineer, landscape architect, orchltect or survmr.
(B) To dateline the requirement of providing occesaibili^ to planned multifomily dwellings based on the topography of the exisb'ng
natural terrain, the minimum percentage of groundfloor units to be made adortoble shell equal the percentage of the totol
t^iidable area (not including fioodplaina, wetlands, or other restricted-use areas) of the undirturbed site with on existing notural
grade of less then 10 percent (10X) slope (Flg.lB)
To r r o l n o f i l t e
hai iiopo of
ten percent
(10X) or Irae
Unusual characteristics include sites located in a federally designated flood-plain or coastot high-hazard area ond sites subject to
other similar requirements of law or code that the lowest floor or the lowest structural member of the lowest floor must be raised
to 0 apedfied level at or above the base flood elevation. An accessible route to a building entrance is impractical due to unusual
Unuiual Ste
Chora cterfetlce
Te a t
A) The original aits characteriatics result in a difference In finrshsd groda elevation exceeding 30 inches (30 ; ond 10 percent
10X) measured between an entrance and oil vehicular or pedestrian arrival points wKhln SO feet (50*) of the planned entrance;
If there are no vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50 feet (5Q') of the planned entrance, the unusual charocteristica
reauK In a difference In finished grade elevotlon exceeding 30 Inches (30*^ and 10 percent (10X) meosursd between on entrance
and the cloaeat vehicular or pedeatrion arrival print (flg.20)
<>2000 POO
148
T E S T F O R N AT U R A L G R A D E
Fig.18
(02000 POO
149
In the above exomple, the total bulldable site (excluding flood zone it exceselve elope
area) le equol to 70%. Therefore 70% of the total dwelling unite ehall be adaptable).
Fig.19
S I T E A N A LY S I S T E S T
PLANNED PEDESTRIAN
OR VEHICLE POINT
Flg.20
UNUSUAL CHARACTERISTICS TEST
<02000 PCC
150
Chapter 7
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF
ACCESSIBILITY APPLICABLE TO
A L L B U I L D I N G S A N D FA C I L I T I E S
2000
PCC
151
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
b e r e c l a i m e d a t o r b y t e l e p h o n i n g 11 2 9 B . 5 F i g . 2 1
.C. Blank spaces on slgn(s) are filled in with appropriate information. 1129B.5
.D. Size of lettering on signage is a minimum of 1" in height. 1129B.5
.E. Slgn(s) is not less than 17" X 22" in size. 1129B.5 Fig. 21
17" MIN.
UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES
PA R K E D I N D E S I G N AT E D
LTTERING ON
SIGN MUST BE
A MINIMUM OF
A C C E S S I B L E S PA C E S
N O T D I S P L AY I N G
r IN HEIGHT
DISTINGUISHING PUCARDS
O R L I C E N S E P L AT E S
ISSUED FOR PERSONS
22" MIN.
WITH DISABILITIES
M AY B E T O W E D A W AY AT
OWNER'S EXPENSE.
T O W E D V E H I C L E S M AY B E
APPROPRIATE INFORMATION
R E C L A I M E D AT
MUST BE INCLUDED ON
(Addraas)
OR BY TELEPHONING
(Telephone Number)
Fig.21
2000 PCC
152
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2 . S I T E A C C E S S I B L E R O U T E O F T R AV E L
General-When a building, or portion of a building, is required to be accessible or
adaptable, an accessible route of travel shall be provided. When more than one route of
C. Except within an Individual dwelling unit, the accessible route(s) does not pass
through kitchens, storage rooms, restrooms, closets, or similar spaces.
111 4 B . 1 . 2
G. Where more than one route is provided, all routes are accessible. 1114B.1.2
EXCEPTION: Where an elevator is provided for vertical access, only one
elevator is required. Where nnore than one elevator is provided, all elevators
shall be accessible. 11148.1.2 4.1.3(5)
(>2000 POO
153
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3.
PA R K I N G
General-Each lot or parking structure where parking Is provided for the public as clients,
guests or employees shall provide the required number of accessible parking stalls.
Accessible parking spaces serving a particular building shali be located on the shortest
parking facility. In buildings with multiple accessible entrances with adjacent parking,
accessible parking spaces shall be dispersed and located closest to the accessible
entrances. 1129B.1 4.1.2(5)(a)
One in every eight (8) required accessible spaces, but not less than one, shall be served
by an access aisle 96 inches wide minimum and shali be designated as "vanaccessible". 1129B.4.2 4.1.2(5}(b}
A L L D I S A B L E D PA R K I N G S TA L L S
^A. The correct number of standard accessible and van-accessible parking stalls are
provided on the site. 1129B.1 4.1.2(5)(a) Fig. 22
B. Parking space(s) are located on the shortest accessible route of travel from
D. Accessible parking spaces are located such that they do not compell
users to travel behind parked cars other than their own. 1129B.4.3
2. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation of this
section would create an unreasonable hardship, a variance or waiver may be granted
when equivalent facilitation is provided. 1129B.4.3, Exception 2
3. Parking spaces may be provided which would require a person with a disability to
wheel or walk behind other than accessible parking spaces when the enforcing agency
determines that compliance with these regulations or providing equivalent facilitation
2000 PCC
154
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PA R K I N G
G. Surface of the parking space(s) and access aisle(s) does not exceed 1:50
gradient (2.0%) In any direction. 1129B.4.4 4.6.3 Fig. 23
area required In these disabled parking stalls and access aisles. The
Department of Justice does not consider this encroachment of a ramp Into
an access aisle to be "equivalent facilitation" as California does. To
level with the parking space. Since a person with a disability, using a lift
or ramp, must maneuver within the access aisle, the aisle cannot include
a ramp or sloped area. The access aisle must be connected to an
accessible route to the appropriate accessible entrance of a building or
facility. The access aisle must either blend with the accessible route or
have a curb ramp complying with 4.7. Such a curb ramp opening must
be located within the access aisle boundaries, not within the parking
<&2000 PCC
155
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PA R K I N G
R E Q U I R E D A C C E S S I B L E PA R K I N G S TA L L S
REQUIRED
TO TA L PA R K I N G
IN
LOT
MINIMUM NUMBER
O F A C C E S S I B L E S PA C E S
to
25
26
to
50
51
to
75
76
to
100
101
to
150
151
to
200
201
to
300
301
to
400
401
to
500
501
to
1000
2 percent of total
20 plus 1 for each
100
over
1000
Flg.22
(>2000 PCC
156
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PA R K I N G
4 . S I N G L E PA R K I N G S PA C E D E S I G N
_A.
.B.
c .
D.
Surface of the parking space(s) and access aisle(s) does not exceed 1:50
gradient (2.0%) In any direction. 1129B.4.4 4.6.3 Fig. 23
H A N D I C A P PA R K I N G
A N D VA N A C C e S S I B L E
SIGN (7YP)
Flg.23
G E N E R A L D I S A B L E D PA R K I N G S PA C E N O T E S :
4) The maximum surface slope within the disabled parking space and
adjacent access aisle may not exceed 2X In any direction.
5) Curb ramps may not encroach Into the required dimensions of disabled
porking spaces or adjacent access olsles.
^000
PCC
157
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PA R K I N G
5 . D O U B L E PA R K I N G S PA C E D E S I G N
JK. 18'minimum length of the parking spaces. 11298.4.1 4.6.3 Figs. 24-A,B
.8. 9'minimum width Of each parking space. 11298.4.1 4.6.3 Figs. 24-A,B
_C. 23' minimum total width of both spaces & access aisie. 11298.4.1 4.6.3
Figs. 24-A,B
_E. Surface of the parking space(s) and access aisle(s) does not exceed 1:50
gradient (2.0%) In any direction. 11298.4.4 4.6.3 Figs. 24-A,B
CURB RAMP REQUIRED WHEN W>UX IS AT
D l F F C R O n ' L E V E L T H A N PA R H N fi E L E VAT I O N
ts' MIN.
S' UIN.
TYPICAL SYMBOL
N O T E : A C C E S S A I S L E AT
Fig.24-A
PA R K I N G S PA C E - D O U B L E
4' UIN.
O - 30 TO BO DECREES
TYPKAL SYMBOL
Fig.24-B
PA R K I N G S PA C E - D O U B L E D I A G O N A L
2000 PCC
158
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PA R K J N G
6 . VA N A C C E S S I B L E PA R K I N G S PA C E
DESIGN
K 18'minimum length of the parking space(s). 1129B.4.1 4.6.3 Fig. 23
B. 9'minimum width of the parking space(s). 1129B.4.1 4.6.3 Fig. 23
C. 8' minimum width of the access aisle(s) (passenger side). 1129B.4.2 4.6.3
Fig. 23
.D. Surface of the parking space(s) and access aisle(s) does not exceed 1:50
gradient (2.0%) in any direction. 1129B.4.4 4.6.3 Fig. 23
7 . PA R K I N G S PA C E S I G N A G E
General -Each parking space reserved for persons with disabilities shall be Identified by
a reflectorized sign permanently posted immediately adjacent to and visible from each
stall or space, consisting of a profile view of a wheelchair with occupant In white on dark
blue background. 1129B.5 4.6.4 Fig. 25
JK. Signage is installed at each Space. 1129B.5 4.6.4 Fig. 25
_B. Area of the sign(s) is not smaller than 70 square inches. 1129B.5 Fig.25
.0. When posted in a path of travel, the bottom of the sign is 80" minimum from the
parking space finished grade. 1129B.5 Fig. 25
.0. When wall mounted, sign Is centered on the wall at the Intenor end of the
parking space at a minimum height of 36" from the parking space finished grade,
ground or sidewalk. 1129B.5 Fig. 25
_E. Unobstructed view of the sign from the parking space. 1129B.S 4.6.4 Fig.25
F. Van accessible parking spaces have additional sign mounted below symbol of
accessibility that states "VAN ACCESSIBLE". 1129B.5 4.6.4 Fig. 25
8 . PA R K I N G S PA C E S T R I P I N G
General -The surface of each accessible parking stall or space must have a surface
ground in the stall or space in white or suitable contrasting color a profile view
depicting a wheelchair with occupant;
O R
159
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PA R K I N G
PA R K I N G
S PA C E E U B L U
(SEE BELOW)
1/2 RADIUSBLUE
w H n i
REFLECTORiZED SIGN
CONSTRUCTED OF
PORCELAIN STEEL
WITH BEADED TEXT
OR EQUAL
O '
RESERVED
N O T E ; S I G N T O B E C E N T E R E D AT
THE INTERIOR END OF
PA R K I N G S PA C E
FOR
RESERVED
FOR
HANDICAPPED
HANDICAPPED
AREA OF SIGN TO BE
VA N A C C E S S I B L E
D E S I G N AT E F O R
"VAN ACCESSIBLE'
V I T H E R E A P P R O P R I AT E
SO' MIN. TO
F R E E S TA N D I N G
AT ENTRANCE TO STAa
RECOMENDED)
Fig.25
PA R K I N G S PA C E S I G N A G E
2000 PCC
160
PA R K I N G S T R U C T U R E S
General - All entrances to and vertical clearances within parking structures shall have a
minimum vertical clearance of 8 feet 2 Inches where required for accessibility to
accessible parking spaces. 1130B 4.6.5 Fig. 26-8
EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with Section
1130(b) would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be granted when
equivalent facilitation is provided.
2. This section shall not apply to existing buildings where the enforcing agency
determines that, due to legal or physical constraints, compliance with these regulations
or equivalent facilitation would create an unreasonable hardship. See Section
101.17.11, Item 4
2000 POO
161
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PA R K I N G
Ra.2e-A
C O V E R E D PA R K I N G
CARAGE EKTRANCE
N O T E : I F A PA S S E N G E R L O A D I N G
Z O N E I S L O C AT E D I N S I D E O F T H E
lU"
Fig.26-B
PA R K I N G G A R A G E S
N O T E : V E H I C L E S TA N D I N G
S PA C E S A N D A C C E S S A I S L E
U AY N O T E X C E E D 2 % S L O P E
IN ANY DIRECTION
Fig.2e-G
PA S S E N G E R
LOADING
ZONE
VERTICAL CLEARANCES
F O R PA R K I N G
(>2000 PCC
162
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PA R K I N G
1 0 . PA S S E N G E R D R O P - O F F A N D L O A D I N G
ZONES
General -If passenger drop-off or loading zones are provided at least one (1) shall
comply with the following; 11318.1 4.1.2(5)(c) Fig. 26-C
^A. 20' minimum length of vehicle pull-up space. 1131 B.2.1 4.6.6 Fig. 26-C
B. Minimum 20' x 5' access aisle adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space,
1131B.2.1 4.6.6 Fig. 26-0
0. Surface of vehicle standing space(s) and access aisle(s) does not exceed 1:50
gradient (2.0%) in any direction. 1131B.2.1 4.6.6 Fig. 26-C
D. Access aisle connects directly to an accessible route. 1131B.1 4.6.3
11 . VA L E T PA R K I N G FA C I L I T I E S
General - Valet parking facilities shall provide an accessible passenger loading zone and
shall be located on an accessible route to the entrance of the facility. The parking space
requirements of Sections 11298 thru 11308 apply to facilities with valet parklng.1131B.3
and appropriate access from these stalls. Valet parking Is not always
0. Valet parking facilities provide the correct number of accessible parking and
van-accessible stalls on an accessible route to the entrance of the facility.
1131B.3 4.1.2(5)(e)
2000 PCC
163
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1 2 . B U I LT- U P C U R B A N D C U R B - C U T R A M P S
General - Any path of travel shall be considered a ramp if Its slope exceeds 1' of rise in
20'of horizontal run (5% or greater). 1133B.6.1 4.8.1
Curb ramps shall
a pedestrian way crosses
ramps is in the center of
locate a curb ramp in the
identify pedestrian crosswalks, the lower end of the curt ramp shall terminate within
s u c h c r o s s w a l k a r e a s . 11 2 7 B . 5 . 1 4 . 7 . 1
The least possible slope shall be used for any ramp. 4.7.2 & 4.8.2
0. Slope of the fanned or flared sides (side slopes) does not exceed 1:10 gradient
(10%). 1127B.5.3 4.7.5 Figs. 25-26
D. Curb ramp lies generally In a single sloped plane, with a minimum of surface
warping and cross slope. 1127B.5.2 4.7.2
E. Finished surface of ramp contrasts from adjacent sidewalk, and Is stable, firm
and slip resistant (medium-broom finish or equivalent). 1127B.5.6 4.5.1
F. A level landing a minimum of 48" deep that extends the full width of the ramp Is
provided at the upper end or the curb ramp, OR the slope of the fanned or flared
sides does not exceed a 1:12 gradient (8.33%). 1127B.5.4 4.7.5 Figs. 25-26
G. Slope of top landing area (If provided) does not exceed 1:50 gradient
(2.0%) In any direction. 1127B.5.4 & 213 Figs. 25-26
H. Ramp(s) does not project Into vehicular traffic lanes. 4.7.6 Fig. 25-A
I. Transitions from ramp(s) to walks, gutters or streets are flush and free of abrupt
changes. 1127B.5.5 4.7.2
J. A 12" grooved border is provided along the top and sides of the ramp at the level
surface of the sidewalk (grooves approximately 3/4" on center). 1127B.5.7
Figs. 25-28
L. The slopes of the road, gutter, or accessible route adjoining the curb ramp do not
exceed a 1:20 gradient (5.0%) within 4' of the top and bottom of the curb ramp.
11 2 7 B . 5 . 3 4 . 7 . 2
11 2 7 B . 6 . 9
4.7.8
2000 PCC
164
Ail curb ramps require a minimum 4' long landing at the top of the ramp
that exhibits a maximum of 2% slope in any direction. Since built-up curb
ramps are illegal in most practical situations, there will be times when it
may be impossible to provide this 4' landing area without interrupting the
path of travel on either side of the ramp. Both state and federal laws allow
you to delete the 4' landing area at the top of a curb ramp IF the side
slopes of the ramp are reduced to 8.33% or less (see Fig. 27-B). The DBA
has stated that when a deficient landing depth will occur because of
insufficient sidewalk width, they prefer that a "double-sided ramp" such as
shown in Fig. 28 be utilized. DBA also stated that it would be allowable
to reduce the landing depth to 36" (with the approval of the local building
Another major addition to the requirements for curb ramps involves the
placement of "detectable warnings". Curb ramps that exhibit a running
surface slope from 5% to 6.67% are required to provide a "truncated dome"
detectable warning surface over the full width and depth of the ramp.
Curb ramps whose slopes are between 6.67Vo and 8.33% are not required
required to provide a 12" wide grooved border at the level surface of the
sidewalk along the top and sides of the ramp.
One hotly debated topic is the 1/2" beveled lip that California requires at
the bottom of a curb ramp; the ADA requires a flush transition at this
location. Checklist item "i" reflects the federal position as the ADA has
gradient) is not classified as a ramp, and is not required to meet any of the
guidelines for ramps.
2000 PCC
165
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CURB RAMPS
N. When diagonal curb ramps have returned curbs or other defined edges, those
edges are parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. 11276.5.10 4.7.10
Fig. 29
O. The bottom of diagonal curb ramps have a 48" minimum clear space at the
lower terminus of the ramp. 11278.5.10 4.7.10 Fig. 29
P. When provided at marked crossings, the required 48" minimum clear
space is within the markings. 1127B.5.10 4.7.10 Fig. 29
Q. When provided at marked crossings, the curb ramp is wholly contained within
the markings, excluding any flared sides. 4.7.9 Fig. 29
,R. When diagonal curb ramps have flared sides, they also provide at least a 24"
long segment of straight curb located on each side of the curb ramp and within
the marked crossing. 11278.5.10 4.7.10 Fig. 29
1 3 . D E T E C TA B L E W A R N I N G S O N C U R 8
RAMPS
General-When the slope of a curb ramp Is exhibits less than a 1:15 gradient (6.67%), It
shall have a truncated dome detectable warning surface that extends the full width and
depth of the curb ramp Inside the grooved border. 11278.5.8 4.7.7 Fig. 30
A. Detectable warning surface extends the full width and depth of the ramp.
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 8 4 . 7 . 7 F i g . 3 0
B. Detectable warning contrasts visually with adjoining surfaces, either light on dark
or dark on light. 11278.5.8 4.29.2
C. Material used to provide visual contrast Is an Integral part of the walking surface.
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 8 4 . 2 9 . 2
nominal 0.9 Inch at the base tapering to 0.45 Inch at the top, a height of nominal
0.2 Inch and a center-to-center spacing of nominal 2.35 Inches. 11278.5.8
4.29.2 Fig. 30
ramps (not pedestrian ramps) when the running surface of the ramp is
sloped from a 1:20 gradient (5.0%) up to a 1:15 gradient (6.67%). The
2000 POO
166
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CURB RAMPS
surface into the concrete, numerous horror stories regarding the difficuity
of application and poor quality of the finished product are commonplace.
At this time it is important to inform you that the United States
Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compiiance Board (ATBCB, now
caiied the Access Board), In agreement with the Departments of Justice
and Transportation, have suspended the requirement for truncated dome
detectable warning surfaces at curb ramps, hazardous vehicuiar areas, and
reflecting pools until further notice. These agencies have determined that
additional research is needed to assess the safety and usabiiity of
truncated domes and their effect on persons with mobiiity impairments
and other pedestrians; and their durability, maintainability and cost
Although the DOJ has suspended the requirement for truncated domes,
California has decided to maintain this requirement in their accessibility
the requirement for reasons of safety, among others. Studies have shown
that as a curb ramp becomes steeper in gradient, it becomes more
detectable to the visually Impaired. Due to this information, it is my
truncated domes and should be thoroughly read prior to your utilizing this
2000 POC
167
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CURB RAMPS
Fig.27-A
B U I LT- U P C U R B R A M P
NOTE: IF X IS LESS THAN 48' THEN THE SLOPE OF THE FANNED OR FLARED
GROOVED BORDER
MUST BE ON THE LEVEL
S U R FA C E AT T H E T O P
OF THE RAMP
Fig.27-B
CURB-CUT RAMP
B U I LT- U P C U R B
AND CURB-CUT RAMPS
2000 PCC
168
GENERAL REQUlRENfENTS
CURB RAMPS
W I L L R E Q U I R E T R U N C AT E D D O M E
D E T E C TA B L E W A R N I N G S U R FA C E
GROOVED BORDERS
MUST BE ON THE LEVEL
NOTE: CROSS SLOPE OF
LANDING AREAS DO NOT
EXCEED 2X IN ANY DIRECTION
S U R FA C E AT T H E T O P
OF THE RAMPS
Flg.28
CURB-CUT RAMPS
2000 PCC
169
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CURB RAMPS
UIN^Q
PLANTING OR OTHER
N O N - WA L X I N C S U R FA C E
Fig.29
2000 PCC
170
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CURB RAMPS
RAMP
/
PooC3'=ooo^A
"'
/ *
1/4-
3/4-
a-r^rTjn_rTjrTj'
G R O O V E D B O R D E R D E TA I L
1.87*
"XPWJT
'
S U R FA C E AT T H E T O P
OF THE RAHP
2.35"
0.45-
A PA R T
AT TO P
CURB RAMP
Q.9"
T T E B T
TYPICAL PLAN
NOTE: SHADED AREA OF RAMP MUST
HAVE DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE
WHEN SURFACE SLOPES ARE BETWEEN
0 . 2 " H T.
>
TA P E R E D
EDGES WHERE
EXPOSED
T R U N C AT E D
DOMES
Fig.30
G R O O V E D B O R D E R S / D E T E C TA B L E
2000 PCC
171
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CURB RAMPS
PEDESTRIAN ROUTE
PEDESTRIAN ROUTE
<
m
\
\
I L L E G A L B U I LT- U P C U R B R A M P S AT D I S A B L E D PA R K I N G S TA L L S
N O T C t r s H A D E O A R E AT
IF SLOPE OF RAMP IS BETWEEN
SX AND S.S7X THE RUNNING PORTION
O F T H E R A M P M U S T H AV E T R U N C AT E D
D O M E D E T E C TA B L E W A R N I N G S U R F A C E
H fl l E :
ADDITIONAL EDGE PROTECTION
R E C O M U E N D E WITH THESE
(!.. RAIUNC) IS RECOMMENDED
DESIGNS AliiNG W
' I T H S I D E S O F R A M P.
L E G A L B U I LT- U P C U R B R A M P S AT D I S A B L E D PA R K I N G S TA L L S
Flg.31
C U R B R A M P S AT D I S A B L E D
PA R K I N G S TA L L S
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
1 4 . P E D E S T R I A N G R A D E S E PA R AT I O N S
( O V E R PA S S E S & U N D E R PA S S E S )
General - Pedestrian ramps on pedestrian grade separations shall comply with the
requirements for pedestrian ramps under sections 14,15, & 16 below. Cross slopes of
walking surfaces shall be the minimum possible and shall not exceed 1/4 inch per foot
(2.083% gradient). The slope of any appreciably warped walking surface shall not
exceed 1 unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8.33% slope) in any direction. Where
pedestrian grade separations cross streets orother vehicular traffic ways, and where a
street level crossing can reasonably and safely be used by persons with disabilities,
there shall be provided conforming curb ramps and a usable pathway. 1128B
2. For existing facilities, this section shall not apply where, due to legal or physical
constraints, the site of the project will not allow compliance vrith these regulations or
equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.
NOTE: See Section 101.17.11, item 4
occupancies may have a minimum 36" clear width when occupancy is 50 or less. All
other pedestrian ramps shall have a minimum width of 48". 1133B.5.2.2
A. Ramp maintains the minimum width required. 1133B.5.2.2 4.8.3
B. Ramp section(s) does not exceed maximum allowable lengths. 1133B.5.4.1
4.8.2 Fig. 32
C. Surface slope of ramp does not exceed 1:12 (8.33%). 1133B.5.3 4.8.2
Fig. 32
2000 PCC
173
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
D. Cross slope of ramp surface(s) does not exceed 1:50 gradient (2%).
11 3 3 B . 5 . 3 . 1 4 . 8 . 6
_E. Top landing Is a minimum of 60" X 60". 1133B.5.4.2 4.8.4C2; Figs. 33-34
_F. Bottom landing(s) are a minimum of 72" long in the ramp direction.
11338.5,4.6 4.8.4(2) Figs. 33-A,B
_G. Bottom and intermediate landing(s) are at least as wide as the required ramp
width. 1133B.5.4.5 4.8.4(1) Figs. 33-A,B
_H. Surface slope of landing(s) does not exceed 1:50 gradient (2%) in any direction.
11 3 3 B . 5 . 3 . 1 4 . 3 . 7
_l. Intermediate landing(s) are a minimum of 60" long in the ramp direction.
1133B.5.4.7 4.8.40 Figs. 33-A,B
_J. Intermediate landlng(s) where the ramp changes direction are 60" x 60"
minimum. 4.8.4(3) Fig. 34
NOTE: At intermediate landings where the ramp changes direction 30 degrees or more,
the landing dimension must be a minimum of 72" In length and incorporate a 60" x 60"
turning circle within the landing. 1133B.5.4.6 4.8.4(3) Fig. 34
_K. Finished surface of ramp Is roughened or constructed of slip-resistant materials.
1003.3.4.8 4.5.1
_L. Ramps and landings with drop-offs (or ramps that exceed 10 feet In length and
are not bounded by a wall or fence) have edge protection consisting of either a
guide curb a minimum of 2" In height on each side of the ramp, or a wheel guide
rail centered 3" plus or minus 1" on each side of the ramp.
1133B.5.6.1 &1133B.5.4.9 4.8.7 Fig. 38
NOTE: When a drop-off exceeds 4" in vertical height, the guide curb must be
increased to project a minimum of 6" in height above the ramp and landing surfaces.
1133B.8.1 Fig. 38
_M. Outdoor ramp(s) and their approaches are designed so water does not
accumulate on walking surfaces. 4.8.8
2000 PCC
174
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
bounded by a wall or fence. Therefore, a ramp surface that was flush with
adjacent surfaces (such as landscape fill) and had no drop-offs would still
be required to have edge protection if the ramp exceeded 10 feet in length.
MAXIMUM
SLOPE
1:12
1:15
1:16
1:20
X
B.33X
6.67X
6.25X
5.00X
MAXIMUM
1SE
30
30
30
30
H O R I Z O N TA L
PROJECTION
INCHES
INCHES
INCHES
INCHES
30.0
37.5
40.0
50.0
FEET
FEET
FEET
FEET
Fig.32
2000 PCC
175
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
NOTE l! WHEN DOOR SWINGS ONTO LANDING - 42" MIN. PLUS DOOR WIDTH
MOTE 1'. MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF EACH RAMP AND RUN VARY
60' UIN. WHEN NOOOOR SWINGS ONTO
LANDING
T O P P L AT F O R H
I N i n a J E D I AT E L E V E L P U T F O A I
B O T TO M L E V E L P L AT F O R M
Fig.33-A
STRAIGHT RAMP RUN
NOTE WHEN DOOR SWINGS ONTO UNDING - 42" MIN. PLUS DOOR WIDTH
N O T E 2 : M A X I M U M H O R I Z O N TA L D I S TA N C E O F E A C H R A M P A N D R U N VA RY
60' MIN. WHEN NO'
DOOR SWINGS ONTO
LANDING
TO P P L AT F O R M
WIDTH AS REQUIRED
INTERMEDUTE LEVEL PUTFORM
I N T E R M E D I AT E T U R N I N G P U T F O R M
WIDTH AS REQUIRED
Fig.33-B
R A M P W I T H T U R N I N G P L AT F O R M
<WHEN DIRECTION OF RAMP CHANGES 30 DEGREES OR MORE)
RAMP DIMENSIONS
<E)2000 PCC
176
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
NQTE1; WHEN DOOR SWINGS ONTO LANDING - 42" MIN. PLUS DOOR WIDTH.
NOTE 2: MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCES OF EACH RAMP AND RUN VARY.
SO* WIN. WHEN NO
DOOR SWINGS ONTO
LANOINO
AS REQUIRED
R A M P W I T H I N T E R M E D I AT E S W I T C H - B A C K
P L AT F O R M
60'HIN. j
SHADED AREA REPRESENTS
AS REQUIRED
(48* UIN.)
AS REQUIRED
LANDING
(48" yiN.)
AS REQUIRED
(48* yiN.)
AS REQUIRED
(48* MIN.)
3 0 D E G R E E O R G R E AT E R A N G L E
Fig.34
RAMP DIMENSIONS
<S)2000 PCC
177
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
You will note on the diagrams immediately following this paragraph that
cannot reduce the required width of a ramp (this Includes the landing) by
more than 3 " when fully open, a door that encroaches by more than 3 " Into
the required landing width will require the provision of a full landing prior
ramp and 72" minimum at the bottom of a ramp. This design requirement
makes considerable sense; an individual In a wheelchair would not be able
to avoid hitting a fully open door that extended Into a landing with only
42" of clearance between the terminus of the ramp and the door.
Section
28
additional
of
this
book
titled
"CLEAR
S PA C E
AT
DOORS"
for
considerations.
<&2000 PCC
178
GENERAL REQUlREKdENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
4S'HIN
RAMP
60'HIN
INTERtOR!
IB" Minimum
24" Praftrrcd
PCTERIQR:
which It Bwlnga
Fig.35
ENCROACHMENT OF DOORS,
ONTO RAMPS
2000 PCC
179
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
slope exceeds 1 foot rise in 20 feet of horizontal run (5.0%), except that at exterior door
landings, handrails are not required on ramps less than 6 inches rise or 72 inches in
length. 1133B.5.5.1 4.8.5
EXCEPTIONS: 1. Handrails at ramps immediately adjacent to fixed seating in
A. Handrails are on both sides and continuous the full length of the ramp.
1133B.5.5.1 4.8.5(1) Fig. 37
B. Finish height of handrails are between 34"- 38" above ramp surface.
1133B.5.5.1 4.8.5(5) Fig. 37
.0. Handrails extend a minimum of 12" of level distance beyond top and bottom of
the ramp and are relumed. 1133B.5.5.1 4.8.5(2) and (6) Fig. 37
G. Handrail(s) have enough minimum structural strength to support a 250 lb. point
load. 4.26.3
11 3 3 B . 5 . 5 . 1
4.26.4
J. Ends of handrails are either rounded or retumed smoothly to the floor, wall or
post. 1133B.5.5.1 4.8.5(6)
2000 PCC
180
- Guardrails - Ramps more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the adjacent ground shall
be provided with guardrails that are not less than 42" in height. Open guardrails shall
have Intermediate rails or an ornamental pattem such that a sphere 4" In diameter
cannot pass through. Such guardrails shall be continuous from the top of the ramp to
the bottom of the ramp. 1133B.5.7
Handrails are now required to be mounted at 34" to 38" to the top of the
gripping surface above the ramp surface. As previous guidelines required
mounting height to be 30" to 34", many handrails constructed prior to 1994
are deficient in height.
Another clarification that must be made to California's guidelines is in
the ramp. For these reasons, the importance of providing a wall surface
adjacent to the handrail that is free of sharp or abrasive elements becomes
apparent.
Both State and Federal law require that the ramp handrails provide for a
1-1/4 -1-1/2" diameter or cross-sectional equivalent gripping surface. For
more information on allowable deviations from this requirement, please
not projecting from the wall need 1-1/2" minimum clearance from the wall.
2000 PCC
181
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
1-1/4' TO 1-1/2"
1-1/2'
PLEXIGLASS RUNNER
P L AT E I N S TA L L E D
ADJACENT TO HANDRAIL
HANDRAIL
WA L L O R O T H E R S U R FA C E A D J A C E N T
Fig.36
H A N D R A I L S AT R A M P S
182
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
l a '
H A N D R A I L S M AY P R O J E C T I N T O T H E R E Q U I R E D
4a'MIN.
M AY P R O J E C T I N T O T H E R E Q U I R E D W I D T H
Fig.37
HANDRAILS AT RAMPS
2000 PCC
183
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
HANDRAILS AT RAMPS
2'MINIMUM HIGH
WARNING CURB
(SEE NOTE)
OJ
>U)JACENT HAZARD
WA R N I N G C U R B E D G E P R O T E C T I O N
GUIDED RAIL
CENTERED AT
3"rHIGH
G U I D E R A I L D E TA I L
GUIDE RAIL
Fla38
EDGE PROTECTION ON PEDESTRIAN RAMPS
( WA R N I N G C U R B S A N D G U I D E R A I L S )
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
y VA L K S A N D S I D E WA L K S
1.) Abrupt changes In level do not exceed 1/4". 1133B.7.4 4.5.2 Fig. 40-A
2.) Level changes between 1/4"-1/2" are beveled a minimum of 1:2.
1133B.7.4 4.5.2 Fig. 40-A
NOTE: Level changes of 1/4" or less may be vertical.
B. Slope in the direction of travel does not exceed 1:20 gradient (5.0%).
11 3 3 B . 7 . 3
4.3.7
_C. Cross slope does not exceed 1:50 gradient (2.0%). i133B.7.1.3 4.3.7 Fig. 40-B
NOTE: When the enforcing agency finds that due to local conditions it creates an
unreasonable hardship, the cross slope shall be increased to a maximum of 1/2 inch per
foot (4%) for distances not to exceed 20 feet.
_D. 48" minimum width of walkways. 1133B.7.1.3 Fig. 41
EXCEPTIONS: 1. When, because of right-of-way restrictions, natural barriers
or other existing conditions, the enforcing agency determines that compliance
with the 48-inch clear sidewalk width would create an unreasonable hardship,
the clear width may be reduced to 36 inches. 1133B.7.1.3
_E. No gratings (If gratings are necessary, grid openings are a maximum of 1/2" in
direction of traffic flow). i133B.7,2 4.5.4 Fig. 42-A
F. Walks with continuous gradients have level areas at least 5' In length every 400'.
1133B.7.6 Fig. 41
_G. Accessible routes with less than 60" of clear width have passing spaces a
minimum of 60" X 60" at least every 200'. 4.3.4 Fig. 41
NOTE: A T-intersectlon of two corridors or walks Is an acceptable passing space.
_H. Doors that encroach Into walkways have a minimum 60" x 60" level landing area
with slope less than 1:50 gradient (2.0%) in any direction. 1133B.7.5 4.3.7
Fig. 42-B
_J. Doors that swing away from walks have a level landing area a minimum of 48"
wide X 44" deep with slope less than 1:50 gradient (2.0%) In any direction.
1133B.7.5 Fig. 42-B
(&2000 PCC
185
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
WALKS AND SIDEWALl^
<S)2000 PCC
186
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
WALKS AND SIDEWALKS
4a"MIN.
4a"MIN.
SIDEWALK
SIDEWALK
36"MIN.
36'MIN.
CLEAR
FACE
OF
CURB
STREET
&
CLEAR
POLE
FACE OF
CURB
La
STREET
Fig.39
K OBSTl^OCTli
(12000 POO
187
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
WALKS AND SIDEWALKS
1/4'MAX VERTICAL
Fig.40-A
M A X IM U M V E RTIC A L A L L OWA N C E S
2.0XMAX
CROSS SLOPE
SCCT1QM
A-A
Creu Slop*
<
5.0XUAX
SECTION
H-a
Running Slept
<
Fig,40-B
ALLOWABLE SLOPE AND CROSS-SLOPE
(02000 PCC
188
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
WALKS AND SIDEWALKS
T- S H A P E D T U R N I N G S PA C E
12'MIN
12'MIN
36'MIN
s
X
s^r
1
MIN
Ira
L
i p i s1
!
R E Q U I R E D S PA C E F O R 1 8 0 ' T U R N S
Fig.41
WA L K WAY S
WITH
CONTINUOUS GRADIENTS
189
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
WALKS AND SIDEWALKS
PREDOMINANT DIRECTION
1/2" MAX
SECTION A
LONG DIRECTION
PERPENDICULAR TO
R O U T E O F T R AV E L
Fig.42-A
G R AT I N G S
44" MIN.
REQUIRED
C L E A R S PA C E
2X MAX SLOPE IN
ANY DIRECTION
. J
EXTERIOR
Fig.42-B
DOOR CLEARANCES
(i2000 PCC
190
19. HAZARDS
General - Abrupt changes in level, except between a walk or sidewalk and an adjacent
street or driveway, exceeding four lnches( 4") In vertical height, such as at planters or
fountains located In or adjacent to walks, sidewalks or other pedestrian ways, require
warning curbs a minimum of 6" in height above the walkway surface. When a guardrail
or handrail is provided, no curb Is required when a guide rail is provided centered 3
inches(3'0 plus or minus 1 inchCI*^ above the surface of the walk or sidewalk, the walk Is
A. Abrupt changes in level exceeding 4" along a path of travel are protected by
either:
(1) Curbs a minimum of 6" in height above the walkway surface, OR;
(2) A guardrail or handrail is provided, AND a guide rail centered 3" plus
or minus 1" above the surface of the walk or sidewalk. Fig. 44
_B. Any obstruction that overhangs a pedestrians way Is a minimum of 80" above
the walking surface (measured from the bottom of the obstruction).
1133B.8.2 4.4.2 Fig. 43
D E T E C TA B L E W A R N I N G S A N D T E X T U R I N G AT T R A N S I T B O A R D I N G
P L AT F O R M S
General - Transit boarding platforms shall have a detectable warning texture extending
the full length of the loading area. 1133B.8.3 Fig. 45
A. Detectable warning surface is 24"-36" in width, placed at the edge of the drop-off
orsafearea. 1133B.8.3 10.3.1(8) Fig. 45
B. Detectable waming consists of raised truncated domes with a diameter of
nominal 0.9 Inch at the base tapering to 0.45 Inch at the top, a height of nominal
0.2 Inch and a center-to-center spacing of nominal 2.35 Inches. 1133B.8.3
4.29.2 Fig. 45
C. Detectable waming contrasts visually with adjoining surfaces. The color of the
detectable warning must be yellow conforming to Federal Color No. 33538 of
S t a n d a i d N o . 5 9 5 B . 11 3 3 B . 8 . 3 4 . 2 9 . 2
NOTE: When the color contrast between the yellow warning and the main walking
surface is less than 70 percent(70%), a one lnch(1") wide black strip shall separate the
yellow warning from the main walking surface. Contrast shall be determined by:
Contrast = [ (B1-B2/B1) ] x 100 percent where B1 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the
lighter area and B2 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area. 1133B.8.3
<D2000 PCC
191
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
HAZARDS
D. Material used to provide visual contrast Is an Integral part of the walking surface.
11 3 3 B . 8 . 3 4 . 2 9 . 2
D E T E C TA B L E D I R E C T I O N A L T E X T U R E AT B O A R D I N G P L AT F O R M S
General- At transit boarding platforms, the pedestrian access shall be Identified with a
detectable directional texture that aligns with all doors of the transit vehicles where
passengers will embark. This surface will be placed directly behind the yellow detectable
warning surface required at the edges of drop-off or safe areas and will consist of raised
directional bars. 1133B.8.4 Fig. 45
.0. The width of the detectable waming texture is equal to the width of the transit
vehicle's door opening. 1133B.8.4 Fig. 45
.0. The directional texture is placed directly behind the yellow detectable warning
surface and aligns with all doors of the transit vehicle where passengers will
embark. 1133B.8.4 Fig. 45
.E. Directional texture contrasts visually with adjoining surfaces. The color of the
directional texture must be yellow conforming to Federal Color No. 33538 of
S t a n d a r d N o . 5 9 5 8 . 11 3 3 B . 8 . 4
NOTE: When the color contrast between the yellow warning and the main walking
surface is less than 70 percent(70%), a one Inch(T') wide black strip shall separate the
yellow warning from the main walking surface. Contrast shall be determined by:
Contrast = [ (B1-B2/B1) ] x 100 percent where B1 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the
lighter area and 82 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area. 1133B.8.4
F. Material used to provide visual contrast Is an Integral part of the walking surface.
11 3 3 B . 8 . 4
D E T E C TA B L E WA R N I N G S AT H A Z A R D O U S V E H I C U L A R A R E A S
General - If a walk crosses or adjoins a vehicular way. and the walking surfaces are not
separated by curbs, railings or other elements between the pedestrian areas and
vehicular areas, the boundary between the areas shall be identified by a continuous
detectable waming. 1133B.8.5 Fig. 46
A. Depth of the detectable waming is 36" wide and is placed at the boundary
between the vehicular area and pedestrian way. 1133B.8.5 Fig. 46
2000 PCC
192
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
HAZARDS
B. Detectable warning surface extends the full length of the boundary between the
vehicular area and pedestrian way. 1133B.8.5 Fig. 46
C. Detectable warning consists of raised truncated domes with a diameter of
nominal 0.9 Inch at the base tapering to 0.45 inch at the top, a height of nominal
0.2 Inch and a center-to-center spacing of nominal 2.35 inches. 1133B.8.5 &
1133B.8.3 Fig. 46
p. Detectable waming contrasts visually with adjoining surfaces. The color of the
detectable waming must be yellow conforming to Federal Color No. 33538 of
S t a n d a r d N o . 5 9 5 8 . 11 3 3 B . 8 . 5 & 11 3 3 B . 8 . 3
NOTE: When the color contrast between the yellow warning and the main walking
surface is less than 70 percent(70%), a one inch(T') wide biack strip shall separate the
yellow warning from the main walking surface. Contrast shall be determined by:
Contrast = [ (B1-B2/B1) ]x 100 percent where B1 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the
lighter area and B2 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area.
11 3 3 B . 8 . 5 & 11 3 3 B . 8 . 3
E. Material used to provide visual contrast Is an Integral part of the walking surface.
11 3 3 B . 8 . 5 & 11 3 3 B . 8 . 3
2000 POO
193
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
HAZARDS
OVERHEAD
OBSTRUCTIONS/HAZARDS
<02000 PCC
194
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
HAZARDS
EDGE PROTECTION IS MT
REQUIRED BETWEEN A WALK
AND AN ADJACENT STREET
O R D R I V E W AY
handraiiVguide
rail
warning
curb
detail
I N S TA L L AT I O N D E TA I L
Flg.44
HAZARD PROTECTION
O N WA L K WAY S
<02000 PCC
195
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
HAZARDS
X = DOOR WIDTH
TRUNCATED DOUE
Y = 96' yiN
Z
D E T E C TA B L E W A R N I N G
S U R FA C E
24"-36"
a.
1.67'
A^prox.
2.95"
0.45'
A PA R T
hs:
TW.
AT TO P
0.9'
AT B A i E
3.0"
T Y P.
AT T O P
A PA R T
1.3" WIDTH
NOTE: INDUSTRY STANDARD FOR
OVERALL BAR LENGTH IS
11-1/4" TO 11-1/2'
TYPICAL PLAN
0.9' WIDTH
0 . 2 ' H T.
AT B A S E
TYPICAL PLAN
0 . 2 ' H T.
/
TA P E R E D
EDGES WHERE
EXPOSED
TA P E R E D
EDGES WHERE
EXPOSED
DIRECTIONAL BARS
T R U N C AT E D D O M E S
Flg.46
D E T E C TA B L E W A R N I N G / D I R E C T I O N A L T E X T U R E
AT T R A N S I T B O A R D I N G P L AT F O R M S
2000 PCC
196
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
HAZARDS
CURB
OR
OTHER
ELEMENT
NO CURB
VEHICULAR
WAY
36"MIN. WIDE
D E T E C TA B L E WA R N I N G
STRIP
i.e?"
'
TYPICAL
WA R N I N G W H I C H I S 3 6 ' W I D E .
PLAN
0 . 2 " K T.
TA P E R E D
EDGES WHERE
DCPOSCD
T R U N C AT E D D O M E S
Fig.46
D E T E C TA B L E WA R N I N G S AT
2000 PCC
197
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
HAZARDS
_A. Objects projecting from walls whose leading edges are between 27" and 80"
above the finished floor do not protrude more than 4" into walks, hails, corridors,
passageways or aisles. (Objects whose leading edges are at or below 27" above
the finished floor may protrude any amount). 11218.1 4.4.1 Fig. 47
NOTE: Protruding objects may not reduce the required clear width of an
accessible route or maneuvering space.
_B. Free standing objects mounted on posts or pylons overhang 12" maximum from
27" to 80" above the finished floor. 1121 B.I 4.4.1 Fig. 48-A
C. Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles or other circulation spaces have a
minimum of 80" clear head room. 1121B.2 4.4.2 Fig. 47
NOTE: if vertical clearance of an area adjoining an accessible route is reduced
to less than 80", a barrier to warn the blind or visually-impaired persons shall be
provided. 4.4.2 Fig. 48-B
ANY
AMOUNT
Fig.47
WA L K I N G PA R A L L E L TO A WA L L
PROTRUDING OBJECTS
<>2000 POO
198
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PROTRUDING OBJECTS
DIRECTION
Fig.48-A
OBJECTS MOUNTED ON POSTS OR PYLONS
Fig.48-B
OVERHEAD HAZARD
PROTRUDING OBJECTS
199
GENERAL REQUIREK'fENTS
2 1 . S TA I R WAY S
General - Every stairway having two or more risers serving any building or portion
thereof shall conform to the requirements of this section. 1003.3.3.1
A. Outdoor stairs and their approaches are designed so that water does not
accumulate on walking surfaces. 4.9.6
Width
_B. Minimum width of 36" if the occupant load is less than 49.
_C. Minimum width of 44" If the occupant load Is more than 50.
1003.3.3.2
1003.3.3.2
Handrails
_E. Stairways required to be more than 88" in width are provided with not less than
one intermediate handrail for each 88' of required width. Intermediate handrails
are spaced approximately equally across the entire width of the stairway.
1003.3.3.6a
F. Handrail(s) have enough minimum structural strength to support a 250 lb. point
load.
4.26.3
_H. Handrails are 34" - 38" above the nosing of the treads. 1133B.4.2.1 4.9.4(5)
Fig. 50
I. Handrails extend a minimum of 12" parallel with the floor surface beyond the top
nosing. 11338.4.2.2 4.9.4f2; Fig. 50
_J. Handrails extend a minimum of tread width plus 12" beyond the bottom nosing
before they are retumed. At the bottom, the handrail continues to slope for a
distance of the width of one tread from the bottom n'sen and the remainder of
the required extension is horizontal (parallel with the ground or floor surface)
before being retumed. 11338.4.2.2 4.9.4(2) Fig. 50
.K. Ends of handrails are rounded or retumed smoothly to the wall or post, or shall
terminate in newel posts or safety terminals. 11338.4.2.3 4.9.4(6) Fig. 50
(&2000 PCC
200
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S TA I R WAY S
_L. Where the extension of the handrail in the direction of the stair run would create
a hazard, the termination of the extension is made either rounded or returned
smoothly to floor, wall or post. 1133B.4.2.4
JN[. Where the stairs are continuous from landing to landing, the inner rall(s) that
double back or turn are continuous. 1133B.4.2.4 4.9.4(1) Fig. 50
_N. When handrail(s) project from a wall, the clearance Is 1-1/2" between the
_T. The upper approach and all treads of exterior stairs Is marked with a strip of
clearly contrasting color a minimum of 2" in width a maximum of 1" from the
tread nose or landing. 1133B.4.4 & 1127B.4 Fig. 51 -B
_U. The upper approach and the lower tread of interior stairs have contrasting color
striping a minimum of 2" in width a maximum of 1" from the tread nose or
landing. 1133B.4.4 Fig. 51-B
_V. All contrasting color strips are at least as slip resistant as the other treads of the
s t a i r. 11 3 3 B . 4 . 4 F i g . 5 1 - B
Treads, nosinos and risers
2000 PCC
201
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S TA I R WAY S
y. A l l r i s e r s a r e c l o s e d . 11 3 3 B . 4 . 5 . 3 4 . 9 . 2
Z. Risers are sloped or the underside of the nosing Is angled not less than 60
degrees from the horizontal. 1133B.4.5.3 4.9.3 Flg51-A
_AA. The undersides of nosings are not abrupt, and the radius or curvature at the
leading edge of the tread Is no greater than 1/2". 1133B.4.5.1 4.9.3 Fig 51-A
SB. All treads are a minimum of 11" deep, measured from riser to riser.
11 3 3 B . 4 . 5 . 3
4.9.2
_CC. The rise of steps Is not less than 4" or greater than 7". 1003.3.3.3
DD. In any one flight of stairs, all steps have a uniform riser height and tread width.
11 3 3 B . 4 . 5 . 3
4.9.2
Guardrails - Any portion of stairways that are open on one or both sides that
exceeds 30" In height above grade or floor below must be protected by a guardrail
not less than 42" In height. Open guardrails shall have Intermediate rails or an
ornamental pattern such that a sphere 4" In diameter cannot pass through.
UBC Sections 1003.3.3.7 and 509
EE. Guardrails are provided at open stairways that exceed 30" In height above grade
o r fl o o r b e l o w . U B C S e c t i o n s 1 0 0 3 . 3 . 3 . 7 a n d 5 0 9
slope for a distance of the width of one tread from the bottom riser, with
the remainder of the extension being horizontal (parallel with the landing
surface) before being returned. Although California has not yet clarified
this requirement, these minimum level distances must be maintained to
comply with the ADA.
Handrails are now required to be mounted at 34" to 38" to the top of the
gripping surface above the stair nosings. As previous guidelines required
mounting height to be 30" to 34", many handrails constructed prior to 1994
are deficient in height
Stairways that are required to be more than 88" in width require the
installation of an intermediate handrail for each 88" of required width.
<D2000 POO
202
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S TA I R WAY S
common IPS pipe sizes of 1-1/4 inch and 1-1/2 Inch (Inside diameter, or
I.D.) provide for an outside diameter (O.D.) of 1-5/8" and 1-7/8",
respectively. Both the Access Board and the Office of the State Architect
have stated that they consider both the 1-5/8" O.D. rail and the 1-7/8" O.D.
pipe sizes to fail within conventional building industry tolerances for the
purpose of this application.
2000 POO
203
OOd OOOZ
voz
ep'Bij
o
(/)
XVH,.3/1-1
NIWt/L-L
V i a 1 V N I W 0 N
'Nih
.Z/L-L
uZ/L-L
Oi v/t-t
uZ/L-l
Oi ..f/i-i
sniava niin8/i
'XVWC
'Nli^
uZ/l-l
)
izTTT
OD
s
3 :
..3/1-1
XVW3/L-L
NIIN..V/1-L
S A m ^ l K i S
SlN3m}{fnd3i{ 7VU3N3D
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S TA I RWAY S
34'-38'UAX.
E X T E N S I O N AT B O T T O U O F S U N
E X T E N S I O N AT T O P O F R U N
A Troad width
B Tho minimum hondrall
Tho
minimum
hondrall
Fig.50
HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS
AT
S TA I RWAY S
2000 PCC
205
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S TA I R WAY S
1 1/2"MAX1
1 1/2'MAX
1 1/2'MAX
bA:
6cr\
RADIUS
RADIUS
RADIUS
7'MAX
ANCLD NOSING
FLUSH RISgR
A ROUNDED HOSING
Fig.51-A
USABLE TREAD WIDTH AND EXAMPLES
O F A C C E P TA B L E N O S I N G
IMTERIOH
S TA I R S
EXTERIOR
r MAXIMUM FRO
EDGE or TREAD
S TA I R S
-2' MINIMUM
STRIP WIDTH
Fig.51-B
V I S U A L LY I M PA I R E D WA R N I N G S T R I P I N G
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S TA I R WAY S
2 2 . S TA I R W AY I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
General - Approved stairway identification signs shall be located at each floor level in all
enclosed stairways in buildings two or more stories In height. The sign shall identify the
stairway, indicate whether there is roof access, the floor level, and the upper and lower
terminus of the stairway. 1133B.4.3 & 1003.3.3.13 Figs. 52,53
A. Signs are a minimum of 12" X12" In size. Fig. 53
B. The sign is located approximately 5 feet above the floor landing immediately
adjacent to the door on the strike side. 1003.3.3.13 Fig. 52
C. The information on the sign is presented with raised Arabic numerals and
corresponding Grade II Braille. 1003.3.3.13 Fig. 53
p. The information of the sign identifies the stairway location, the floor level
number, and upper and lower terminus of the stairway. 1003.3.3.13 Fig. 53
E. The sign is positioned in such a manner as to provide uninterrupted visibility
when the door is in the open or closed position. 11338.4.3
S TA I R W AY I D E N T I F I C AT I O N S I G N A G E
2000 POO
207
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FAIRWAYS
12'
W E S T S TA I R
1/4-INCH STROKE
NO ROOF ACCESS
M i
3/4-INCH STROKE
1-INCH SIZE WITH
12'
B2 THROUGH 12
1/4-INCH STROKE
NOTE: Th Information on thi ilgn MUST ba pretanted with rolaed Arabic numarals
and corresponding Grade II Braille. The Mezzanine levels shall have^the letter
"M" preceding floor number. Basement levels shall have the latter "B" preceding
the
fl o o r
number.
S TA I R 3
ROOF ACCESS
10)
1 THROUGH 12
CORRESPONDING
GRADE II BRAILLE TO
B E L O C AT E D D I R E C T LY
UNDER OR ADJACENT
T O S I G N A G E I N F O R M AT I O N
W E S T S TA I R
NO ROOF ACCESS
M l
B2 THROUGH 12
Fig.53
S TA I R W AY I D E N T I F i G AT I O N S I G N A G E
(S)2000 PCC
208
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ENTRANCES/EXITS
the face of the door and the opposite stop. Openings more than 24 inches (610 mm) In
depth shall comply with Sections 1118B.1 and 1118B.2. 1133B.1.1.1.1 4.1.3(8}
NOTE: 11188.1 Wheelchair Passage Width. The minimum clear width for single wheelchair
passage shall be 32 inches (813 mm) at a point and 36 inches (914 mm) continuously.
11188.2 Width for Wheelchair Passing. The minimum width for two wheelchairs to
pass Is 60 inches (1524 mm).
above grade are not required to be accessible. Such doors shall have signs warning that they are
not accessible. Warning signs shall comply with provisions for accessible signs and identification
(see Checklist Section 58).
3. In existing buildings where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with the building
standards of this subsection would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be
granted when equivalent facilitation is provided. Equivalent facilitation would require at least one
entrance to be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities.
4. These building standards shall not apply to existing buildings when legal or physical
constraints will not allow compliance with these building standards or equivalent facilitation
without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 101.17.11, Item 4, Special Conditions
for Persons with Disabilities Requiring Appeals Action Ratification.
NOTE: For entrance/exit applications In New Construction, see Flow Chart titled
"Determining Accessibility Requirements for Entrances and Exits in New
Construction", page 212
Te m p o r a r y R e s t r i c t i o n s
During periods of partial or restricted use of a building or facility, the entrances used for primary
access shall be accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities. 11338.1.1.1.2
Recessed Doormats
Recessed doormats shall be adequately anchored to prevent interference with wheelchair traffic.
11 3 3 8 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 3
Gates
Ail gates, including ticket gates, shall meet all applicable specifications for doors. 11338.1.1.1.4
Entrance signage
At every primary public entrance and at every major junction along or leading to an accessible
route of travel, there shall be a sign displaying the international symbol of accessibility. Signs
shall indicate the direction to accessible building entrances and facilities and shall comply with
the requirements found In Checklist Section 58, titled "SIGNS AND IDENTIFICATION".
11278.3 4.1.3(16)(b) Fig. 54
209
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ENTRANCESmXITS
p. Every accessible primary public entrance and exterior routes of travel to such
entrances have appropriate signage. 1127B.3 4.1.3(16)(b)
State Architect has directed that all entrances and exits, including exit'Oniy
doors (those without entry hardware), be made accessible and
"egressabie" for people with disabilities in New Construction. There are 3
exceptions:
EXCEPTIONS
two existing exterior exits, and this office can be entered by stairway to
these exits from the opposite side of the building where additional parking
is located, it is not required to make either of these exits accessible or
(beyond the single available entrance required), are not a path of travel,
and do not have to be considered in an alteration. Additionally, neither an
Area of Evacuation Assistance nor a Supervised Automatic Sprinkler
System is required in alterations in lieu of providing accessible exits.
The exemption to make exits accessible in alterations should not be
2000 PCC
210
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ENTRANCES/EXITS
and an alteration Is performed 200 feet away at the other end of the
building at which the general public can park and enter this area, common
sense may Indicate that It would be unfair to require the disabled to travel
an additional 200 feet to achieve equal access. In this case, the building
agency may require that this additional entry to this area be made
accessible and egressable, and that adjoining parking for the disabled be
provided. There are no established ''rules-of-thumb" for these situations,
however every attempt should be made to provide equal opportunity to the
disabled.
2 11
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ENTRANCES/EXITS
Required number of
exits Is determined
Required exits
Additional
exits
that
than 24-"
a b o v e o r b elow grade
ore
more
Main Entrance(8)
NOT
be
exits
required
ac c e a s l b l e
Remaining exits
required by code
Ooors at these exits must
An 'Area of Evacuation
Assistance" Wia NOT
An "Area of Evacuation
Assistance" WILL BE
be provided ot each
provided at each
Inaccessible
exit
Inaccessible
exit
building or facility
"egressable"
to
be
accessible
or
2000 PCC
212
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E G R E S S & A R E A S F O R E VA C U A T I O N A S S I S TA N C E
2 4 . E G R E S S & A R E A S F O R E VA C U AT I O N
A S S I S TA N C E
General - In buildings or portions of buildings required to be accessible, accessible
means of egress shall be provided In the same number as required for exits by Chapter
10 of the CBC. When an exit required by Chapter Ids not accessible, an area for
evacuation assistance shall be provided. 1114B.2.1 4.1.3(9)
EXCEPTIONS: 1. Areas of evacuation assistance are not required In buildings or
facilities having a supervised automatic sprinkler system. 1114B.2.1 4.1.3(9)
2. in alterations of existing buildings, areas of evacuation assistance are not required.
1114B.2.1 4.1.6(g)
NOTE: Supervised automatic sprinkler systems have built-in signals for monitoring features of the
system such as the opening and closing of water control valves, the power supplies for needed
pumps, water tank levels, and for indicating conditions that will impair the satisfactory operation
of the sprinkler system. Because of these monitoring features, supervised automatic sprinkler
systems have a high level of satisfactory performance and response to fire conditions. A4.1.3(9)
^A. Areas of evacuation assistance adjoin an accessibie route and compiy with one
of the following: 1114B.2.1 thru .2.2.1.7 4.3.11.1(1) thru (7)
1. A portion of a stairway landing within a smokeproof enclosure, complying
with CBC Section 1005.3.3. 1114B.2.2.1.1 Fig. 55-A
2. A portion of an exterior exit balcony located immediately adjacent to an exit
stairway when the exterior exit balcony complies with CBC Section 1006.3.
Openings to the exterior of the building located within 20 feet (6096 mm) of
the area for evacuation assistance shall be protected with fire assemblies
having a V* hour fire protection rating. 1114B.2.2.1.2 Fig. 5S-B
3. A portion of a one-hour fire-resistive corridor complying with CBC Section
have a fire-resistive rating of not less than one hour and shall completely
enclose the area or room. Doors in the smoke barrier shall be tight-fitting
2000 PCC
213
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
EGRESS & AREAS FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE
room shall be provided with an exit directly to an exit enclosure. When the
room or area exits into an exit enclosure which is required to be of more than
one-hour fire-resistive construction, the room or area shall have the same
EXCEPTION: The building official may reduce the minimum number of 30" x 46" areas
to one for each area for evacuation assistance on floors where the occupant load is less
t h a n 2 0 0 . 111 4 8 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 4 . 3 . 11 . 2
C. The area for evacuation assistance does not encroach on any required exit
w i d t h . 111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 2 . 4 . 3 . 11 . 2
provided between each area of evacuation assistance and the primary entry.
1114B.2.2.4.2 4.3.11.4 Fig. 53-B
NOTE: The fire department or appropriate local authority may approve
a location other than the primary entry.
^000
PCC
214
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
EGRESS & AREAS FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE
_H. Each area for evacuation assistance Is Identified by a sign which states AREA
.1. In each area of evacuation assistance, instructions on the use of the area under
emergency conditions is posted adjoining the two-way communication system.
1114B.2.2.5 4.3.11.5 Fig. 57-B
(&2000 PCC
215
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
EGRESS & AREAS FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE
R E S C U E A S S I S TA N C E
AREAS AS PORTIONS
O F S TA I R W AY L A N D I N G S
E X I T S TA I R S
SMOKEPROOr
S TA I R W AY
ENCLOSURES
(MEETING LOCAL
REQUIREMENTS)
EXTERIOR EXrr
BALCONIES (MEEHNG
local REQUIREMENTS)
E X I T S TA I R S
PROTECTED OPENINGS
R E S C U E A S S I S TA N C E
AREA
E X I T S TA I R S
-RESCUE
A S S I S TA N C E
AREA
t HOUR HRE
RESISTIVE
CORRIDOR
Fig.55
A R E A S O F E VA C U AT I O N
( R E S C U E ) A S S I S TA N C E
2000
PCC
216
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
EGRESS & AREAS FOR EVACUA TION ASSISTANCE
1 1
I
^
>
III
1
II
L_J
R E S C U E A S S I S TA N C E
VESTIBULE AREA
E X I T S TA I R S
c o n s t r u c t e d t o t h e s o m e fi r e - r e s l a
EXTERIOR
(I
r1
11 '
ir
E X I T S TA I R S
L_J
..MOKEPROOF
S TA I R W AY
R E S C U E A S S I S TA N C E
AREA VENTED
TO EXTERIOR
/ EElN C L O S U R E S
I MEETING LOCAL
REQUIREMENTS)
INTERIOR
Flg.5e-B>
to the exterior and Is separated from the Interior of the building by not
loss than onehour firo-resistlve door assemblies.
2 0 M I N U T E R AT E D
T I G H T- F i n i N O D O O R S W /
SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL
AND SELF-CLOSING
HARDWARE
E X I T S TA I R S
MINIMUM 1 HOUR
ENCLOSURE (SAME
HRE-RESISnVE
CONSTRUCTION AS EXIT)
S E PA R AT E E N C L O S E D
R E S C U E A S S I S TA N C E
AREA
Fla.56-C>
Fig.se
A R E A S O F E VA C U AT I O N
( R E S C U E ) A S S I S TA N C E .
200D PCC
217
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
EGRESS & AREAS FOR EVA CUA TION ASSISTANCE
EMh
araa
far
waiMoWaH
oaaWonaa
afMll
araa
far
awaauattan
aaaWanaa
tltall
naf
4a'
MINIMUM or
J^^eSSIBLE
E X C E P T I O N : T h a b u M n g a f fl a l a l m a y t a d u a a
laoa
Nian
ii s i1s l
1 ACCESSIBLE AREA
W H E R E O C C U PA N C Y L O A D
IS
THAN
300
AND
W I T H A P P R O VA L O F
LOCAL AUTHORITIES
[ : ] >
U - j > "
48'
200.
Flfl.57-A
T W O W AY C O M M U N I C AT I O N
SYSTEM WITH BOTH VISUAL
AND AUDIBLE SIGNALS TO
PRIMARY ENTRY
INSTRUCTIONS ON USE OF
A R E A O F E VA C U AT I O N
A S S I S TA N C E U N D E R
EMERGENCY CONDITIONS.
Fig.67-B
f. AREA
Cvfor
EVACUATION
ASSISTANCE
DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE
POSTED AS NECESSARY TO
I N D I C AT E L O C AT I O N O F
SIGN MUST BE
I L L U M I N AT E D W H E N E X I T
S I G N I L L U M I N AT I O N I S
CONTAIN AN AREA OF
REQUIRED
E VA C U AT I O N A S S I S TA N C E
R fl . 6 7 - C
Fig.57
A R E A S O F E VA C U AT I O N
( R E S C U E ) A S S I S TA N C E
2000 PCC
218
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
25. THRESHOLDS
A. Floor(s) or landlng(s) are not more than 1/2" lower than the top of the threshold
of the doorway. 1133B.2.4.1 4.13,8 Fig, 58
B. Change in level between 1/4" and 1/2" Is beveled at a maximum gradient of 1:2.
1133B.2.4.1 4.5.2 Fig. 58
NOTE: A 1/4' maximum vertical edge Is allowable at thresholds.
C. Doormats are securely attached (anchored or recessed) and have a level loop,
textured loop, level-cut pile or level-cut/uncut pile with pile not exceeding 1/2" in
height. 1124B.3 4.5.3 Fig. 58
p. Exposed edges of doormat(s) are fastened to floor surfaces and have trim along
the entire length of the exposed edge. 1124B.3 4.5.3 Fig. 58
26. DOORS
A. Minimum 3' in width, 6'-8" In height. 1133B.2.2 & 1003.3.1.3a
.B. Opens a minimum of 90 degrees. 1133B.2.2 & 1003.3.1.3a 4.13.5
0. Clear width of the doorway is 32" minimum. 1133B.2.2 & 1003.3.1.3a
4.13.5 Fig.59-A
p. Double Doors/Automatic doors - at least one door must comply with A,B and C
a b o v e . 11 3 3 B . 2 . 3 . 1 8 i 11 3 3 B . 2 . 3 . 2 4 . 1 3 . 4
Where occupant load is greater than 10 and It Is determined that compliance with
Section 11338.2.3 would create an unreasonable hardship, doorways may be 30 Inches
In clear width.
2. In existing buildings, the provisions of this section shall not apply when legal or
physical constraints svill not allow compliance vtnth these building standards or equivalent
facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 101.17.11. Item 4
E. Bottom 10" of door has a smooth, uninterrupted surface that allows door to be
opened by a wheelchair footrest without creating a trap or hazardous condition.
11 3 3 B . 2 . 6 F i g . 5 9 - B
(D2000 PCC
219
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DOORS
NOTE: Where narrow frame doors are used, a 10-inch-high smooth panel must
be installed on the push side of the door, which will allow the door to be opened
by a wheelchair footrest without creating a trap or hazardous condition.
_F. Effort to operate doors is within pressures allowed.
_G. Revolving doors are not used as a required entrance for people with disabilities.
11 3 3 B . 2 . 3 . 3 4 . 1 3 . 2
_H. if tumstiles are used for the purpose of providing fully controlled access, an
accessible door or gate is provided adjacent to the tumstile and is designed to
facilitate the same use pattem. 1133B.2.3.4 4.13.2
NOTE: Turnstiles shall not be the only means of passage at an accessible
entrance or along an accessible route. 3.13.2
Tumstiles, rails and pedestrian controls. Where turnstiles and crowd control barriers
are utilized in a facility for the purpose of providing fully controlled access, such as
where an admission price is charged, a door or gate that is accessible to persons with
disabilities shall be provided adjacent to each tumstile exit or entrance. This alternate
passageway shall be maintained in an unlocked condition during business hours and the
door or gate shall not activate a publicly audible alarm system. The door or gate may be
latched where all gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant and a sign is posted
stating "All gates are restricted and controlled by an attendant". The accessible door or
gate shall provide the same use pattern. Where posts, rails or other pedestrian controls
are utilized, they shall provide 32 inches of clear opening. 1133B.2.3.4
EXCEPTION: In existing buildings, this section shall not apply when physical constraints
or equivalent facilitation will not allow compliance with these building standards without
creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 101.17.11, Item 4.
_l. Two doors in a series provide a minimum of 48" clear space from any door in
any position. 1133B.2.4.4 4.13.7 Fig. 60
consists of a single door or pair of doors if there Is a readily visible, durable sign on or
2000 PCC
220
THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED. The sign shall be In letters not less than 1 Inch high on
a contrasting background. When unlocked, the single door or both leaves of a pair of
doors must be free to swing without operation of any latching device. The use of this
exception may be revoked by the building official or enforcing agency for due cause.
2. Exit doors from individual dwelling units, (For SFM] buildings or rooms; Group R,
Division 3 congregate residences; and guest rooms of Group R Occupancies having an
occupant load of 10 or less may be provided with a night latch, dead bolt or security
chain, provided such devices are openable from the Inside without the use of a key or
tool, [For SFM] or special knowledge or effort and mounted at a height not to exceed 48
I n c h e s a b o v e t h e fi n i s h e d fl o o r .
3. [For SFM] Mental, penal or corrective Institutions where supervisory personnel are
continually on duty and effective provisions are made to remove occupants In case of fire
or other emergency.
Bars, grilles, grates or similar devices placed over any required exit door shall be
openable from the inside without the use of a key, tool, or any special knowledge or
effort. Such bars, grilles, grates or similar devices shall be equipped with an approved
release device for use by the fire department only on the exterior side for the purpose of
fire department emergency access, when required by the authority having jurisdiction.
Manually operated edge or surface-mounted flush bolts and surface bolts or any other
type of device that may be used to close or restrain the door other than by operation of
the locking device shall not be used. When exit doors are used in pairs and approved
automatic flush bolts are used, the door leaf having the automatic flush bolts shall have
no doorknob or surface-mounted hardware. The unlatching of any leaf shall not require
more than one operation. 1003.3.1.8
EXCEPTIONS: 1. Group R, Division 3 Occupancies.
2. When a pair of doors serving a room not normally occupied Is needed for the
movement of equipment, manually operated edge or surface bolts may be used.
_B. Latching and locking doors that are hand operated are operable with a single
effort (ex. levertype, panic bars or push-pull type). 1133B.2.5.1 4.13.9
Fig. 59-C
HOTEL & MOTEL DOORS - Doors to Individual hotel or motel units
shall operate similarly, except that when a bolt and unlatching operation
is key operated from corridor or exterior side of unit door, large bow keys
2 inches (full bow) or 1-1/4 inches (half bow) shall be provided in lieu of
lever-type hardware on the corridor side. Separate dead-lock activation
on room side of corridor doors In hotels or motels shall have lever
_C. Opening hardware is centered between 30" and 44" above finish floor.
11 3 3 B . 2 . 5 . 1 4 . 1 3 . 9 F i g . 5 9 - C
_D. Door closers, if present, must be set so that it takes at least 3 seconds to close
from an open position of 70 degrees to within 3" of the latch. 4.13.10 Fig. 59-D
2000 POO
221
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DOORS
2 8 . C L E A R S PA C E AT D O O R S
General - Regardless of the occupant load, there shall be a floor or landing on each side
o f a d o o r 11 3 3 B . 2 . 4
Floor or landing on each side of the door is level and clear. 1133B.2.4.2
4.3.7
B. Level area in the direction of the door swing is a minimum of 60" in length.
1133B.2.4.2 4.13.6 Fig. 61
EXCEPTiONS: 1. The length opposite the direction of door swing shall be a
minimum of 44 inches where the door has no closer and approach to the door
by a person in a wheelchair can be made from the latch side, or if the door has
neither latch nor closer and approach can be made from the hinge side.
2. In Group R Occupancies, the level area shall have a length both in the
direction of door swing and opposite the direction of door swing of 44 inches as
measured at right angles to the plane of the door In its closed position.
.0. Level area opposite the direction of the door swing is a minimum of 44-48" in
length, dependent upon direction of approach and existence of latch and closer
(See Figures). 1133B.2.4.2 4.13.6 Fig. 61
D. Surface slope of the level area does not exceed 1 ;50 gradient (2%).
11 3 3 B . 2 . 4 . 2 4 . 3 . 7
E. Minimum strike side clearance on puii side of door is provided at landing (See
Figures). 1133B.2.4.3 4.13.6 Fig. 61
F. Minimum latch side clearance on push side of door is provided at landing (See
Figures). 1133B.2.4.3 4.13.6 Fig. 61
2000 POO
222
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DOORS
COUPRESSED CARPET
MAX. below
TflRESHOLD
THRESHOLD
M AT C A R P E T I N G M U S T
CONSIST OF:
- LEVEL LOOP
- TEXTURED LOOP
THICKNESS
H AV E B E V E L E D T R I N H R M PA D
D O O R M AT M U S T B E
S E C U R E LY A N C H O R E D
OR RECESSED INTO
DOOR LANDING
.TRANSITION TRIM
Fig.58
T H R E S H O L D S AT D O O RWAY S
(&2000 PCC
223
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DOORS
3 2 ' M I N1.-^
peekat ta pravanf
door from fully
raeadlns.
SLIDING DOOR
24" MAX
I
32'UIN.
32" MIN1
FOLDING DOOR
HINGED DOOR
Fia59-A
M I N I M U M C L E A R A N C E S AT D O O R S
- 1 0 " u i N . B o r r o u r a i l
Flg.59-B
K I C K P L AT E AT D O O R S
PA N I C B A R S
LEVERS
UIN.
Flg.59-D
Fig.59-C
A C C E P TA B L E D O O R H A R D WA R E
DOOR CLOSERS
DOORS
2000 PCC
224
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DOORS
Fig.60a
TYPICAL DOOR LANDING CLEARANCES
Fig.eOb
TWO HINGED DOORS IN SERIES
2000 PCC
225
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DOORS
latch
L AT C H
and
cloier
APPROACH
HINGE
APPROACH
Flg.61
blEARANCES AT DOORS' - |
The CalDAG - California Disabled Accessibility Guidebook
(02000 PCC
226
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
plus the width of any door swinging Into the space. Doors in a series shall swing
either In the same direction or away from the space between the doors.
11338.2.4.4 4.13.7 Fig. 62
4a"MIN
-1
ia"MIN
D O O R S AT A D J A C E N T WA L L S
DOORS
IN
SERIES
DOORS
BOTH
DOORS
AT
IB'UIN
opposite:
OPEN
walls
OUT
Flg.82
VESTIBULES
227
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3 0 . G R O U N D & F L O O R S U R FA C E S / L E V E L S
A. Floors of a given story are a common level throughout, or connected by
pedestrian ramps, passenger elevators or special access lifts. 1120B.1 4.3.6
EXCEPTIONS: 1. In existing buildings, other than dining, banquet and bar facilities,
when the enforcing agency determines that compliance with this section would create an
unreasonable hardship, an exception shall be granted when equivalent facilitation Is
provided.
2. In existing dining, banquet and bar facilities, when the enforcing agency determines
that compliance with this section would create an unreasonable hardship, an exception
shall be granted provided that a minimum of 75 percent of the dining, banquet and bar
passenger elevators or special lifts. See Section 101.17.11, Item 1.4, for new buildings
only.
3. In existing buildings, this section shall not apply when legal or physical constraints
would not allow compliance with this section or equivalent facilitation without creating an
unreasonable hardship. See Section 101.17.11, Item 4.
4. Where specifically exempted In other portions of this code.
B. Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and
spaces including floors, walks, ramps, stairs and curb ramps, are stable, firm and
slip resistant. 11208.2 &1124B 4.5.1
C. Carpets or carpet tiles are securely attached and have a level loop, textured
loop, level-cut pile or level-cut/uncut pile with pile not exceeding 1/2" in height.
1124B.3 4.5.3 Figs. 63-A, 0
p. Exposed edges of carpet are fastened to floor surfaces and have trim along the
entire length of the exposed edge. 1124B.3 4.5.3 Figs. 63-A, C
E. Changes In level do not exceed 1/2" beveled at a 1:2 gradient (1/4" vertical
Is allowable). 1124B.2 4.5.2 Fig. 63-A, C
F. Gratings located In walking surfaces have grid openings a maximum of 1/2" wide
In one direction. 11248.4 4.5.4 Fig. 63-B
NOTE: When gratings have elongated openings, they shall be placed so that the
long dimension Is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel.
31. CORRIDORS
A. 44" minimum width for occupant loads of 10 or more. 1133B.3.1 4.3.3
Fig. 64-B
<S)2000 PCC
228
Corridors and hallways that are located on an accessible route and exceed 200'
in length must have one of the following:
facilitation Is provided.
2. In existing buildings, the provisions of this section shall not apply when legal or
physical constraints will not allow compliance with these building standards or equivalent
facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 101.17.11, Item 4.
2000 PCC
229
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
t/ir
AT
MAX
Id
KAK
HE.
U
a
r/iHu
gpntwi
T O
a o u fi
RNn
CaiMCISS CARPCT .
1/4*
WAX. KLOW
T M E B t t U )
riAOB
or
mm
DPt
K
Fig.e3-A
Fig.63-B
THRESHOLD/CARPET EDGES
G R AT I N G S
M AT c a r p e t i n g U U S T
CONSIST OF:
- LEVEL LOOP
- TEXTURED LOOP
THICKNESS
beveled
trim
hru
pad
D O O R M AT M U S T B E
S E C U R E LY A N C H O R E D
OR RECESSED INTO
DOOR LANDING
TRANSITION TRIM
Fig.63-C
CARPET/CARPET TILES
230
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
a'MiN.
3e"MIN.
36'yiN.^
90'
TURN
Fig.e4-A
C O R R I D O R S W I T H O C C U PA N C Y O F 9 O R L E S S
90* TURN
Fig.e4-B
C O R R I D O R S W I T H O C C U PA N C Y O F 1 0 O R M O R E
CORRIDORS
ID2000 POO
231
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
4 4 ' M I N . -
80'
T-SHAPED
INTERSECTION
PA S S I N G A L C O V E
IB"
44' MIN.4 4 ' y i N . -
80"
T-SHAPED
INTERSECTION
PA S S I N G A L C O V E
PA S S I N G A L C O V E S
T-SHAPED INTERSECTIONS
8 0 '
1
REQUIRED WIDTH FOR TWO WHEELCHAIRS
T O PA S S PA R A L L E L T H R O U G H C O R R I D O R
Fig.65
232
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
32. AISLES
General - Every portion of every building In which are installed seats, tables,
k. All aisles serving one side are a minimum of 36" in width. 11338.6.2 Fig. 66
B. All aisles serving both sides are a minimum of 44" In width. 11338.6.2 Fig. 66
NOTE: The minimum required width of the aisles is measured at the point farthest from
an exit, cross aisle or foyer and shall be Increased by 1-1/2" for each 5' in length toward
the exit, cross aisle or foyer. 1014.2.1 Fig. 66
33. ALCOVES
Front Access Design
A. Minimum 30" x 48" clear floor space for alcoves with a depth of 24" or less.
11188.4.1 & .2 4.2.4.2 Fig. 67-A
B. Minimum 36" x 48" clear floor space for alcoves with a depth greater than 24".
11188.4.1 & .2 4.2.4.2 Fig. 67-A
C. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or another 30" x 48" clear floor space. 11188.4.2 4.2.4.2
D. Minimum 30" x 48" clear floor space for alcoves with a depth of 15" or less.
11188.4.1 &.2 4.2.4.2 Fig. 67-8
E. Minimum 30" x 60" clear floor space for alcoves with a depth greater than 15".
11188.4.1 &.2 4.2.4.2 Fig. 67-8
F. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or another 30" x 48" clear floor space. 11188.4.2 4.2.4.2
2000 POO
233
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A I S L E S T H AT S E R V E
BOTH SIDES
A I S L E S T H AT S E R V E
O N E S I D E O N LY
1-1/2*
1-1/2
I 9|
IJ-*
I
A1SL OR FOYER.
ISLI-?!!:!!;;-?-;!
ijp-ll
1-1/2'
I''
Fig.66
AISLES
)2000 PCG
234
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3 0 " ^ ^
fh
(
1 0
V J^ J
L _ .
. L
30"
8"
3 0 "
SO"-
FORWARD APPROACH
Fig.67-A
FORWARD APPROACH
48"
^ ^ 1 2
NOTE: If X > IS" than an additional
48"C L E A R F L O O R S PA C E
PA R A L L E L A P P R O A C H
Fig.e7-B
PA R A L L E L
(SIDE)
APPROACH
MANEUVERING CLEARANCES
AT A L C O V E S
<D2000 PCC
235
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
WATER FOUNTAINS (Drinking)
3 4 . W AT E R F O U N TA I N S ( D r i n k i n g )
General -
California- When water fountains are provided, they shall comply with requirements.
111 7 B . 1 . 1 4 . 1 5 . 1
In New Construction, where only one drinking fountain area is provided on a floor there
shall be a drinking fountain which is accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs and
one accessible to those who have difficulty bending or stooping. This can be
accommodated by the use of "hi-lo" fountains, or by such other means as would achieve
the required accessibility for each group on each floor. 1117B.1.1 4.1.3(10)(a)
Fig. 69-A
(D2000 PCC
236
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
WATER FOUNTAINS (Drinking)
1. The surface of the path of travel at the water fountain shall be textured so
that it is clearly identifiable by a blind person using a cane. The minimum
textured area shall extend from the wall supporting the water fountain to 1 foot
(305 mm) beyond the front edge of the water fountain and shall extend 1 foot
(305 mm) beyond each side of the water fountain 1117B.1.2, Exception 1
Fig. 70-B
O R
2. Wing walls shall be provided on each side of the water fountain. The wing
walls shall project out from the supporting wall at least as far as the water
fountain to within 6 inches (152 mm) of the surface of the path of travel. There
shall also be a minimum of 32 inches (813 mm) clear between the wing walls.
1117B.1.2, Exception 1 Fig. 70-A
_D. Toe clearance a minimum of 9" high by 17" deep. 1507.3.1 4.15.5 Fig. 68
_E. Lever or push bar type control is located 6" maximum from front edge. 1507.3.3
4.15.4 Fig. 69-A,B
_F. Bubbler outlet Is located 6" maximum from front edge. 1507.3.3 4.15.3
Fig. 69-B
NOTE: On an accessible drinking fountain with a round or oval bowl, the spout must be
positioned so the flow of water Is within 3" of the front edge of the fountain. 4.15.3
G. Bubbler outlet is located 36" maximum height from floor. 1507.3.3 4.15.2
Fig. 68
.H. Stream from Bubbler Is substantially parallel to front edge. 1507.3.3 4.15.3
J. Stream from Bubbler Is a minimum of 4" high. 1507.3.4 4.15.3
<ei2000 POO
237
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
IVATER FOUNTAINS (Drinking)
6" MAX;
Fig.68
SPOUT HEIGHT AND KNEE CLEARANCE
WAT E R F O U N TA I N S
p ( DRINKING )
The CalDAG - California Disabled Accessibility Guidebook
2000 PCC
238
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
WATER FOUNTAINS (Drinking)
Fig.69-B
A L C O V E I N S TA L L AT I O N
W AT E R F O U N TA I N S
(DRINKING)
239
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
HATER FOUNTAINS (Drinking)
^ H .
JiTMlN
3
\
T "
''Max.
N
C L A R a O O R S PA C E
#
Max.
I
I
48'MIN.
Fig.70-A
N O N - A L C O V E . W I N G WA L L I N S TA L L AT I O N
E X C E P T I O N O N LY
D C T E C TA B L Z
TEXTURE
Fig.70-B
N O N - A L C O V E . C A N E D E T E C TA B L E S U R FA C E
I N S TA L L AT I O N
E X C E P T I O N O N LY
WAT E R F O U N TA I N S
( DRINKING )
(02000 PCC
240
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3 5 . S PA C E A L L O WA N C E & R E A C H R A N G E S
TO OBJECTS
Wheelchair Passage Width.
h. The minimum clear width for single wheelchair passage shall be 32 Inches at a
point and 36 inches continuously. 1118B.1 4.2.1 Fig. 71
Wheelchair For Wheelchair Passing.
C. The space required for a wheelchair to make a 180 degree turn Is a clear space
of 60 Inches diameter or a T-shaped space. 1118B.3 4.2.3 Fig. 71
F O RWA R D R E A C H TO WA L L M O U N T E D O B J E C T S
D. 30" X 48" clear floor space Is provided that allows forward approach to object.
F. Maximum 48" forward reach height from the floor surface. 1118B.5 4.2.5
Fig. 72-B
_G. Minimum 15" low forward reach height from the floor surface. 1118B.5
4.2.5 Fig. 72-B
F O RWA R D R E A C H O V E R O B S T R U C T I O N S
H. Maximum 44" forward reach height from the floor surface. 1118B.5 4.2.5
Fig. 72-A
NOTE: Clear and unobstructed space beneath the obstruction must be equal to or greater than
the depth of the obstruction (this clear space should be a minimum of 30' high to allow for
clearance of a wheelchair arm rest under the obstruction). 1118B.4 A4.2.5 Fig. 72-A
241
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
REACHRANGES
M. 30" X 48" clear floor space for parallel approach is provided at object.
111 8 8 . 4 . 1 4 . 2 . 4 . 2 F i g . 7 3 - A
.1. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or adjoins another wheelchair clear floor space. Ill 8B.4.2
4.2.4.2
J. Clear floor space begins a maximum Of 10" from the wail. 1118B.6
4.2.6 Fig. 73-A
.J. Maximum 54" reach height from the floor surface. 1118B.6 4.2.6
Fig. 73-B
,K. Minimum 9" low reach height from the floor surface. 1118B.6 4.2.6
Fig. 73-B
accommodation toilet rooms and dressing rooms; they are NOT required
in walk-in freezers, private offices, at dead end aisles or other such areas.
modifications to the working environment that were necessary on an asneeded, case-by-case basis to allow the disabled Individual to perform the
essential functions of his/her job. These modifications would be
<>2000 PCC
242
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
REACHRANGES
32''M1N.
<
<
60"MIN.
12"
36"MIN.
12'
UIN
T- S H A P E D S PA C E F O R
180" TURNS
Fig.71
W H E E L C H A I R T U R N I N G S PA C E
S PA C E A L L O WA N C E & R E A C H R A N G E
TO OBJECTS
243
GENERAL REQVIREMENTS
REACHRANGES
1
o
K 5
I L
48'
Fig.72-A
M A X I M U M F O R WA R D R E A C H O V E R A N O B S T R U C T I O N
P 11
4S'
Fig.72-B
F O RWA R D R E A C H TO WA L L M O U N T E D O B J E C T S
Fig.72
S PA C E A L L O W A N C E & R E A C H R A N G E
TO OBJECTS
2000 PCC
244
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
REACHRANGES
10*
MAX.
Fig,73-A
C L E A R F L O O R S PA C E
PA R A L L E L A P P R O A C H
Fig.73-B
HIGH AND LOW
SIDE REACH LIMITS
Fig.73-C
MAXIMUM SIDE REACH
OVER OBSTRUCTION
Flg.73
2000 PCC
245
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
TELEPHONES
36. TELEPHONES
General - If public phones are provided, they must comply. 1117B.2.1 thru .12 4.31.1
Number of each type of telephone
p r o v i d e d o n e a c h fl o o r
(1)
1 telephone t>ank
2 or more tianks
1 or at least 50 percent of teleji^one untt(8) per bank. At least 1 telephone per floor
stiall meet the requirements for a forward reach telephone.
A. 30" X 48" minimum clear and level floor space Is provided (for forward or parallel
D. Side Reach Telephone - highest operable part is a maximum of 54" above the
floor. 1118B.6 4.31.3 and 4.2.6 Fig. 74
NOTE: Telephones mounted diagonally In a corner that require wheelchair users to
reach diagonally shall have the highest operable part no higher than 54'. 1117B.2.6
.E. At least one In each bank and a total of at least 25% of the total number of
public telephones In the building or facility are equipped with a volume control.
111 7 B . 2 . 8 4 . 1 . 3 F l g . 7 5 - B
.F. Telephones required to have a volume control are hearing aid compatible and
are Identified by a sign containing a depiction of a telephone handset with
radiating sound waves. 1117B.2.8 4.30.7(2) Fig. 75-B
.G. Volume controls capable of a minimum of 12 dbA and a maximum of 18dbA
above normal are provided. 1117B.2.8 4.31.5
_H. Telephone(s) have push button controls If available. 1117B.2.10 4.31.6
\. Handset cord Is a minimum of 29" In length. 1117B.2.11 4.31.8
4.31.7
_K. Entrances are 30" minimum width. 11178.2.7.2 4.31.2 Fig. 74-0
(E)2000 PCC
246
- TELEPHONE ENCLOSURES-
L. Side reach telephone- The overhang Is no greater than 19", and the height of the
lowest overhanging part is equal to orgreaterthan 27". 1117B.2.7.1 4.31.2
Fig. 74-A
M. Forward reach telephone - If the overhang is greater than 12", the clear width of
the enclosure is 30" minimum. 1117B.2.7.3 4.31.2 Fig. 74-B
N. Forward reach telephone - If the clear width of the enclosure Is less than 30", the
height of the lowest overhanging part is equal to or greater than 27".
1117B.2.7.3 4.31.2 Fig. 74-B
_0. Telephone enclosures do not protrude into walls, halls, corridors or aisles more
- TEXT TELEPHONES (where required) General- If a total of four or more public pay telephones are provided at the interior and
exterior of a site, and if at least one of the total is In an Interior location, then at least one
interior public text telephone shall be provided. 1117B.2.9.1 4.1.3(17)(c)(i)
EXCEPTIONS-
center. In a hotel with a convention center, or in a covered mall, at least one interior
public text telephone shall be provided in the facility. 1117B.2.9.1 4.1.3(17)(c)(ii)
2. If a public pay telephone is located in or adjacent to a hospital emergency room,
hospital recovery room or hospital waiting room, one public text telephone shall be
provided at each location. 1117B.2.9.1 4.1.3(17)(c)(iii)
_P. Text telephones used with a pay telephone are permanently affixed within or
adjacent to the pay telephone enclosure. 1117B.2.9.2.1 4.31.9(1)
_Q. If an acoustic coupler is used, the telephone cord is sufficiently long enough to
allow connection of the text telephone and the telephone receiver.
1117B.2.9.2.1 4.31.9(1)
GENERAL- Text telephones shall t>e identified by the international TDD symbol. If a
facility has a public text telephone, directional signage Including the international TDD
symbol indicating the location of the nearest such telephone shall be placed adjacent to
all banks of telephones that do not contain a text telephone. If a facility has no banks of
telephones, the directional signage shall be provided at the entrance or in a building
directory. 1117B.2.9.3 4.30.7(3) Fig. 76
2000 PCC
247
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
TELEPHONES
be equipped with an electrical outlet and a shelf that will accommodate a portable text
telephone. 1117B.2.9.2.2 4.1.3(17)(d) Fig. 76
S. Shelf and electrical outlet Is provided within or adjacent to the enclosure. Shelf
has 6" minimum vertical clearance to accommodate a text telephone.
1117B.2.9.2.2 4.31.9(2) Fig. 76
E Q U I VA L E N T FA C I U TAT I O N '
The requirements for providing text telephones may be substituted. For example, a
portable text telephone may be made available in a hotel at the registration desk If it is
available on a 24-hour basis for use with nearby public pay phones. In this instance at
least one pay phone shall comply with item S above. In addition, if an acoustic coupler
is used, the telephone handset cord shall be sufficiently long to allow connection of the
text telephone and the telephone receiver. Directional signage must be provided that
meets all accessibility requirements. 1117B.2.9.2.3 4.31.9(3) Fig. 76
2000 PCC
248
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
TELEPHONES
30*yAX
54' yAX
OPTKMAL 1
POST base!
.1
ClAR FLOOR
S PA C E
19' MAX.
LI
OVERKANC
PERunro
27''CLEAR
L.
48' MIN.
Fig,74-A
SIDE REACH ARRANGEMENT
, I
!
1
48' MAX
48' MIN.
S PA C E
1
X
30' um.
NOTE: IF Y IS LESS THAN
N O T E : I F Z I S G R E AT E R T H A N
B E G R E AT E R T H A N 2 7 I N C H E S
G R E AT E R T H A N 3 0 I N C H E S
Fig.74-B
FORWARD REACH ARRANGEMENT
N O T E : I F X I S G R E AT E R
48' MIN
AN ADDITIONAL
MANEUVERING CLEARANCE
or S INCHES SHALL BE
48' MIN
27' MIN
Flg.74-G
FULL HEIGHT ENCLOSURES
(5)2000 POO
249
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
TELEPHONES
ANY AMOUNT
CLAR WIDTH
TELEPHONE
4" MAX.
PA R A L L E L
APPROACH POSSIBLE
HIGHER
THAN 27*
BELOW
12' MAX
F O RWA R D A P P R O A C H
L
G R E AT E R
THAN 27'
ONLY POSSIBLE
CANE RANGE
Fig.75-A
PROTRUDING TELEPHONE ENCLOSURES
AT L E A S T 2 5 M O F A L L P U B U C
VOLUME CONTROL
TELEPHONE SYMBOL
(E)2000 PCC
250
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
TELEPHONES
FA C t LT T I E S W T T M P U B U C T E X T
T E L E P H O N E S S H A L L H AV E
DIRECTiONAL SIGNAGE ADJACEHT
TO ALL BANKS OF TELEPHONES
N O T C O N TA I N I N G A T E X T
I N T E R N AT I O N A L
TDD SYMBOL
SHELF
(6' MINIMUM
VERTICAL CLEAR.)
3 OR MORE INTERIOR
P U B U C PAY P H O N E S
PER BANK
Flg.7e
<Si2000 PCC
261
3 7 . E L E VAT O R S
GENERAL- In buildings two or more stories in height, served by an elevator, or a
building served by an elevator required by Table No. 10-A (of the CBC), or a building
served by an elevator required for accessibility by Section 101.17 (of the CBC), all
Buildings that have been remodeled to provide specific elevators for public use that
conform to these building standards shall have this information posted in the building
2000 PCC
252
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E L E VAT O R S
D. 54" is the minimum depth of the car platform (rear wall to door). 3003.4.7b
4.10.9 Fig. 77
E. 36" Is the minimum clear width of the doorway when fully open. 3003.4.4
4.10.9 Fig. 77
F. 51" is the minimum clearance from the rear wall to the return panel. 3003.4.7b
4.10.9 Fig. 77
_G. Doors are side-slide type. 3003.4.3
_H. Operation of doors is automatic. 3003.4.5 4.10.2
J. Elevator Is self-leveling to within 1/2" of the floor landings. 3003.4.2 4.10.2
.J. The clearance between the car platform sill and the edge of the holstway landing
Is no greaterthan 1-1/4". 3003.4.2
K. Elevator floor buttons comply with reach range requirements (48" front reach;
54" side reach). 3003.4.7b 4.10.12(3) Fig. 80
L. Emergency controls (stop and alarm) are a minimum of 35" from the floor.
3003.4.7b 4.10.12(3) Fig. 78
M. Emergency communication device Is a maximum of 48" from the floor.
3003.4.7b 4.10.14 Fig. 80
Q. Elevator has visual and audible signals indicating the position of the car on or
between floors. The Indication Is positioned alcove the car control panel or over
the door. 3003.4.9b 4.10.13
R. Elevator doors have an automatic reopening device. The device opens the
doors when objects pass through the opening at heights 5" and 29" from the floor
without requiring contact. Doors remain open for 20 seconds minimum.
3003.4.5 4.10.6 Fig. 79
2000 POO
253
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E L E VAT O R S
J. Time between the elevator answering a signal and the start of door closing Is a
minimum of 5 seconds. 3003.4.6.1 a 4.10.7 Fig. 81
T=D/(1.5 fl./s)
T = Total time in seconds (begins when signal sounds and lantern is visible)
D = Distance in feet from a point in the corridor that is 60" directly in front of the
farthest call button controlling the car to the center of the elevator door.
V. 32" (+ or -1") height of the handrail from the floor. 3003.4.12 Fig. 80
^W. Minimum 1-1/2" clearance of the handrail from the wall. 3003.4.12
X. Handrail Is smooth, no sharp edges. 3003.4.12
this requirement Is listed In both state and federal guidelines, a great deal
of confusion exists as to what features are necessary to provide compliant
emergency communications In an elevator. Neither state nor federal
documents specify particular characteristics. In the appendix of the
ADAAG under Section A4.10.14 It states:
3 8 . E L E VAT O R C O N T R O L PA N E L
A. Control buttons are square shouldered, and are a minimum of 3/4" and raised
1/8" plus or minus 1/32" above the surrounding surface and illuminated.
3003.4.8a 4.10.3 Fig. 78
2000 PCC
254
GENERAL REQUIRENfENTS
E L E VATO R S
_B. All buttons are designated by a 5/8" minimum Arabic numeral, alphabet or other
standard character immediately to the left of the control button. 3003.4.8a
4.10.12(2) Fig. 78
_C. All raised characters are white on a black background. 3003.4.8a 4.10.12(2)
Fig. 80
_D. Grade 2 Braille symbols are located Immediately below the raised characters.
3003.4.8a 4.30.4 Fig. 78
_E. 3/8" minimum distance between the rows of the control buttons. 3003.4.8a
Fig. 80
F. Call buttons in elevator lobbies and halls are centered at 42" above the floor.
3003.4.9b 4.10.3 Fig. 79
G. Hall call buttons are a minimum of 3/4" in size and are raised 1/8" plus or minus
1/32" above the surrounding surface. 3003.4.9b 4.10.3
H. Hall call buttons provides visual Indication that shows each call registered and
extinguishes when answered. 3003.4.9b 4.10.3
J. Objects adjacent to and below hall call buttons do not project more than 4".
3003.4.9b
4.10.3
J. Elevator car controls are located on a front wall in cars that have center opening
doors, and at the side wall or at the front wall next to the door If cars have side
opening doors. 4.10.12(4) Fig. 77
B. Audible signal sounds are once for up direction and twice for down direction (or
equivalent). 3003.4.15a 4.10.4
0. Centeiiine of the fixture is a minimum of 6' (72") in height above the lobby floor.
3003.4.15a 4.10.4(1) Fig. 79
NOTE: The use of In-car lanterns, located In or on the door jambs, visible from
the proximity of the hall call buttons and conforming to items A, B & 0 above
shall or will be acceptable.
(D2000 PCC
255
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E L E VAT O R S
.E. Door jambs at all landings Identify the floor by both raised Arabic numerals
(minimum 2" In height) and Braille symbols (immediately to left of numerals).
3003.4.16a 4.10.5 Fig. 79
2. Approximate height of 60" above the floor on both sides of the door.
3003.4.16a 4.10.5 Fig. 79
F. Audible signal is no less than 20 decibels with a frequency no higher than
1500
Hz.
4.10.13
4 0 . S P E C I A L E L E VAT O R S ( W h e e l c h a i r L i f t s )
Special Access (Wheelchair) Lifts. Special access wheelchair lifts may be provided
between levels, In lieu of passenger elevator, when the vertical distance between
landings, structural design and safeguards Is as allowed by the State of California,
Division of the State Architect, Access Compliance Section, the Department of Industrial
Relations, Division of Occupational Safety and Health, and any applicable safety
3) To provide access to incidental occuplable spaces and rooms which are not
open to the general public and which house no more than five persons,
Including, but not limited to. equipment control rooms and projection booths.
11168.2.3 4.1.3(5)(C)
4) To provide access where existing site constraints or other constraints make
use of a ramp or an elevator infeasible. 11168.2.4 4.1.3(5)(d)
EXCEPTIONS: 1. The provisions of this section shall not apply to existing
buildings when physical constraints will not allow compliance with these
regulations or equivalent facilitation without creating an unreasonable hardship.
See Section 101.17
2. When the enforcing agency determines that compliance with any regulation
{>2000 PCC
256
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E L E VAT O R S
_A. Lifts are designed and constructed to facilitate unassisted entry, operation and
exit from the lift. 3008.1
.C. Rated capacity of 400 lb. minimum and a weight safety factor of not less than 5
based upon the rated load. 3008.1.4.1
_D. Rated speed does not exceed 207mlnute. 3008.1.4.2
Occupational Safety and Health, and any applicable safety regulations of other
administrative authorities having jurisdiction. 3008.1
.H. The lift assembly shall be securely supported to maintain the platform In a level
position and to prevent the loosening or displacement of any portion of the unit.
All portions of the lift machinery shall be protected from Intrusion of water.
3008.1.4.3
.1. Enclosures shall be provided for the platform wheelchair supports and lift which
provides a reasonable degree of safety for disabled persons using the lift and
others exposed to the lift, except as provided in Item L. Provide Installation with
safety devices that may be required per Items J, K, and L. 3008.1.4.4
J. The lift platform and the top landing shall be equipped with a locking device,
door or gate 42" In height. The device, door or gate shall be equipped with both
mechanical and electrical contacts which prevent operation of the platform
unless they are properly closed. 3008.1.4.5
K. "Call-Send" controls shall be provided at the top and bottom landing. Platform
lifts used to provide an accessible path of travel shall facilitate unassisted entry,
operation and exit from the lift. 3008.1.4.6
L. When the enclosure required In Item No. I is not provided the underside of the
lifting platform shall be equipped with a safety pan cover which will automatically
shutoff the lifting device should any obstruction under the platform interfere with
Its downward travel. A smooth vertical wall or fascia shall be provided from the
sill of the top landing to the bottom landing level. 3008.1.4.7
M. A pit shall be provided to permit the platform to stop flush with the landing level
or In lieu of a pit, a ramp shall be provided which does not exceed 1" rise In 12"
of horizontal run. The surface of the ramp shall have a non-skid surface.
3008.1.4.8
2000 PCC
257
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E L E VAT O R S
N. When the lift Is hydraullcally operated or Is of the electric-hydraulic type, relevellng switches shall be provided to keep the platform level with the landing at
which It has been parked. 3008.1.4.9
p. There shall be a level and clear floor area or landing at each floor or level
served by special-access lifts to allow safe access to and exiting from the lift
platform. 3008.1.4.10
NOTE: In new construction, the minimum size of landings specified In this section shall
be 60" X 60". Other dimensions may be substituted when It can be demonstrated that a
person using a wheelchair measuring 30" x 48" can enter and operate the lift safely.
3008.1.4.10.1
P. Level and clear floor areas or landings as specified for lifts (In this checklist
section) are part of the "path of travel' requirements. 3008.1.4.10.2
<&2000 PCC
258
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E L E VAT O R S
80''MIN.
z
2
s
A LT E R N AT E L O C AT I O N S
36-MIN.
O N - C E N T E R D O O R PA N E L S
ee^MiN.
ALTERNATE LOCATIONS
36"MIN.
O F PA N E L W I T H S I D E
OPENING DOOR
O F F - C E N T E R D O O R PA N E L S
Fig.77
M I N I M U M D I M E N S I O N S O F E L E VAT O R C A R S
E L E VAT O R S
(&2000 POO
259
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E L E VAT O R S
THAN
2".
S U R R O U N D I N G S U R FA C E A N D
S H A L L B E I L L U M I N AT E D
RAISED CHARACTERS TO BE
WHITE
ON
BLACK
BACKGROUND
CORRESPONDING
GRADE II BRAILLE
Flg.78
E L E VATO R C O N T R O L PA N E L
4.V ''r.'
(D2000 PCC
260
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E L E VAT O R S
N O T E : T H E A U T O M AT I C D O O R R E O P E N I N G D E V I C E I S A C T I VAT E D
I F A N O B J E C T PA S S E S T H R O U G H E I T H E R L I N E A O R B . L I N E A A N D U N E
B REPRESENT THE VERTICAL LOCATIONS OF THE DOOR REOPENING DEVICE
N O T R E Q U I R I N G C O N T A C T.
FLOOR
ON
w
UNDING
JAMB
SIGNAGE
PA N E L S
E L E VATO R
ON
IS
BOTH
DOOR
REQUIRED
SIDES
OF
CORRESPONDING
GRADE II BRAILLE
Fig.79
FLOOR SIGNAGE ON LANDING JAMBS
E L E VAT O R S
2000 PCC
261
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E L E VAT O R S
PHOTOELECTRIC TUBE
B Y PA S S S W I T C H
EMERGENCY
TELEPHONE
Flg.80
(02000 PCC
282
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E L E VAT O R S
CENTERLINE
CALL
OF
CENTERUNE
BUTTON
OF
FARTHEST
ENTRANCE
T=D/ri.5 feet/secqnd;^
T = TOTAL TIME IN SECONDS (BEGINS WHEN
SIGNAL SOUNDS AND LANTERN IS VISIBLE)
D = D I S TA N C E I N F E E T F R O M A P O I N T I N T H E
C O R R I D O R T H AT I S 6 0 " D I R E C T LY I N F R O N T
O F T H E FA RT H E S T C A L L B U T TO N C O N T R O L L I N G
T H E C A R T O T H E C E N T E R O F T H E E L E VAT O R D O O R
A C C E P TA B L E
13
12
11
<
10
t n
o
z
o
o
U J
</)
g
8
<
h Q _
L d
/ I
o
o
<
5
A
3
U J
2
1
0
56
10
12
D I S TA N C E
14
IN FEET
1 6
18
(D)
Fig.81
G R A P H O F N O T I F I C AT I O N T I M E
D O O R D E L AY ( PA S S E N G E R S E R V I C E T I M E )
F O R E L E VAT O R S
(02000 POO
263
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I U T I E S
4 1 . S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
General - When sanitary facilities are provided that serve buildings, facilities or portions
of buildings or facilities that are required to be accessible, then each such sanitary
facility shall be accessible to persons with disabilities. 1115B.1 4.1.3(11)
EXCEPTION: In existing buildings or facilities, when the enforcing agency determines
that compliance with any building standard under this section would create an
unreasonable hardship, an exception to such standard shall be granted when equivalent
facilitation is provided. When equivalent facilitation is used, the following criteria shall
apply:
1. All sanitary facilities are not required to comply with these building standards when
the enforcing agency determines that sanitary facilities are accessible to and usable by
persons with disabilities within a reasonable distance of accessible areas. 1115B.1
Where it is technically infeasible to modify existing toilet fadlities to be accessible, the
insteliation of at least one unisex toilet per floor, located in the same area as existing
toilet facilities, shall be permitted in lieu of modifying existing toilet facilities. Each unisex
toilet room shall contain one accessible water closet and one accessible lavatory and the
door shall have a privacy latch. 4.1.6(e)(i)
NOTE: When existing toilet facilities are being altered and are not made
accessible, accessible directional/informational signage shall be provided
indicating the location of the accessible toilet facility within the fadlity.
4.1.6(e)(iii)
2. Equivalent facilitation would provide for either a lateral- or front-transfer toilet stall.
111 5 B . 1 4 . 1 . 6 ( e ) ( i i )
Where separate facilities are provided for non-disabled persons of each sex, separate
facilities shall be provided for persons with disabilities of each sex also. Where unisex
facilities are provided for persons without disabilities, at least one unisex facility shall be
provided for persons with disabilities within close proximity to the nonaccessible facility.
111 5 B . 2
P o r t a b l e To i l e t s
For single user portable toilet units clustered at a single location, at least 5% but no less
than one accessible toilet unit shall be installed at each cluster whenever typical
inaccessible units are provided. Accessible units shall be Identified by the Intematlonal
Symbol of Accessibility. 4.1.2(6)
EXCEPTION: Portable toilet units at construction sites used exclusively by
Where facilities are to be used soleiy by small children, the specific heights may be
2000 PCC
264
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I U T I E S
.B. The landing on either side of door(s) leading to sanitary facilities complies with
section 28, "CLEAR SPACE AT DOORS" (see page 222). 1115B.4.2
4.22.2
closet and the far wall. As the majority of commercial water closets are
14" wide, adding California's 32" clearance plus the 7" from the edge of
the water closet to the centerline of the unit will only provide total
clearance of 39". This 39" Is 3" short of federal requirements. To
understand this, federal guidelines require a standard accessibie toilet
stall to provide a minimum of 60" width; 18" absolute distance from the
near wall to centerline of water closet and 42" minimum from the far wall
to the centerline (18" + 42" min. = 60" min.). California's guidelines do not
presently detail this requirement
wall. Using a 42" grab bar In this situation leaves absolutely no room for
error; the back end of the grab bar must be mounted exactly at 12" from
the back wall to be able to extend to the required 54" terminus.
Both state and federal guidelines require back grab bars to be a minimum
of 36" long. Federal guidelines however require the bar to be mounted
within 6 " of the comer wall. The reasons for restricting grab bar mounting
clearances is for safety. Grab bars that are not mounted within these
distances may not provide the stall user the necessary support to utilize
the stall safely.
Possibly one of the more hazardous situations to a wheelchair user is
walls. California's text presently states that these stalls must be 36" wide,
however the diagram for this stall details a 36" minimum dear distance
between walls. Parallel grab bars mounted In stalls wider that 36" may not
allow the user to adequately support or brace themselves during transfer
from chair to water closet 36" absolute distance between walls is
2000 POO
265
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
4 2 . I D E N T I F I C AT I O N S Y M B O L S ( f o r s a n i t a r y
facilities)
NOTE: Sanitary facilities are required to provide two separate types of signage; one type
located on the doorway to the facility, and another type mounted on the wall adjacent to
the latch side of the door.
DOOR MOUNTED SIGNAGE
Ik. (Men's) - Equilateral triangle 1/4" thick with edges 12" long and a vertex pointing
u p w a r d . 111 5 B . 5 F i g . 8 2
E. Signs are centered on the door 60" from the floor. 11158.5 Fig. 82
_F. The intemational symbol of accessibility is installed on the wall adjacent to the
latch side of the door. The border dimension of this pictogram shall be a
.1. Signs are centered on the wall 60" from the floor. 11178.5.9 4.30.6 Fig. 82
.J. Letters and numerals are raised 1/32", are sans-serif uppercase characters and
are accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. Characters are minimum 5/8" high and a
maximum of 2" high. 11178.5.6.1 & .2 4.30.4 Fig. 82
O2000 PCC
266
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I U T I E S
.K. Mounting iocation allows a person to approach within 3" of the signage without
encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of a door.
1117B.5.9 4.30.6 Fig. 82
Ta k s i i r a n i f e r p o a t t o n ,
awlnga feotraat out of
Ramovea ormreat,
PeaHlena on toilet,
tranafera.
relaoaaa brakaa.
DIAGONAL APPROACH
Poaltlona on tollat.
To k a a t r o n a f a r p e a l t l e n ,
ramovea ormroat, aata
brakaa.
SIDE APPROACH
2000 PCC
267
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I U T I E S
^(b*. fbv
K A N O I C A m O
ACeCSSIMX
RESTROOM ON
H R S T r u x f fi
WA L L - S I G N A G E r T Y P. 1
12"
D O O R M O U N T E D S I G N A G E ( J X P. )
NOTE: PiCTOGRAMS AND/OR LETTERING ARE NOT
REQUIRED ON DOOR-UOUNTED SIGNAGE.
WALL MOUNTED
SIGNAGE
TO
BE
DOOR-MOUNTED
L O C AT E D O N U T C H S I D E O F
DOOR CLEAR OF DOOR-SWING.
M O U N T AT 6 0 " T O C E N T E R U N E
OF SIGN FROM FLOOR.
SIGNAGE
HEIGHT OF
LETTERING
5/8'MIN TO 2"MAX
CORRESPONDING
GRADE ii BRAILLE
UPPERCASE
CHARACTERS
Fig.82
I D E N T I F I C AT I O N S Y M B O L S F O R
S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
2000 PCC
268
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I U T I E S
based on the federal 'Recommendations for Accessibility for Children In Elementary SchooT and other
recognized publications on access for children:
Qnches)
Qnches)
Qnches)
18
1 5 ^
1 2 ^
17-19
15
10-12
3 3
27
12 max.
6 max. *
20-22
6 max. *
12 max.
12 max.
N/A
40 max.
36 max.
32 max.
34 max.
29 max.
24 max.
29 max.
24 max.
19 max.
17 max.
15 max.
13 max.
44 max.
37 max.
32 max.
36 max.
32 max.
30 max.
27 min.
24 min.
22 min.
34-38
2 7
2 2
* Deviates from code requirements and requires a written finding of unreasonabie hardship.
whMlehaIr
UMr
ehlld
ehnd
Fig.83
TO I L E T I N G FA C I L I T I E S U S E D B Y C H I L D R E N
( RECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS )
<S)2000 PCC
269
GENERAL REQUIRENIENTS
4 3 . M U LT I P L E A C C O M M O D AT I O N T O I L E T S
General - Where six or more stalls are provided within a multiple-accommodation toilet
room, at least one shall be a standard side-transfer toilet stall (see Figs. 86-88), and at
least one additional stall shall be 36 inches wide with an outward swinging self-closing
door and parallel grab bars. 1115B.7.1.5 4.23.4 Fig. 84
_A. Clear, unobstructed access a minimum of 44" in width is provided throughout
.8. A clear space of sufficient size to inscribe a 60" diameter circle, or a clear space
56 inches by 63 inches In size is provided within the sanitary facility room.
1115B.7.1.1 4.23.3 Fig. 87
C. 60" diameter or 56" x 63" clear space is clear of objects from the floor to
a h e i g h t o f 2 7 " . 111 6 B . 7 . 1 . 1 4 . 2 3 . 3 F i g . 8 7
D. Doors other than the door to the accessible toilet compartment In any
position do not encroach into clear space by more than 12".
111 5 B . 7 . 1 . 1
_E. Equipped with an automatic closing device (3 second minimum sweep time from
open position of 70 degrees to a point 3" from the latch). 1115B.7.1.4 4.13.10
F. Clear opening width of 32" If located at the end. 1115B.7.1.4 4.13.5
Fig. 88
_G. Clear opening width of 34" if located at the side. 1115B.7.1.4 Fig. 86
_H. Compartment door complies with Checklist Section 28. "CLEAR SPACE AT
DOORS".
111 5 B . 7 . 1 . 4
4.22.2
J. Inside and outside of the compartment door is equipped with a loop or U-shaped
handle Immediately below the latch. The latch is a flip-over style, sliding, or
other hardware not requiring tight grasping or twisting. 1115B.7.1.4 4.13.9
Fig. 90
_J. Opening hardware is centered between 30" and 44" above finish floor.
11 3 3 B . 2 . 5 . 1 4 . 1 3 . 9
Interior compartment:
_K. 48" minimum clear space is provided in front of water closet when compartment
door is at the end. 1115B.7.1.3 4.17.3 Fig. 88
()2000 PCC
270
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARY FACILITIES (Multiple-Accommodation Toilets)
_L. 60" minimum clear space is provided in front of water closet when compartment
door is at the side. 1115B.7.1.3 4.17.3 Fig. 86
_M. Compartment is a minimum of 60" wide. 4.17.3 Figs. 86-88
_N. 18" between center of water closet and side-wall comer. 1116B.7.1.3 4.17.3
Figs. 86-88
O. 32" minimum clearance from opposite wall to the side of the water closet.
1115B.7.1.3 Figs. 86-88
P. 42" minimum clearance from centeriine of water closet to opposite wall. 4.17.3
Figs. 86-88
_Q. Top oftoilel seat is 17"-19" from floor surface. 1502.0 4.16.3 Fig. 85
_R. Flush valve is on wide side of toilet area. 1502.0 4.16.5
_S. 44" maximum from floor to flush valve. 1502.0 4.16.5
.V. Toilet room floor surfaces are smooth, hard and non-absorbent extending
upward a minimum of 5" onto walls. Ill 5B.9.5
.W. Side grab bar is a minimum 42" long and extends 24" beyond the front of the
w a t e r c l o s e t . 111 5 B . 8 . 1 4 . 1 7 . 6 F i g . 8 5
X. The forward end of the side grab bar Is located a minimum of 52" from the back
wall. 4.17.6 Fig. 85
Y. Side grab bar begins a maximum of 12" from the rear wall. 4.17.6 Figs. 85-88
Z. Rear grab bar is a minimum 36" long. 1115B.8.1 4.17.6 Figs. 85-88
.AA. Rear grab bar begins a maximum of 6" from the comer of the wall on the toilet
side. 4.17.6 Figs. 85-88
SB. Diameter of grab bar(s) is 1-1/4" -1-1/2" or shape provides equivalent gripping
surface. 1115B.8.2 4.26.2 Fig. 95
CO. Clearance between the grab bar(s) and wall is 1-1/2". 1115B.8.2 4.26.2
Fig. 95
pD. Grab bars are mounted at 33" to center of bar above and parallel to floor. (For
tank type toilets, 36" may be allowed If tank obstructs placement of bar).
1115B.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 85
E E . B a r s a r e s m o o t h w i t h a m i n i m u m r a d i u s o f 1 / 8 " . 111 5 B . 8 . 4 4 . 2 6 . 4
^000
PCC
271
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARY FACILITIES (Multiple-Accommodation Toilets)
FF. Minimum structural strength of grab bar(s) will support a 250 lb. point load.
111 5 B . 8 . 3 . 1 t h r u . 4 4 . 2 6 . 3
GG. Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. 1115B.8.3.5 4.26.3(5)
HH. Surface of wall adjacent to grab bar(s) is free of sharp or abrasive elements.
111 5 B . 8 . 4 4 . 2 6 . 4
,11. Toilet paper dispenser is located on the wall within 12" of the front edge of the
toilet seat. 1115B.9.3 Fig. 85
.JJ. 19" minimum height from floor to centerline of toilet paper dispenser, (location
below grab bar suggested) 4.16.6 Fig. 85
KK. Toilet paper dispenser allows continuous paper flow and does not control
d e l i v e r y. 111 5 B . 9 . 3 4 . 1 6 . 6
stall door immediately below the latch. This requirement was newly
adopted in 1994 and although it is frequently missed in plan check and
inspection, it is stiii required under California's standards.
California presently allows you to not provide 18" strike-side clearance if
the accessible toilet stall door has 9" high clearance from the floor and a
self-closing device; this exemption from strike-side clearance is NOT
allowed under the ADA.
When a toilet room has six or more stalls, it Is also required to provide a
stall which is informally known as a "semi-ambulatory" stall In addition to
the one wheelchair stall required. This stall is not the same as the "fronttransfer" stali that is sometimes used as equivalent facilitation in an
4 4 . S I N G L E A C C O M M O D AT I O N T O I L E T S
General - For single user portable toilet or bathing units clustered at a single location, at
least 5% but no less than one accessible toilet unit or bathing unit shall be installed at
each cluster whenever typical inaccessible units are provided. Accessible units shall be
<E)2000 PCC
272
_C. Sufficient space for wheelchair measuring 30" x 48" to enter room and permit
the door to close Is provided. 11158,7.2 4.17.3 Fig. 89
D. A clear space of sufficient size to inscribe a 60" diameter circle, or a Tshaped clear space Is provided within the sanitary facility room.
11158.7.2 4.23.3 Fig. 89
J. 28" minimum clear space Is provided from the water closet to any fixture, or a
minimum 32" wide clear space to the opposite wall. 11158.7.2 4.17.3
Fig. 89
_J. Top of toilet seat Is 17"-19" from floor surface. 1502.0 4.16.3 Fig. 85
.K. Flush valve Is on wide side of toilet area. 1502.0 4.16.5
L . 4 4 " m a x i m u m f r o m fl o o r t o fl u s h v a l v e . 1 5 0 2 . 0 4 . 1 6 . 5
.N. Walls within compartment are smooth, hard and non-absorbent to 48" In height,
and are not adversely affected by moisture. 11158.9.5
.O. Floor surfaces of toilet room are smooth, hard and non-absorbent extending
upward a minimum of 5" onto walls. 11158.9.5
P. Side grab bar Is a minimum 42" long and extends 24" beyond the front of the
water closet. 11158.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 89
.Q. The forward end of the side grab bar Is located a minimum of 54" from the back
wall. 4.17.6 Fig. 89
R. Side grab bar begins a maximum of 12" from the rear wall. 4.17.6 Fig. 85
S. Rear grab bar Is a minimum 36" long. 11158.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 85
T. Rear grab bar begins a maximum of 6" from the comer of the wall on the toilet
side. 4.17.6 Fig. 85
2000 PCC
273
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
tank type toilets. 36" may be allowed if tank obstructs placement of bar).
1115B.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 85
.X. Bars are smooth with a minimum radius of 1/8". 1115B.8.4 4.26.4
y. Minimum structural strength of grab bar(s) will support a 250 ib. point load.
111 5 B . 8 . 3 . 1 t h r u . 4 4 . 2 6 . 3
_BB. Toilet paper dispenser is located on the wall within 12" of the front edge of the
toilet seat, ill5B.9.3 Fig. 85
_CC. 19" minimum height from floor to centeiiine of toilet paper dispenser, (location
below grab bar suggested) 4.16.6 Fig. 85
DD. Toilet paper dispenser allows continuous paper flow and does not control
delivery. 1115B.9.3 4.16.6
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I U T I E S
S E M I - A M B U L ATO RY TO I L E T S TA L L
Fig.84
2000 PCC
275
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
T O I L E T PA P E R
HOLDER WITHOUT
S TO P S
Si'MIN.
42'UIN.
12'UAX.
12'yM.
36'UAX.
B'yAX.
t2'yiN.
e
I
o:
I-
U'UAX.
24*yiN.
SIDE
VIEW
FRONT
VIEW
F L O O R - M O U N T E D WAT E R C L O S E T S
X=52" MINIMUM WHEN WATER CLOSETS ARE IN STALLS
X=54'' MINIMUM WHEN WATER CLOSETS ARE HQJ IN STALLS
TO I L E T PA P E R
HOLDER WITHOUT
S TO P S
12'yAX.
s'yAX.
36'yiM.
42^1^.
36'yAX.
3
I
3 CE
I-
12'yiM.
12'yAX.
24'yiN.
FRONT VIEW
SIDE VIEW
WALL-MOUNTED
WAT E R
CLOSETS
Fig.85
W A L L - / F L O O R - M O U N T E D W AT E R
C L O S E T D E TA I L S
2000 PCG
276
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
60'MIN.
NOTE
D O O R l i < AY A L S O
S W I N G I N T O S TA L L
N O T E : T O TA L S TA U D I M E N S I O N S
M U S T I N C O R P O R AT E A L L C L E A R A N C E S
S H O W N T O C O M P LY W I T H B O T H
S TAT E A N D F E D E R A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S .
Fig.86
S TA N D A R D A C C E S S I B L E T O I L E T S TA L L
( D O O R O P E N I N G AT S I D E O F S TA L L )
<S)2Q00 FCC
277
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARY FACILITIES
N O T E : D O O R M AY S W I N G
N O T E ; T H E C L E A R F L O O R S PA C E
NOTE; WHEN SIX (6) OR MORE STALLS ARE PROVIDED IN A MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION
TOILET ROOM, ONE STALL MUST BE A STANDARD SIDE-TRANSFER ACCCESSIBLE STALL AND ONE
ADDITIONAL "SEMI-AMBULATORY' STALL MUST BE PROVIDED WHICH IS 60" MINIMUM IN DEPTH.
36" IN WIDTH AND HAS AN OUTWARD SWING DOOR AND PARALIEL GRAB BARS (SEE FIG. 84).
Fig.87
M U LT I P L E A C C O M M O D AT I O N T O I L E T S
<>2000 ROC
278
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARY FACILITIES
Fig.88
S TA N D A R D A C C E S S I B L E T O I L E T S TA L L
( D O O R O P E N I N G AT F R O N T O F S TA L L )
(>2000 PCC
279
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
N O T E ! R E G A R D L E S S O F S TA L L
12*)iN
IZ'UM
T- S H A P E D S PA C E
Fig.89
S I N G L E A C C O M M O D AT I O N T O I L E T
2000 FCC
280
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I U T I E S
U-SHAPED
HANDLE
LOOP
HANDLE
Tha Intlda and oufstda of tha comporfmant doors to dtsoblad accasstbia stalls must
ba aqutpped witli a loop or Ushapad tiandla Immadtataly balow tha lotch. Tha latch
must ba flipovar style, sliding or other hardware not requiring tight grasping or twisting.
Fig.90
A C C E S S I B L E S TA L L D O O R H A R D W A R E
(>2000 ROC
281
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARY FACILITIES (Front-Transfer Toilet stall design)
4 5 . A LT E R N AT E F R O N T- T R A N S F E R T O I L E T
S TA L L D E S I G N
In existing buildings or facilities, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance
with the requirements for a standard side-transfer toilet stall would create an
unreasonable hardship, the front-transfer toilet stall design as specified below may be
utilized to provide equivalent facilitation. 1115B.1
Handicapped compartment door;
B. Equipped with an automatic closing device (3 second minimum sweep time from
open position of 70 degrees to a point 3" from the latch). 1115B.7.1.4
4.13.10
111 5 B . 7 . 1 . 4
4.22.2
E. inside and outside of the compartment door is equipped with a loop or U-shaped
handle Immediately below the latch. The latch is a flip-over style, sliding, or
other hardware not requiring tight grasping or twisting. 1115B.7.1.4 4.13.9
Fig. 90
F. Opening hardware is centered between 30" and 44" above finish floor.
11 3 3 B . 2 . 5 . 1
4.13.9
Interior compartment;
4.17.3 Fig. 85
_J. Top of toilet seal is 17"-19" from floor surface. 1502.0 4.16.3 Fig. 85
_K. Flush valve is on wide side of toilet area. 1502.0 4.16.5
L . 4 4 " m a x i m u m f r o m fl o o r t o fl u s h v a l v e . 1 5 0 2 . 0 4 . 1 6 . 5
_N. Floor surfaces are smooth, hard and non-absorbent extending upward a
m i n i m u m o f 5 " o n t o w a i l s . 111 5 B . 9 . 5
2000 POO
282
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARY FACILITIES (Front-Transfer Toilet stall design)
_0. Walls within compartment are smooth, hard and non-absorbent to 48" In height,
and are not adversely affected by moisture. 1115B.9.5
_P. Grab bars are mounted parallel on both sides of stall. 111SB.7.1.4 4.22.4
Fig. 91
_Q. Side grab bars are a minimum 42" long and extend a minimum of 24" beyond
the front of the water closet. 1115B.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 91
_R. The forward ends of the side grab bars are located a minimum of 54" from the
back wall. 4.17.6 Fig. 91
_S. Grab bars begin a maximum of 12" from the rear wall. 4.17.6 Fig. 91
_T. Diameter of grab bar(s) is 1-1/4" -1-1/2" or shape provides equivalent gripping
surface. 1115B.8.2 4.26.2 Fig. 95
U. Clearance between the grab bar(s) and wall is 1-1/2". 1115B.8.2 4.26.2
Fig. 89
V. Grab bars are mounted at 33" to center of bar above and parallel to floor.
1115B.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 95
_W. Bars are smooth with a minimum radius of 1/8". 1115B.8.4 4.26.4
_X. Minimum structural strength of grab bar(s) will support a 250 lb. point load.
111 5 B . 8 . 3 . 1 t h r u . 4
4.26.3
_y. Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. 1115B.8.3.5 4.26.3(5)
Z. Surface of wall adjacent to grab bar(s) is free of sharp or abrasive elements.
111 5 B . 8 . 4 4 . 2 6 . 4
.AA. Toilet paper dispenser is located on the wall within 12" of the front edge of the
toilet seat. 1115B.9.3 Fig. 85
BB. 19" minimum height from floor to centerline of toilet paper dispenser, (location
below grab bar suggested) 4.16.6 Fig. 85
CO. Toilet paper dispenser allows continuous paper flow and does not control
d e l i v e r y. 111 5 B . 9 . 3 4 . 1 6 . 6
(D2000 POO
283
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARY FACILITIES (Front-Transfer Toilet stall design)
36"ABS0LUTF
N O T E ; T O TA L R E Q U I R E D S TA L L L E N G T H
M U S T I N C O R P O R AT E M I N I M U M
A LT E R AT I O N S
IN EXISTING BUILDINGS OR FACILITIES, WHEN THE ENFORCING AGENCY
D E T E R M I N E S T H AT C O M P L I A N C E W I T H T H E R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O R A S TA N D A R D
S I D E - T R A N S F E R T O I L E T S TA L L W O U L D C R E AT E A N U N R E A S O N A B L E
Fig.91
<&2000 PCC
284
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARY FACILITIES (Alternate Toilet stall design)
4 6 . A LT E R N AT E L AT E R A L - T R A N S F E R
T O I L E T S TA L L D E S I G N
In existing buildings or facilities, when the enforcing agency determines that compliance
with the requirements for a standard side-transfer toilet stall would create an
unreasonable hardship, the Lateral- or Side-Transfer type of toilet stall listed below, or
the Front-Transfer toilet stall design listed previously, may be utilized to provide
equivalent facilitation. 1115B.1
L AT E R A L ( S I D E - T R A N S F E R ) TO I L E T S TA L L D E S I G N
_A. Equipped with an automatic closing device (3 second minimum sweep time from
open position of 70 degrees to a point 3" from the latch). 4.13.10
_B. Clear opening width of 32". 1115B.7.1.3 4.13.5
C. Compartment door provides a minimum 9" clearance for footrests undemeath
.D. Inside and outside of the compartment door is equipped with a loop or U-shaped
handle immediately below the latch. The latch is a flip-over style, sliding, or
other hardware not requiring tight grasping ortwisting. 1115B.7.1.4 4.13.9
Fig 90
.E. Opening hardware is centered between 30" and 44" above finish floor.
11 3 3 B . 2 . 5 . 1
4.13.9
Interior compartment:
F. 32" minimum clear space is provided in front of water closet. Ill 5B.1
4.17.3 Fig. 92
G . 1 8 " b e t w e e n c e n t e r o f w a t e r c l o s e t a n d s i d e - w a l l c o m e r. 111 5 B . 7 . 1 . 2 4 . 1 7 . 3
Fig. 92
H. 32" minimum clearance from opposite wail to the side of the water closet.
1115B.7.1.2 Fig. 92
J. Top of toilet seat is 17"-19" from floorsurface. 1502.0 4.16.3 Fig. 85
J. Flush valve is on wide side of toilet area. 1502.0 4.16.5
K . 4 4 " m a x i m u m f r o m fl o o r t o fl u s h v a l v e . 1 5 0 2 . 0 4 . 1 6 . 5
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARY FACIUTIES (Alternate Toilet stall design)
N. Walls within compartment are smooth, hard and non-absorbent to 48" In height,
and are not adversely affected by moisture. 1115B.9.6
p. Side grab bar is a minimum 42" long and extends 24" beyond the front of the
w a t e r c l o s e t . 111 5 B . 8 . 1 4 . 1 7 . 6 F i g . 9 1
P. The forward end of the side grab bar is located a minimum of 54' from the back
wall. 4.17.6 Fig. 91
Q. Side grab bar begins a maximum of 12" from the rear wall. 4.17.6 Fig. 91
R. Rear grab bar is a minimum 36" long. 1115B.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 91
S. Rear grab bar begins a maximum of 6" from the comer of the wall on the toilet
side. 4.17.6 Fig. 91
T. Diameter of grab bar(s) Is 1-1/4" -1-1/2' or shape provides equivalent gripping
surface. 1115B.8.2 4.26.2 Fig. 95
U. Clearance between the grab bar(s) and wall Is 1-1/2". 1116B.8.2 4.26.2
Fig. 95
V. Grab bars are mounted at 33" to center of bar above and parallel to floor. (For
tank type toilets, 36" may be allowed If tank obstructs placement of back bar).
1115B.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 95
W. B a r s a r e s m o o t h w i t h a m i n i m u m r a d i u s o f 1 / 8 " . 111 5 B . 8 . 4 4 . 2 6 . 4
X. Minimum structural strength of grab bar(s) will support a 250 lb. point load.
111 5 B . 8 . 3 . 1 t h r u . 4
4.26.3
AA. Toilet paper dispenser is located on the wall within 12" of the front edge of the
toilet seat. 1115B.9.3 Fig. 85
BB. 19" minimum height from floor to centerllne of toilet paper dispenser, (location
below grab bar suggested) 4.16.6 Fig. 85
00. Toilet paper dispenser allows continuous paper flow and does not control
delivery. 1115B.9.3 4.16.6
(02000 PCC
286
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARYFACIUTIES (Alternate Toilet stall design)
A LT E R AT I O N S
IN EXISTING BUILDINGS OR FACIUTIES. WHEN THE ENFORCING AGENCY
D E T E R M I N E S T H AT C O M P L I A N C E W I T H T H E R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O R A S TA N D A R D
Fia92
A LT E R N AT E L AT E R A L O R S I D E - T R A N S F E R
T O I L E T S TA L L D E S I G N
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I U T I E S
4 7 . L AVAT O R I E S
GENERAL - These requirements apply to lavatory fixtures, vanities and built-in
l a v a t o r i e s . 111 5 B . 9 . 1
NOTE: In any given single- or multiple-accommodation toilet room, only one (1)
lavatory unit is required to be made accessible. 4.23.6
^A. Minimum 30" x 48" clear space is provided in front of lavatory that allows
forward approach. 1115B.9.1.1 4.19.3 Fig. 93
F. Knee clearance under front lip is a minimum of 27" high, 30" wide, and extends
a minimum of 8" in depth from the front of the lavatory 1504.2.1 4.19.2
Fig. 91
G. Toe clearance under lavatory is a minimum of 9" high, 30" wide, and extends a
minimum of 17" in depth from the front of the lavatory. 1504.2.1 4.19.2
Fig. 93
4.19.4
K. Faucets are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching
or twisting of the wrist. 1504.2.1 4.27.4
L. 5 lb. maximum force required to activate controls. 1504.2.1 4.27.4
must be a minimum of 27" high and extend back a minimum of 8" from the
front edge. Lavatory bowls with excessive depth oftentimes restrict this
required clearance even when the top of the bowl is mounted at the
maximum allowed 34". This situation Is of particular Importance In
alterations, as many older model lavatories simply cannot provide for both
2000 PCC
288
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
Important to understand that the drain piping cannot encroach Into the
required knee clearance. The fact that an Individual's knees may be able
to slip past the piping on either side is of no consequence; the minimum
required clearances must be provided. To prevent possible problems, It Is
highly recommended that plan drawings specify lavatory models that
provide a full 8" clearance from the front of the unit to any piping, and
additionaiiy provides for a maximum aiiowabie bowl depth of8'1/2".
The required clearances between lavatories and sinks are different and
Lavatories require minimum knee clearances of 30" wide by 27" high by 8"
deep; sinks require knee clearances that are a minimum of 30" wide by 27"
high, however the depth of this clearance must maintain an absolute
distance of 19" from the front of the sink. In addition, federal guidelines
restrict each sink to a maximum depth of 6-1/2". See Checklist Section
"SINKS" for applicable requirements.
CLEARANCE /
n' \ CLEARANCE
MiN.
-REQUIRED
C L E A R S PA C E
I ta'MiM
Fig.93
L AVATO R I E S
2000 PCC
289
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y F A C I U T I E S
48. URINALS
General - where urinals are provided, at least one shall have a clear floor space 30
inches by 48 inches in front of the urinal to allow a forward approach. 1116B.9.4
4.22.5
NOTE: The required clear space In front of urinals may extend a maximum of 6' underneath the
urinal if the urinal provides a minimum of 9' of toe clearance from the floor to the bottom of the
urinal. (Source - DSATAC interpretation).
A. 30" wide x 48" deep minimum clear access in front of fixture, (one fixture only
,H. Walls within 24" of front and sides of urinal are smooth, hard and non-absort>ent
to 48" in height, and are not adversely affected by moisture. 1115B.9.5
REQUIRED
C L E A R S PA C E
14'
fl
MIN.
Fig.94
URINALS
(BZQOO POO
290
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA RY FA C I U T I E S
C. Grab bars are mounted at 33" to center of bar above and parallel to floor. (For
tank type toilets, 36" may be allowed If tank obstructs placement of back bar)
1115B.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 95
D. Bars are smooth with a minimum radius of 1/8". 1115B.8.4 4.26.4
E. Minimum structural strength of grab bar(s) will support a 250 lb. point load.
111 5 B . 8 . 3 . 1 t h r u . 4 4 . 2 6 . 3
H. Side grab bar is a minimum 42" long and extends 24" beyond the front of the
water closet. 1115B.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 96
NOTE: In both single-accommodation toilets and in open-toileting facilities
(facilities without individual stalls), the front end of the side grab bar must
extend a minimum of 54' from the back wail.
1. Side grab bar is attached a maximum of 12" from the rearwail. 4.17.6
Fig. 96
L Grab bars are mounted parallel on both sides of stall. 1115B.7.1.4 4.22.4
Fig. 96
M. Side grab bars are a minimum 42" long and extend a minimum of 24" beyond
the front of the water closet. 11i5B.8.1 4.17.6 Fig. 96
N. The forward ends of the side grab bars are located a minimum of 54" from the
back wail. 4.17.6 Fig. 96
O. Grab bars begin a maximum of 12" from the rearwail. 4.17.6 Fig. 96
2000 PCC
291
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARY FACIUTIES (Grab bars)
12'UAX
6'UAX.
36*HIN.
42'UIN.
e:
24'UIN.
SIDE
VIEW
FRONT
VIEW
WA L L - M O U N T E D WAT E R C L O S E T S
X=52' MINIMUM WHEN WATER CLOSETS ARE IN STALLS
XsSA" MINIMUM WHEN WATER CLOSETS ARE NOT IN STALLS
(SUCH AS IN SINGLE ACCOMMODATION ROOMS OR
<)PEN TOILETING SITUATIONS)
I2'UAX
36*MIN.
42'UiN.
2'MIN
6'MAX.
2'Mlh
f'
SIDE
CX
24"UIN.
VIEW
FRONT
W
VIEW
F L O O R - M O U N T E D WAT E R C L O S E T S
1-1/2"
1-1/4" TO 1-1/2
N O) Mm
INAL DIAMETER
WALL
Fig.95
(>2000 POO
292
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SANITARYFACIUTIES (Grab bars)
36' ABSOLUTE
M U LT I P L E A C C O M M O D AT I O N
F R O N T- T R A N S F E R
TOILETS
T O I L E T S TA L L S
36"MIN.
36"MIN.
8"MAX.
6"MAX.
7
\ .
S I N G L E A C C O M M O D AT I O N
A LT E R N AT E S I D E - T R A N S F E R
TOILETS
T O I L E T S TA L L S
Fig.86
GRAB BARS ^
2000 PCC
293
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
5 0 . A C C E S S O R I E S I N S A N I TA RY FA C I L I T I E S
fK. Minimum 30" x 48" clear floor or ground space is provided to allow forward or
parallel approach to accessories. 1118B.4.1 4.22.7
B. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space adjoins or overlaps
an accessible route or adjoins another wheelchair clear floor space.
111 8 B . 4 . 2 4 . 2 . 4 . 2
C. Mirror(s) is mounted with the bottom edge no higher than 40" from the floor.
1115B.9.1.2 4.19.6 Fig. 97
.0. Operable parts (including coin slots) of all fixtures or accessories are located a
maximum of 40" above floor (i.e.. soap dispensers, towels, toilet seat covers,
.E. Controls and operating mechanisms are operable with one hand and do not
require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. 1117B.6.4 4.27.4
Jr. The force required to activate controls Is 5 Ibf. maximum. 1117B.6.4 4.27.4
G. Coat hooks and shelving are located within appropriate reach ranges (48' max.
Fig.07
(E)2000 PCC
294
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
51. SINKS
^A. Minimum 30" x 48" clear space Is provided In front of sink that allows forward
approach. 4.24.5 Fig. 98
E. Knee clearance under sink is a minimum of 27" high and 30" wide, and provides
an absolute depth of 19" underneath the sink. 4.24.3 Fig. 98
F. Drain and hot water piping Is Insulated or configured to prevent contact. 4.24.6
G There are no sharp or abrasive elements under sink. 4.24.6
H. Faucets are lever type, electronically activated or approved self closing valves
(MIn. 10 second open flow). 1508.1 & .2 4.24.7
i. Faucets are operable with one hand and do not require tight grasping, pinching
or twisting of the wrist. 1508.1 &.2 4.27.4
^J. 5 lb. maximum force required to activate controls. 1508.1 &.2 4.27.4
MINIMUM HEIGHT
OF KNEE CLEARANCE
Fig.g8
SINKS
<02000 PCC
295
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
5 1 a . C O M B I N AT I O N S I N K A N D C O U N T E R
AREAS
fNTERPRETA TIONS: One of the most commonly requested
interpretations from both state and federal technical assistance sources Is
In regards to accessibility requirements at combination sink and counter
areas (employee break rooms, office storage rooms with counter, counter
bar sinks, etc.). The Califomia Plumbing Code only recently added
Section 1508.0, titled "Noncommercial Kitchens and Counter Bar Sinks"
function?". All sources agreed that washing out dishes or making cofTee
was not an essential function. If the occupants were artists, however, who
would need to use the sink to wash out their brushes, then the sink should
2000 PCC
296
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SHOWERS
52. SHOWERS
Size - Showers shall be 60 inches minimum in width between wall surfaces and 30
inches minimum in depth with a full opening width on the long side.... As an alternative,
showers 60 inches minimum in width may be 36 inches minimum in depth as long as the
entrance opening width is a minimum 36 Inches. 1115B.6.2.1
NOTE: CBC language allowing a 42' x 48" shower stall was removed from the above text, see
reason under INTERPRETATIONS, below.
General - Where facilities for bathing are provided for the public, clients or employees,
including showers, bathtubs or lockers, at least one such facility, and not less than 1
percent of all facilities, shall be accessible and conform to the following guidelines.
111 5 B . 6
4.23.6
NOTE: Where, within the same functional area, two or more accessible showers are provided,
there shall be at least one shower constructed opposite hand from the other or others (I.e., one
left hand controls vs. right hand controls). 1115B.6.2.3
allows the 42" x 48" shower design to be used Interchangeably with the
30" X 60" stall. This Is obviously an attempt to allow existing 42"x 48"
to only utilize the ADA approved designs. Please note that the shower pan
cannot exceed 2% surface slope In any direction (Callfomla previously
allowed up to 4%). At this point Callfomla still allows the stall to have a
threshold which Is a maximum of 1/2" In height beveled at a 1:1 gradient
(45 degrees); this Is NOT allowed under the ADA. The ADA specifically
states regarding this curb (threshold) "Shower stalls that are 30 In by 60 In
minimum shall not have curbs" (ADAAG Section 4.21.7).
2000 PCC
297
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SHOWERS
_L. 36" X 60" minimum compartment size. 1115B.6.2.1 4.21.2 Fig. 100
M. Shower entrance opening is a minimum of 36" in width. 1115B.6.2.1
4.21.2 Fig. 100
N. Shower seat is folding type and is located on the wail adjacent to the controls.
4.21.3 Fig. 99
O. Top of shower seat is 18" above shower floor when extended.
111 5 B . 6 . 2 . 4 . 5 4 . 2 1 . 3 F i g . 9 9
^T. When folded, the shower seat does not extend more than 6 inches (6")
from the mounting wall. 1115B.6.2.4.5.1
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS IN BOTH SHOWER STALL DESIGNS
U. Surface slope does not exceed 1:50(2%) in any direction (Thresholds are NOT
allowed). 1115B.6.2.4.4 4.3.7
_W. Continuous L-shaped grab bar is provided along the walls opposite from and
adjacent to the seat (but NOT extended to Include that portion of wall over the
seat). 1115B.6.2.4.6.2 4.21.2 Figs. 99 & 100
(B2QQ0 PCC
298
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SHOWERS
_X, Grab bars are mounted 33"-36" above floor surface. 1115B.6.2.4.5.2 4.21.4
Figs. 99 & 100
CC. Grab bars do not rotate within their fittings. 1115B.6.2.4.5.2 4.26.3(5)
_DD. Water vaive controlls single lever type. 1115B.6.2.4.1 4.27.4
EE. Centeriine of control is within a reach range of no less than 18" and no
more than 24" from the rear edge of the seat. 1115B.6.2.4.1
Figs. 99 & 100
FF. 5 lb. maximum operating force. 1606.1 4.27.4
GG. Control valve Is centered at 40" (plus or minus 1") height above the
showerfloor. 1115B.6.2.4.1 Figs. 99 & 100
_HH. Where drains are provided, grate openings are a minimum of 1/4" and
l o c a t e d fl u s h w i t h t h e fl o o r s u r f a c e . 111 6 B . 6 . 2 A 4
_ii. A flexible hand held sprayer unit with a hose at least 60" Is provided within reach
range of the seat and mounted at a maximum height of 48" (plus or minus 1"
tolerance) above the shower floor. 1116B.6.2.4.2 4.21.6 Figs. 99 & 100
Sprayer unit alternative. Except within guest rooms and suites in hotels, motels and similar
transient lodging establishments where accessible shower facilities are provided In areas subject
to excessive vandalism, in lieu of providing the fixed flexible hose, two wall mounted shower
heads shall be installed. Each shower head shall be installed so that it can be operated
independently of the other and shall have swivel angle adjustments, both vertically and
horizontally. One shower head shall be located at a height of 48' (plus or minus 1' tolerance)
a b o v e t h e fl o o r . 111 5 . 6 . 2 . 4 . 3
_JJ. Shower spray unit and hose Is located a maximum of 27" from the back of the
wall on which the seat Is mounted. 1116B.6.2.4.2 4.21.2 Figs. 99 & 100
_KK. Soap dish mounted on the control wall at 40" maximum height and within reach
ranges. 1116B.6.2.4.6
_LL. Enclosures, If provided, do not obstruct controls or transfer from wheelchairs
o n t o s h o w e r s e a t s . 111 6 B . 6 . 2 . 6 4 . 2 1 . 8
.MM. Where lockers are provided for the public, clients, employees, members or
participants, at least one and not less than 1 percent of all lockers are
accessible. A path of travel not less than 36 Inches In clear width is provided to
t h e s e l o c k e r s . 111 6 B . 6 . 4
(&2000 PCC
299
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SHOWERS
NN. Walls and floors within shower compartments are finished to have a smooth,
hard, nonabsorbent surface such as Portland cement, concrete, ceramic tile or
other approved material to a height of not less than 70" above the drain Inlet.
Materials other than structural elements used in shower walls are of a type not
adversely affected by moisture. 1115B.9.5 & .6
PO. Doors and panels of shower enclosures are substantially constructed from
approved, shatter-resistant materials. Hinged doors shall open outwards.
111 5 B . 9 . 7
PP. Glazing used in doors and panels of shower enclosures is fully tempered,
111 5 B . 9 . 8 & . 9
(&2000 PCC
300
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SHOWERS
TMIN.
S H O W E R S E AT D E S I G N
S H O W E R S P R AY U N I T
T H AT C A N B E U S E D
BOTH AS FIXED
SHOWER HEAD AND
AS A HAND-HELD
UNIT
FLEXIBLE SHOWER
S P R AY H O S E .
SINGLE-LEVER
t X I N G VA LV E
U
FOLDING
S H O W E R S E AT
2X
r
WA L L O P P O S I T E S E AT
UAX.
S U R FA C E S L O P E
S E AT WA L L
Fig.99
<&200Q POO
301
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SHOWERS
1"MIN.
16"MIN.
1-1/2"MAX.
S H O W E R S E AT D E S I G N
SHOWER
FLEXIBLE SHOWER
SPRAY HOSE,
MIN. 60" LONG
H E A D
S H O W E R S P R AY U N I T
T H AT C A N B E U S E D
( O
t o
t o
2% MAX.
S U R FA C E S L O P E
W A L L O P P O S I T E S E AT
CONTROL WALL
S E AT WA L L
Fig.lOO
(C2000 PCC
302
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
B AT H T U B S
5 3 . B AT H T U B S
General - Where facilities for bathing are provided for the public, clients or employees,
including showers, bathtubs or lockers, at least one such facility, and not less than 1
percent of all facilities, shall be accessible and conform to the following guidelines.
111 5 B . 6
4.23.6
_A. 30" X 60" clear floor space for side entry (parallel approach). 1115B.6.1.1
4.20.2 Fig. 101
NOTE: If the tub area has a seat, this additional length n^ust be added to the clear floor
space. For example. If a 15" seat Is at one end of the tub, the total clear width would
become 60" + 15" = 75". Fig. 102
.8. 48" X 60" clear floor space for front entry (perpendicular approach).
1115B.6.1.1 4.20.2 Fig. 101
.E. Structural strength of all grab bars will support a 250 lb. point load.
111 5 B . 8 . 3 . 1 t h r u . 4 4 . 2 6 . 3
JF. Faucets and other controls are located at the foot of the tub, near the front edge
of the wall, and below the grab bar. 1115B.6.1.4 4.20.5 Figs,101&102
G. Faucets and other controls are operable with one hand and do not require tight
grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. 1115B.S.1.4 4.27.4
J. Shower spray unit with minimum 60" hose that can be used both as a fixed head
or hand-held unit Is provided. 1115B.S.1.5 4.20.6 Figs. 101 & 102
J. Bath tub enclosures - (If provided) do not obstruct controls or transfer from wheel
c h a i r. E n c l o s u r e s d o n o t h a v e t r a c k s m o u n t e d o n r i m s . 111 5 B . 6 . 1 . 6 4 . 2 0 . 7
L. Glazing used in doors and panels of bathtub enclosures (if provided) are fully
tempered, laminated safety glass or approved plastic. When glass Is used it has
a minimum thickness of not less than 1/8" when fully tempered, or 1/4" when
laminated , and will pass the test requirements of U.B.C. Standard No. 54-2.
111 5 B .9 .8 & .9
2000 PCC
303
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
B AT H T U B S
G R A B B A R S F O R B AT H T U B S
Seat-in-Tub Design
M. 24" min. grab bar mounted at foot of tub at 33"-36" height from floor surface
(control wall). 1115B.6.1.3 4.20.4 Fig. 101
N. 12" min. grab bar mounted at head of tub at 33"-36" height from floor surface.
1115B.6.1.3 4.20.4 Fig. 101
O. Back wall has two 24" minimum length grab bars . 1115B.6.1.3 4.20.4
Fig. 101
P. Top bar is mounted at 33"-36" height from floor surface. 1115B.6.1.3
4.20.4 Fig. 101
.Q. Bottom bar Is mounted at 9" height from rim of tub. 111SB.6.1.3 4.20.4
Fig. 101
R . B o t h b a r s a r e m o u n t e d 1 2 " m a x i m u m f r o m b a c k w a l l . 111 5 B . 6 . 1 . 3 4 . 2 0 . 4
Fig. 101
8 . B o t h b a r s a r e m o u n t e d 2 4 " m a x i m u m f r o m h e a d w a l l . 111 6 B . 6 . 1 . 3 4 . 2 0 . 4
Fig. 101
_T. 24" minimum length grab bar mounted at foot of tub at 33"-36" height from floor
surface (control wall). 1116B.6.1.3 4.20.4 Fig. 102
U. Back wall has two 48" minimum length grab bars. 1115B.6.1.3 4.20.4
Fig. 102
_V. Top bar is mounted at 33"-36" height from floor surface. 1115B.6.1.3
4.20.4 Fig. 102
W. Bottom bar is mounted at 9" height from rim of tub. 1115B.6.1.3 4.20.4
Fig. 102
X . B o t h b a r s a r e m o u n t e d 1 2 " m a x i m u m f r o m b a c k w a l l . 111 5 B . 6 . 1 . 3 4 . 2 0 . 4
Fig. 102
.Y. Both bars are mounted 15" maximum from head wall. 1115B.6.1.3 4.20.4
Fig. 102
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
B AT H T U B S
30"MIN.
46*'MIN.
CLEAR
FLOOR
S PA C E
S E AT
CLEAR
FLOOR
S PA C E
S E AT
\
Q
SIDE APPROACH
o
(O
\V O J/
L AV.
L AV.
'
FRONT APPROACH
C L E A R F L O O R S PA C E AT B AT H T U B S
24"MIN.
F I X E D S P R AY H E A D
HAND
HELD
S P R AY
HEAD
12"MAX.
fl
24''MIN,24''MAX
12'*MI I.
x
<
SEAT
Z
I
CONTROL BOX
L O C AT I O N
(71
O '
FOOT
BACK
HEAD
G R A B B A R / C O N T R O L WA L L D E TA I L S
Fig.101
B AT H T U B S
( W I T H S E AT I N T U B )
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
B AT H T U B S
CONTROLS
F I X E D S P R AY H E A D
A fi ' M I N .
12'MAX.
15"MAX.
H A N D H E L D S P R AY
HEAD
B
O )
CONTROL BOX
LOCATION
BACK
FOOT
HEAD
G R A B B A R / C O N T R O L WA L L D E TA I L S
Fig.102
B AT H T U B S
( W I T H S E AT AT H E A D O F T U B )
<E)2000 PCC
306
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
B O R A G E
54. STORAGE
General - If fixed storage facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers are
provided where access is required, at least one of each type must comply. Additional
storage may be provided outside of reach ranges. 1125B.1 thru .4 4.1.3(12)(a)
.A. 30" X 48" minimum dear floor space that allows either a forward or parallel
approach is provided. 1125B.2 4.25.2
.B. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or adjoins another wheelchair clear floor space. 1118B.4.2
4.25.2
_C. Hardware is operabie with one hand and does not require tight grasping,
F O RWA R D R E A C H O V E R O B S T R U C T I O N S
the depth of the obstruction (this clear space should be a minimum of 30' high to allow for
clearance of a wheelchair arm rest under the obstruction). 11188.5 A4.2.5
_G. Clear floor Space begins a maximum of 10" from the wall. 1125B.3 8( 1118B.6
4.2.6 Figs. 103,104-C
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
NTORAGE
H. Maximum 54" reach height from the floor surface. 1125B.3 & 1118B.6 4.2.6
Fig. 104-C
J. Minimum 9" low reach height from the floor surface. 1125B.3 & 1118B.6
4.2.6 Fig. 104-C
Maximum height of obstruction is 34" from the floor surface. 1125B.3 & 1118B.6
4.2.6 Fig. 104-D
_K. Maximum depth of obstruction is 24". 1125B.3 & 1118B.6 4.2.6 Fig. 104-D
_L. Maximum 46" side reach height from the floor surface. 1125B.3 & 1118B.6
4.2.6 Fig. 104-D
R e a c h d e p t h m o r e t h a n 1 0 i n c h e s fl O ' M
General - Where the distance from the wheelchair to the clothes rod or storage shelves
exceeds 10 inches (as in closets without accessible doors), the maximum height from
the floor and reach depth to the rod or shelf shall comply with Fig. 97. 1125B.3
4.25.3 Fig, 105
_M. Accessible storage is provided within maximum allowed heights and reach
depths. 1125B.3 4.25.3 Fig. 105
SHELF
SHELF
Fig.103
SIDE REACH (DEPTH OVER 10")
()2000 PCC
308
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
STORAGE
REACH DEPTH
CUAJUWCI
ovnucnoH
evTMJcmt
Hun
K
tauM.
re
oi
u t n
mui
A C H B O T H T D e W E T
UWD
muet
OVER OBSTRUCTIONS
r P FA C H D E P T H 1 0 " O R L E S S ^
Fig.104
STORAGE
309
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
5 5 . C O N T R O L S A N D O P E R AT I N G
MECHANISMS. VENDING MACHINES
General - Controls and operating mechanisms required to be accessible shall comply
with the provisions of this section. The highest operable part of all controls, dispensers,
receptacles and other operable equipment shall be placed within one of the reach ranges
detailed below. Clear floor space shall be provided at controls, dispensers, receptacles
and other operable equipment as detailed below. 1126B& 1117B.6.1 thru .4 4.27
C. 30" X 48" clear floor space for forward approach Is provided to object.
111 8 8 . 4 , 1 4 . 2 . 4 . 2
D. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or adjoins another wheelchair clear floor space. Ill 88.4.2
4.25.2
_E. Maximum 48" forward reach height from the floorsurface. 11188.5 4.2.5
Fig. 105-C
.F. Minimum 15" low forward reach height from the floorsurface. 11188.5
4.2.5 Fig. 105-C
<&2000 PCC
310
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CONTROLS OPERATING MECHANISMS, VENDING MACHINES
_H. 30" X 48" clear floor space for parallel approach Is provided at object.
111 8 B . 4 . 1 4 . 2 . 4 . 2
_l. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or adjoins another wheelchair clear floor space. 1118B.4.2
4.25.2
_J. Clear floor space begins a maximum of 10" from the wail. 1118B.6
4.2.6 Flg.105-A
_K. Maximum 54" reach height from the floor surface. 1118B.6 4.2.6
Fig. 105-A
_L. Minimum 9" low reach height from the floor surface. 1118B.6 4.2.6
Fig. 105-A
_Q. Minimum 36" x 48" clear floor space for alcoves with a depth greater than 24".
1118B.4.1 & .2 4.2.4.2 Fig. 106-A
_R. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or another 30" X 48" clear floor space. 1118B.4.2 4.2.4.2
_T. Minimum 30" x 60" clear floor space for alcoves with a depth greater than 15".
1118B.4.1&.2 4.2.4.2 Fig. 106-B
_U. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or another 30" X 48" clear floor space. 1118B.4.2 4.2.4.2
T h e C a l D A G C a l i f o r n i a D i s a b l e d A c c e s s i b i l i t y G u i d e b o o k < ^ 0 0 0 P C C 3 11
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CONTROLS & OPERATING MECHANISMS, VENDING MACHINES
REACH DEPTH
LESS THAN 20
OXAaAMCt
UWO
emiucnoM
yun
t e U A L T O O t e U AT U I T H A N
UACH DinH TO MiCa
owmicneM
muit
k
l a u A L TO 0 1 O K AT H T H M
E A C H O f T T M T O O O J C t l
Fig.105
CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS,
VENDING MACHINES
2000 PCG
312
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CONTROLS & OPERATING MECHANISMS. VENDING MACHINES
DEPTH OF
15" OR LESS
DEPTH
OVER 15
Fig.106
C O N T R O L S A N D O P E R AT I N G M E C H A N I S M S .
VENDING MACHINES
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
5 6 . A U T O M AT E D T E L L E R & P O I N T- O F - S A L E
MACHINES
Deflnltion-'Automated teller machine" (ATM) means any electronic information
automated teller machine includes point-of-sale machines used In grocery stores, ticket
sales facilities, and other business entitles, but does not include card-reading devices
located on fuel pump Islands at gasoline service stations and motor-vehicle fuel
f a c i l i t i e s . 111 7 B . 7 . 1 . 1
ATM site means that Immediate area which is within or made or to be made part of an
ATM installation means a single ATM structurally affixed to a building or other structure.
111 7 B . 7 . 1 . 3
General - Where ATMs are provided for the public, they shall comply as detailed below.
111 7 B . 7 . 2
EXCEPTIONS: 1. In grocery stores and other retail outlets with point-of-sale machines
located at individual checKstands, machines that are located at accessible checkstands
must be made accessible. Where machines are located away from individual
checkstands, they must all be made accessible. 1117B.7.2
2. Where the enforcing agency determines that compliance with this regulation would
create an unreasonable hardship, an exception may be granted when equivalent
facilitation is provided through the use of other methods or materials. 1117B.7.2
3. In existing buildings, these regulations shall not apply when legal or physical
constraints would not allow compliance with these regulations or equivalent facilitation
without creating an unreasonable hardship. See Section 101.17.11, Item 4.
111 7 8 . 7 . 2
A P P L I C AT I O N S
One ATM provided- Where one (1) ATM is provided at a location, it shall comply with
items A thru P below. 1117B.7.4.1 4.1.3(20)
Two ATMs provided- Where two (2) ATMs are provided at a location, one shall comply
with items A thru P below, except that the highest operable part shall be 48" maximum.
The second ATM is not regulated as to height, including height of display, ill7B.7.4.2
Three or more ATMs provided- Where three (3) or more ATMs are provided, one shall
meet items A thru P below, except that the highest operable part shall be 48"
maximum. The second ATM is not regulated as to height. Including height of display.
314
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A U T O M AT E D T E L L E R P O I N T- O F - S A L E M A C H I N E S
For any additional ATMs beyond these first two, at least 50% shall comply with Items A
thru P below. The remainder are not regulated as to height, including height of display.
111 7 B . 7 . 4 . 3
NOTE: If features provided differ from ATM to ATM, all features shall be equally
represented among the accessible ATMs. 1117B.7.4.3
4$". The second A TM must still provide for clear floor space on an
accessible route, controls which do not require more than 6 ibf or tight
grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate, and accessible
information and instructions for use of the ATM by persons with vision
Impairments, however there are no other requirements associated with this
second
AT M .
When three or more A TMs are provided, two of them must comply with the
same requirements for two ATMs as explained above. For the additional
ATMs beyond these first two, at least 50% of these must provide for either
forward or parallel approach, or both, and the associated reach range and
height limitations that go with that approach. The remaining ATMs are
only required to provide for clear floor space on an accessible route,
controls which do not require more than 6 Ibf. or tight grasping, pinching
or twisting of the wrist to operate, and accessible Information and
Instructions for use of the ATM by persons with vision Impairments.
As a final note, there are presently no specific guidelines from either State
or Federal sources as to what constitutes accessible Information and
A. 30" X 48" minimum clear floor space Is provided that allows either a forward or
parallel approach, or both to the machine. 1117B.7.4.1.1 4.34.2
NOTE: If both a forward and parallel approach are possible, operable parts of controls
shall be placed within at least one of the reach ranges required for these approaches as
listed below. 1117B.7.4.1.4 4.34.3(3)
B. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or adjoins another wheelchair clear floor space. 1118B.4.2
4.34.2
(E)2000 PCC
315
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A U T O M AT E D T E L L E R & P O I N T ' O F S A L E M A C H I N E S
C. Controls and operating mechanisms are operable with one hand and do not
require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to
a c t i v a t e c o n t r o l s I s a m a x i m u m o f 5 I b f . 111 7 B . 7 . 3 4 . 3 4 . 4
F O R WA R D A P P R O A C H O N LY
1117B.7.4.1.2 4.34.3(1)
E. Maximum 48" forward reach height from the floor surface. 1118B.5 4.2.5
Fig. 107,108-B
F. Minimum 15" low forward reach height from the floor surface. 1118B.5
4.2.5 Fig. 107,108-B
PA R A L L E L A P P R O A C H O N LY
1117B.7.4.1.3 4.34.3(2)
R e a c h d e p t h n o t m o r e t h a n 1 0 i n c h e s fl O " )
NOTE: These dimensions apply when the reach depth to the operable parts of
all controls as measured from the vertical plane perpendicular to the edge of the
unobstructed clear floor space at the farthest protrusion of the automated teller
machine or surround is not more than 10". Ill 7B.7.4.1.3.1
H. Clear floor space begins a maximum of 10" from the wall. 1117B.7.4.1.3.1
4.34.3(2)(a) Fig. 109,108-C
I. Maximum 54" reach height from the floor surface. 1117B.7.4.1.3.1
4.34.3(2)(a) Fig. 109
J. Minimum 9" low reach height from the floor surface. 1117B.7.4.1.3.1 4.2.6
Fig. 109
2000 POO
316
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A U T O M AT E D T E L L E R & P O I N T- O F - S A L E M A C H I N E S
Reach depth more than 10 inches f10")
NOTE: These dimensions apply when the reach depth to the operable parts of
all controls as measured from the vertical plane perpendicular to the edge of the
unobstructed clear floor space at the farthest protrusion of the automated teller
machine or surround Is more than 10". 1117B.7.4.1.3.2 4.34.3(2)(b) Fig. 109
K. Access to operable parts and features of ATM are provided within maximum
allowed heights and reach depths. (See Fig. 109) 1117B.7.4.1.3.2
4.34.3(2)(b) Fig. 109
D i s p l a y f e a t u r e s o f AT M s
L. LED, cathode ray, or other screen devices intended to be viewed by the user are
positioned so they are readily visible to and usable by a person sitting in a
wheelchair with approximate eye level of 45", and comply with Items M, N, or O
below. 1117B.7.5 Fig. 110
M. The center line of screens or screen devices that are mounted vertically or
tipped no more than 30 degrees away from the viewer are located a maximum
of 52" above grade. 1117B.7.5.1 Fig. 110
N. The center line of screens or screen devices that are mounted at an angle
between 30 degrees and 60 degrees tipped away from the viewer are located a
maximum of 44" above grade. Ill 7B.7.5.2 Fig. 110
O. The center line of screens or screen devices that are mounted at an angle
between 60 degrees and 90 degrees tipped away from the viewer are located a
maximum of 34" above grade. 1117B.7.5.3 Fig. 110
Bins
P. Where bins are provided for envelopes, waste paper, or other purposes, at least
one of each type provided are within the applicable reach ranges associated with
2000 PCC
317
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A U T O M AT E D T E L L E R P O I N T- O F - S A L E M A C H I N E S
REACH DEPTH
BETWEEN 20'2f
REACH DEPTH
QAAMCE
CmUWHTf UNCO
MfTWCnOH WUIT
DUAL TQ oa ORUTn THAN
A C M D C F T H T O O U C T
O K Ta J C m
UHOa
MBT
i m u i . T O C M O R C AT E I T H A N
A C H
oenH
TO
eaicCT
Fig.108
<D2000 POO
318
OOd oooz
eorBid
0'91^=H
S"9V=H
" X V fl 0 - Z V = H
'-^3=a
'^3=a
*33=a
N3HM
N3HM
N3HM
X V I ^
.,9-Zt=H
\J3=a
9"8V=H
0*6V = H
'XVkN 8 * 6 V = H
"XVI^ 0 ' 0 S = H
\.03=a
\.6i=a
\.8i=a
'..^L=a
'9i=a
N3HM
N3HM
"XVI^
'XVkS
'XVJN
X V I I
xvi^
9'0S=H
XVII
XVII
0'lS=H
S'LS=H
'XVII
'XVK^
XVIN
X V K ^ V S = H
:SHld3a
S1H9I3H
\.3i=a
0L=a
N3HM
N3AI0
H0V3d
N3HM
N3HM
N3HM
N3HM
9"S:S=H
'SS31 dO
N3HM
N3HM
N3HM
N3HM
'L=a
o"s:s=H
N3HM
dOJ
0NiaN0dS3dd03
S3N!HDm37VS-dO-IMIOd
M T T Ta Z
QSimOinV
siMmmiinds}! IVU3N3D
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A U T O M AT E D T E L L E R & P O I N T- O F - S A L E M A C H I N E S
EXTERIOR
E L E VAT I O N
REQUIRED
DIMENSIONS
WHEN
VERTICAL
SECTION
SCREENS
ARE
TIPPED
AWAY
FROM
VIEWER;
GRADE.
Fig.110
D I S P L AY F E A T U R E S O F A I M ' S
2000 PCC
320
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
^A. Height of tables or counters Is between 28" - 34" from the floor or ground.
1122B.4 4.32.4 Fig. 111
NOTE: Where a single counter contains more than one transaction station, such as (but
not limited to) a bank counter with multiple teller windows or a retail sales counter with
multiple cash register stations, at least 5 percent (5%), but never less than one, of each
type of station shall be located at a section of counter that is at least 36 Inches long and
no more than 28"-34" high. 1122B.4 Fig. 102-B
Fixed tables or counters
C. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor space adjoins or overlaps an
accessible route or another wheelchair clear floor space. 1122B.3 4.32.2
D. Knee clearance at tables, counters and work surfaces is at least 27" high, 30"
wide and 19" deep. 1122B.3 4.32.3 Figs. Ill, 112-A
EXCEPTION: Knee clearance Is not required at checkout counters or service
c o u n t e r s . 11 2 2 B . 3
Fig.m
REQUIRED KNEE CLEARANCES
(S)2000 PCC
321
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FIXED OR BUILT-IN SEATING, TABLES <&: COUNTERS
42"
- 3 0 ^
i
J
StHM 130^
4 a ' -
t fl "
19"
-48"-
Fig.112-A
M I N I M U M C L E A R A N C E S F O R S E AT I N G A N D TA B L E S
WHERE A SINGLE COUNTER CONTAINS UORE THAN ONE TRANSACTION STATION. SUCH AS (BUT NOT UUITED TO)
A BANK COUNTER WITH UULTIPLE TELLER WINDOWS OR RETAIL SALES COUNTER WITH MULTIPLE CASH REGISTER
STATIONS, AT LEAST 5 PERCENT (5X). BUT NEVER LESS THAN ONE. OP EACH TYPE OF STATION SHALL BE
LOCATED AT A SECTION OF COUNTER THAT IS AT LEAST 35 INCHES LONG AND NO MORE THAN 2a'-34" HIGH.
Fig.112-B
M U LT I P L E T R A N S A C T I O N S TAT I O N S
2000 PCC
322
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S I G N S A N D I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
5 8 . S I G N S A N D I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
General- The international Symbol of Accessibility shall be the standard used to identify
facilities that are accessible to and usable by Individuals with disabilities. Elements and
spaces of accessible facilities which shall be identified by the Intemational Symbol of
Accessibility are: 1117B.5.1.1 Fig. 113-A
EXCEPTION: Signs need not be provided for facilities within an adaptable dwelling unit,
or within an accessible patient or guest room. 1117B.5.1.1 4.1.2(7)
Color of Symbol - The Intemational Symbol of Accessibility shall consist of a white
figure on a blue background. The blue shall be equal to Color No. 15090 In Federal
S t a n d a r d 5 9 5 b . 111 7 B . 5 . 1 . 2
EXCEPTION: The appropriate enforcement agency may approve special signs and
identification necessary to complement decor or unique design when it is determined that
such signs and identification provide adequate direction to persons with disabilities.
111 7 8 . 5 . 1 . 2
Entrance signs
All building entrances that are accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities shall
be identified with at least one standard sign and with additional directional signs, as
required, to be visible to persons along approaching pedestrian ways. 1117B.5.7
Information posted
Buildings that have been remodeled to provide specific sanitary facilities and/or
elevators for public use that conform to these building standards shall have this
information posted in the building lobby, preferably as part of the building directory.
111 7 B . 5 . 8
otherwise handicapped, a sign indicating the location of such facilities shall be posted in
the building directory, in the main lobby, or at any entrance specially used by
handicapped persons.
T r a f fi c - c o n t r o l d e v i c e s
higher than 48 Inches above the surface adjacent to the pole. 1117B.5.10
2000 POO
323
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S I G N S A N D I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
permanent rooms and spaces" are those which wiii be in place for a year
or more. If the rooms or spaces in a particular building or facility are not
individually designated, then It Is not required to install this permanent
signage, if the building does, however, provide signage to rooms and
spaces such as "2A", "2B", "Conference Room", "Cafeteria", etc., then this
signage must meet the appropriate requirements.
The signage that provides direction to, or information about, the functional
spaces of the building or facility must have characters and numbers that
are appropriately sized according to the viewing distance from which they
are to be read. Although neither state nor federal sources establish
specific relationships for size versus viewing distance, the Society for
Environmental Graphic Design (SEGD) has developed a graphic scale for
book.
S I G N A G E F O R P E R M A N E N T R O O M S A N D S PA C E S
- Raised and Brailled Characters -
_A. Letters and numerals on signs are raised 1/32", sans serif uppercase characters
and are accompanied by Grade 2 Braille. 1117B.5.6.1 4.30.4 Fig. 114
_B. Raised characters are between 5/8" and 2" high. 1117B.5.6.2 4.30.4
Fig. 114
_C. Braille dots are 1/10" on center in each cell with 2/10' space between cells.
1117B.5.2 A4.30.4 Fig. 114
D. Braille dots are raised a minimum of 1/40" above the background. 1117B.5.2
A4.30.4 Fig. 114
2000 PCC
324
- Pictograms -
_E. Pictograms are accompanied by the equivalent verbal description placed directly
below the pictogram. 1117B.5.6.3 4.30.4 Fig. 113
_G. Characters and background of signs Is eggshell, matte, or other non-glare finish.
4.30.5 Fig. 113
_l. Permanent identification signs, when provided, are installed on the wall adjacent
to the latch side of the door (At double leaf doors and when there Is no wall
space at the latch side, signs shall be placed on the nearest adjacent wall,
preferably on the right). 1117B.5.9 4.30.6 Fig. 114
_J. Mounting height is 60" from the finish floor to the centerline of the sign.
1117B.5.9 4.30.6 Fig. 114
_K. Mounting location allows a person to approach within 3" of the signage without
encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of a door.
1117B.5.9 4.30.6 Fig. 114
_M. Characters and numbers on signs are a minimum of 3" in height (when
suspended or projected overhead 80" or more along a path of travel).
1117B.5.4 4.30.3 Fig. 115-B
_N. Characters and numbers on signs are appropriately sized according to the
viewing distance from which they are to be read. 1117B.5.4 4.30.3
Fig. 115-A
- Finish and Contrast -
2000 PCC
325
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S I G N S A N D I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
6^
D I S P L AY C O N D I T I O N S
Fig.113-A
T H E I N T E R N AT I O N A L S Y M B O L O F A C C E S S I B I L I T Y
THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBIUTY IS REQUIRED ON;
Fig.113-B
TYPICAL PICTOGRAMS
PICTQGRAUS
- P I C T O G R A M S S H A L L B E A C C O M PA N I E D B Y T H E E Q U I VA L E N T V E R B A L D E S C R I P T I O N
P U C E D D I R E C T LY B E L O W T H E P I C T O G R A M
ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE
<D2000 POO
326
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SIGNS AND IDENTIFICATION
PERMANENT SIGNAGE TO BE
I N S TA L L E D O N T H E WA L L
A D J A C E N T T O T H E L AT C H S I D E
OF THE DOOR.
M O U N T I N G L O C AT I O N M U S T
ALLOW A PERSON TO APPROACH
WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING
O B J E C T S O R S TA N D I N G W I T H I N T H E
S W I N G PAT H O F T H E D O O R
D O O R S W I N G PAT H
LT T T E R I N G R A I S E D
LITERARY BRAILLE
S TA N D A R D D I M E N S I O N S :
S E R I F T Y P E A N D S H A L L B E A C C O M PA N I E D
WITH GRADE II BRAILLE.
RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL
Dot
diameter
Inter-dot spacing
.059 Inches
.090
Inches
.241
Inches
.395
Inches
Horizontal separation
between
calls
Ve r ti c a l s e p o r a tl o n
between
cells
Flg.114
R O O M S A N D S PA C E S
(D2000 PCC
327
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SIGNS AND IDENTIFICATION
Dloflrem thewtng
nloHenihlp of ilgn
to vfowing dictono*.
j /
7
/
/
0
50
i!
/
dt
>7
..K 7
100
150
200
250
300
Fifl.115-A
CHARACTER & NUMBER HEIGHT VERSUS
V I E W I N G D I S TA N C E
<=> Admtiiloni
"it
^
I
3"
MIN.
Lflborofory
| ^AP
HEIGHT
BO' UIN.
CLARANCE
Flg.115-B
TYPICAL OVERHEAD SIGNAGE
D I R E C T I O N A L / I N F O R M AT I O N A L
SIGNAGE
<E)2000 PCC
328
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S I G N S A N D I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
* Chdractere shall be^zed according to the viewing distance from which thdy are to bo read
Characters shall bs 3" minimum In height
Characters shall be at least 5^" In helghti but rra higher then 2"
Characters shall conlroet with their background - either light on dork or dark on light
Mounting height to be 6Q" above the flnlehed floor to the centerllne of the sign
Building dlreeterlee, menus, and all other eigne which are temporary are net required to comply.
Permanent Rooms or Spoese - for Instance, numbers en hotels guest rooms, patient rooms In hospltale, office
Parking spaces dsslgnoted as reserved for Individuals Accessible toilet and bathing facilities
wHh
dreabllltles
when
not
all
ere
accessible
A c c e s s i b l e e n t r a n c e s w h e n n o t a l l a r e a c c e s s i b l e Vo l u m e c o n t r o l t e l e p h o n e s
Accessible
Areas
of
passenger
rsscue
loading
assistance
zones
Te x t
Assistive
telephones
listening
systems
ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE
2000 PCC
329
Restrooms
2. Corridors
Band
rooms
5. Gymnasiums
6. Multipurpose rooms
7. Occupational shops
8. Occupied rooms where ambient noise impairs hearing of the fire alarm
9.
Lobbies
No place in any room or space required to have a visual signal appliance shall be
more than 50' from the signal (horizontal distance). In large rooms and spaces
exceeding 100' across, without obstructions 6' above the finish floor, such as
auditoriums, devices may be placed around the perimeter, spaced a maximum 100'
apart, in lieu of suspending them from the ceiling. 1114B.2.4 4.28.3(7) Fig. 116
VISUAL
ALARMS
A. The alarm is integrated into the building or facility alarm system. 1114B.2.4
9.3.1 & 4.28.3
NOTE: If single station audible alarms are provided, then single station visual alarms shall be
provided.
_D. the maximum pulse duration is two-tenths of one second (0.2 sec) with a
maximum duty cycle of 40 percent. 1114B.2.4 4.28.3(3)
NOTE: The pulse duration is defined as the time interval between initial and final points of 10
percent of maximum signal.
4.28.3(5)
.G. The appliance Is placed 80" above the highest floor level within the space or 6"
below the ceiling, whichever is lower. 1114B.2.4 4.28.3(6) Fig. 116
NOTE: See general notes for large room exception.
_H. There are no places In common corridors or hallways that are more than 50'
AUDIBLE
ALARMS
I N T E R P R E T A T I O N : To d e t e n v i n e w h e t h e r o r n o t v i s u a l a n d a u d i b l e
(&2000 PCC
331
VISUAL ALARM
VISUAL ALARM
MAX.6'
HEIGHT OF
OBSTRUCTIONS
Fig.116
2000 PCC
332
Installation Height. Where access for people with physical disabilities is required by
Article 089-8, the center of receptacle outlets on branch circuits of 30 amperes or less
shall be installed not less than 15 inches above the floor or working platform.
California Electrical Code section 210-7(g)
Exception No. 1: Receptacle outlets installed as a part of permanently installed
baseboard heaters are exempt.
Exception No. 2: Required receptacle outlets shall be permitted in floors when
adjacent to sliding panels or walls.
Exception No. 3: Baseboard electrical outlets used in relocatable partitions,
window walls or other electrical convenience floor outlets are not subject to the
minimum height requirements.
Exception No. 4: This section shall not apply to existing buildings when the
enforcing agency determines that compliance with these standards would create
an unreasonable hardship.
SWITCHES
Accessibility and Grouping.
Installation. The center of the grip of the operating handle of controls or switches
intended to be used by the occupant of the room or area to control lighting and
receptacle outlets, appliances, or cooling, heating and ventilating equipment, shall be not
more than 48 inches above the floor or working platform. California Electrical Code
section 380-8(c.1)
FIRE PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEMS
Installation Height of Manual Stations.
The center of fire alarm initiating devices (boxes) shall be located 48 inches above the
amperes or less are installed not less than 15 Inches above the floor or working
platform. 21D-7(g)
_B. The center of the grip of the operating handle of controls or switches intended to
be used by the occupant of the room or area to control lighting and receptacle
outlets, appliances, or cooling, heating and ventilating equipment, are not more
than 48 inches above the floor or working platform. 380-8(c.1)
_C. The center of fire alarm initiating devices (boxes) shall be located 48 inches
above the level of the floor, working platform, ground surface or sidewalk. 760-9
2000 POO
333
6 1 . T R A N S P O R TAT I O N FA C I L I T I E S
Authors Note: The following requirements are as they appear in the California Building
Code (CBC) and Chapter 10 of the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility
Guidelines for buildings and facilities (ADAAG). The next edition of the CalDAG will
contain a checklist breakdown as in other sections.
10.1 General. Every station, bus stop, bus stop pad, terminal, building or other
transportation facility, shall comply with the applicable provisions of 4.1 through 4.35,
sections 5 through 9, and the applicable provisions of this section. The exceptions for
elevators in 4.1.3(5), exception 1 and 4.1.6(l)(k) do not apply to a terminal, depot, or
other station used for specified public transportation, or an airport passenger terminal, or
facilities subject to Title II.
10.2 Bus Stops and Terminals.
10.2.1 New Construction.
(1)Where new bus stop pads are constructed at bus stops, bays or other areas
where a lift or ramp Is to be deployed, they shall have a firm, stable surface; a
minimum clear length of 96 inches (measured from the curb or vehicle roadway
edge) and a minimum clear width of 60 Inches (measured parallel to the
vehicle roadway) to the maximum extent allowed by legal or site constraints;
and shall be connected to streets, sidewalks or pedestrian paths by an
accessible route complying with 4.3 and 4.4. The slope of the pad parallel to
the roadway shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as the roadway. For
water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:50 (2%) perpendicular to the roadway Is
a l l o w e d . S E E C a l D A G F I G U R E S 11 9 & 1 2 0
(3) Where provided, all new bus route Identification signs shall
comply with 4.30.5. In addition, to the maximum extent practicable, all new
2000 PCC
334
T R A N S P O R TAT I O N FA C I U T I E S
bus route identification signs shall comply with 4.30.2 and 4.30.3. Signs that
are sized to the maximum dimensions permitted under legitimate local, state or
federal regulations or ordinances shall be considered in compliance with 4.30.2
and 4.30.3 for purposes of this section.
EXCEPTION: Bus schedules, timetables, or maps that are posted at the
bus stop or bus bay are not required to comply with this provision.
10.2.2 Bus stop sites shall be chosen such that, to the maximum extent
practicable, the areas where lifts or ramps are to be deployed comply with section
10.2.1(1) and (2).
(1) Bus stop sites shall be chose such that, to the maximum extent practicable,
the areas where lifts or ramps are to be deployed comply with section 10.2.1(1)
and (2).
(2) When new bus route identification signs are Installed or old signs
are replaced, they shall comply with the requirements of 10.2.1(3).
10.3 Fixed Facilities and Stations
10.3.1 New Construction. New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail,
intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other fixed guideway systems
(e.g., automated guideway transit, monorails, etc.) shall comply with the
following provisions, as applicable;
(1) Elements such as ramps, elevators or other circulation devices,
fare vending or other ticketing areas, and fare collection areas shall be placed
to minimize the distance which wheelchair users and other persons who cannot
negotiate steps may have to travel compared to the general public. The
circulation path, including an accessible entrance and an accessible route, for
persons with disabilities shall, to the maximum extent practicable, coincide with
the circulation path for the general public. Where the circulation path is
different, signage complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, 4.30.5, and 4.30.7(1)
shall be provided to indicate direction to and identify the accessible entrance
and accessible route.
2000 PCC
335
station and complying with 4.30.4 and 4.30.6 shall be provided on each
platform or boarding area. All signs referenced in this paragraph shall, to the
maximum extent practicable, shall, be placed in uniform locations within the
transit system.
(7) Automatic fare vending, collection and adjustment (e.g., add-fare) systems
shall comply with 4.34.2, 4.34.3, 4.34.4 and 4.34.5. At each accessible
fare collection devices are provided for the use of the general public, at least
one accessible device for entering, and at least one for exiting, unless one
device serves both functions, shall be provided at each accessible point of
entry or exit. Accessible fare collection devices shall have a minimum clear
opening width of 32 inches; shall permit passage of a wheelchair; and, where
provided, coin or card slots and controls necessary for operation shall comply
with 4.27. Gates which must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility aid
users shall have a smooth continuous surface extending from 2 inches above
the floor and shall comply with 4.13. Where the circulation path does not
coincide with that used by the general public, accessible fare collection
systems shall be located at or adjacent to the accessible point of entry or exit.
(8) Platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by
platform screens or guardrails shall have a detectable warning. Such
detectable warnings shall comply with 4.29.2 and shall be 24 inches wide
running the full length of the platform drop-off.
(9) In stations covered by this section, rall-to-platform height in new
stations shall be coordinated with the floor height of new vehicles so that the
vertical difference, measured when the vehicle Is at rest, is within plus or minus
5/8 inch under normal passenger load conditions. For rapid rail, light rail,
commuter rail, high speed rail, and Intercity rail systems in new stations, the
horizontal gap, measured when the new vehicle is at rest, shall be no greater
than 3 inches. For slow moving automated guideway "people mover" transit
systems, the horizontal gap in new stations shall be no greater than 1 inch.
EXCEPTION 1: Existing vehicles operating in new stations
may have a vertical difference with respect to the new platform within
plus or minus 1-1/2 inches.
uniform and shall minimize glare on signs. Lighting along circulation routes
shall be of a type and configuration to provide uniform illumination.
(12)Text Telephones: The following shall be provided in accordance
with 4.31.9:
(15) Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the
clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands,
numerals, and/or digits shall contrast with the background either light-on-dark or
dark-on-light. Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and/or digits
shall comply with 4.30.3. Clocks shall be placed in uniform locations throughout
the facility and system to the maximum extent practicable.
(16) Where provided in below grade stations, escalators shall have a
minimum clear width of 32 inches. At the top and bottom of each escalator run,
at least two contiguous treads shall be level beyond the comb plate before the
risers begin to form. All escalator treads shall be marked by a strip of clearly
contrasting color, 2 inches in width, placed parallel to and on the nose of each
step. The strip shall be of a material that is at least as slip resistant as the
remainder of the tread. The edge of the tread shall be apparent from both
ascending and descending directions.
2000 PCC
337
T R A N S P O RTAT I O N FA C I U T I E S
E X C E P T I O N : E l e v a t o r c a r s w i t h a c l e a r fl o o r a r e a i n w h i c h a
on an accessible route complying with 4.3, and shall have space immediately
adjacent complying with 4.2. If unattended security barriers are provided, at
least one gate shall comply with 4.13. Gates which must be pushed open by
wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface
extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor.
10.3.2 Existing Facilities: Keystations.
(1) Rapid, light and commuter rail key stations, as defined under
criteria established by the Department of Transportation in subpart C of 49 CFR
part 37 and existing intercity rail stations shall provide at least one accessible
route from an accessible entrance to those areas necessary for use of the
transportation system.
(2) The accessible route required by 10.3.2(1) shall include the
features specified in 10.3.1(1). (4)-(9), (11)-(15), and (17)-(19).
(3) Where technical infeasibility in existing stations requires the
accessible route to lead from the public way to a paid area of the transit system,
an accessible fare collection system, complying with 10.3.1(7), shall be provided
along such accessible route.
(4) In light rail, rapid rail and commuter rail key stations, the
platform or a portion thereof and the vehicle floor shall be coordinated so that
the vertical difference, measured when the vehicle is at rest, is within plus or
minus 1-1/2 inches under all normal passenger load conditions, and the
horizontai gap, measured when the vehicle is at rest, is no greater than 3 inches
for at least one door of each vehicle or car required to be accessible by 49 CFR
part 37.
2000 PCC
338
T R A N S P O R TA T I O N F A C J U T J E S
be placed to minimize the distance which wheelchair users and other persons
who cannot negotiate steps may have to travel compared to the general public.
(2) The circulation path, including an accessible entrance and an
accessible route, for persons with disabilities shall, to the maximum extent
practicable, coincide with the circulation path for the general public. Where the
circulation path is different, directional signage complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2,
4.30.3 and 4.30.5 shall be provided which indicates the location of the nearest
accessible entrance and its accessible route.
<&2000 PCC
339
(7) Where clocks are provided for use by the general public the
clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands,
numerals, and/or digits shall contrast with their background either light-on-dark
2000 PCC
340
Fig.lig
B U S S TO P PA D S
Fig.120
COVERED BUS STOPS
T R A N S P O R TAT I O N F A C I U T I E S
2000 PCC
341
6 2 . S TA N D A R D S F O R C A R D R E A D E R S AT
G A S O L I N E F U E L D I S P E N S I N G FA C I L I T I E S
General - Notwithstanding other requirements in the Califomia Building Code (CBC),
only the requirements and additional definitions In this section shall apply to card-reading
devices in motor vehicle fuel facilities, except that administrative requirements which are found
in Chapter 1 of the CBC still apply. For purposes of this section, the following additional
definitions shall apply: 1101C.1
ALTERNATE CARD READER shall be defined in this section as functionally equal card
reader and control directly attached to or an integral part of the fuel dispenser In addition to the
primary card reader which is an integral part of the dispenser.
FREE-STANDING PEDESTAL is a card-reading device which controls one or more
remote fuel dispensers that have no card reader as an integral part of the fuel dispenser.
LEVEL ACCESSIBLE AREA, for the purposes of this section, shall mean a slope of not
more than 2 percent in front of the dispensing device; however, the slope may extend to 5
percent where the enforcing authority determines, that duke to unusual site conditions, the 2
percent gradient is not obtainable.
PATH OF TRAVEL shall include the clearance requirements stated in Chapter 11B of
the CBC for Wheelchair Passage Width, and Relationship of Maneuvering Clearances to
Wheelchair Spaces (SEE CHAPTER 35 OF THIS BOOK FOR BOTH SETS OF
REQUIREMENTS), except that pump nozzles and hoses may overlap required clearances.
TYPE OF MOTOR FUEL shall mean gasoline, diesel, compressed natural gas,
methanol, electricity orethanol.
SECTION
11 0 2 C - A P P L I C AT I O N
2. Existing motor vehicle fuel facilities built before the effective date of this section
when:
Where only one card-reading device is installed for use with any type of motor fuel, it
shall meet the required features of this section. When more than one card-reading location is
available for a specific type of motor fuel, a minimum of two for that type shall have the
accessible features of this section.
S E C T I O N 11 0 4 C - R E Q U I R E D F E AT U R E S
A. The highest operable part of each primary or alternate card reader is no more
than 54" measured from the base of the fuel dispenser. 1104C.1
Figs. 117 & 11
2000 PCC
342
C. An accessible path of travel is provided to the base of all fuel dispensers that are
required to be accessible. 1104C.2
D. Accessible fuel dispensers are provided with a level area which is 30" x 48" level
a n d c l e a r. 11 0 4 C . 3 F i g . 11 8
E. The level area is provided within 10" in plan view of the face of the
c o n t r o l s . 11 0 4 C . 3 F i g . 11 8
F. The level area is unobstructed by any features except pump nozzles and
hoses.
11 0 4 C . 3
G. The long side of the level area is parallel to and centered (plus or minus
9") with the face of the card-reader controls. 1104C.3
S E C T I O N 11 0 5 C - P R O T E C T I O N O F D I S P E N S E R S M O U N T E D AT G R A D E
2000 PCC
343
MAXIMUM CENTERUNE
H E I G H T O F TO P K E Y S
AND CARD SLOT OR
A LT E R N AT E C O N T R O L S
AHACHED TO OR WITHIN
THE FUEL DISPENSER
24" 9
^CENTERUNE OF
/ FUNCTIONAL PART
BASE
OF
FUEL
DISPENSER
Fig.117
CARD READERS MOUNTED IN FUEL DISPENSERS
Fig.118
C A R D R E A D E R S L O C AT E D O N F R E E - S TA N D I N G P E D E S TA L S
2000 PCC
344
APPENDIX A
1995/1996/1998/1999 CALIFORNIA CODE
F O R M AT C H A N G E S
REFERENCE DOCUMENT
(&2000 PCC
345
1995/96 NUMBER
3101 A(a).
3101A(b).
3101A(c).
3101A(c)1.
3101A(c)2.
M A I N T E N A N C E O F A C C E S S I B L E F E AT U R E S
11 0 1 8 . 3 . 2 .
11 0 1 8 . 4 .
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES
DEFINITIONS
3103A.
11 0 3 B
11 0 3 B . 1 .
11 0 3 8 .
BUILDING ACCESSIBILITY
11 0 4 B .
11 0 4 8 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 .
11 0 4 8 . 1
>
11 0 3 8 . 1
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 4 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 4 . 3 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . S .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 6 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 7 .
S E AT I N G
K E Y FA C I L I T I E S
VA R I E T Y O F L O C AT I O N S
W H E E L C H A I R S PA C E S
a
P L A C E M E N T O F W H E E L C H A I R S PA C E S
S I Z E O F W H E E L C H A I R S PA C E S
R E M O VA B L E S E AT S
S E M I - A M B U L AT O R Y S E AT I N G
LIFE SAFETY
ACCESS TO PERFORMING AREAS
1048.3.10,
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 11 .
11 0 4 8 , 3 , 1 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 11 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 1 2 .
11 0 4 B . 3 . 1 3 .
AUDITORIUMS, ETC.
11 0 4 8 , 3 , 5 .
11 0 4 8 , 3 , 6 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 , 7 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 8 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 9 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 8 .
11 0 4 B . 3 . 9 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 1 0 .
L O C AT I O N
SIGNAGE
FEES
P O R TA B L E S Y S T E M S
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 3 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 4 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 4 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 4 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 4 , 3 ,
11 0 4 8 .3 .4 .1 .
>
GENERAL
ASSISTIVE LISTENING
NUMBER
TYPES
11 0 4 8 . 3 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 2 ,
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 3 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 4 .
A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R G R O U P A O C C U PA N C I E S
11048.2.6.
11 0 4 8 . 3 . 1 .
GENERAL
11 0 4 8 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 3 .
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 4 .
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 5 .
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 3 .
11 0 4 8 . 2 . 4 .
11 0 4 B . 2 . S .
11 0 4 B . 2 . 6 .
11 0 4 8 . 3 .
3103A(b)2.A.(iii)e,
31Q3A(b)2.A.(iii)f.
3103A(b)2.A.(iv).
3103A(b)2.A.(v).
3103A(b)2.A.(vi).
3103A(b)2.B.
3103A(b)2.C.
3103A(b)2.D.
GENERAL
DESIGN
11 0 2 8 .
3103A{b)2A.(iii)d.
>
11 0 1 8 . 1 .
11 0 1 8 . 2 .
11 0 1 8 . 3 .
11 0 1 8 . 3 . 1 .
11 D 2 B
3103A{b)6.B.
3103A(b)6.C.
3103A(b)6.D.
3103A(b)6.E.
3103A{b)6.F.
3103A{b)2.
3103A(b)2.A.
3103A(b)2A(i).
3103A(b)2A(ii).
3103A(b)2.A.(iii).
3103A(b)2.A.(iit}a.
3103A(b)2.A.(iii)b.
3103A(b)2A.(iii)c.
>
3102A.
3103A(b).
31G3A(b)1.
31Q3A(b)6.
31 D3A(b}6A.
NUMBER
11 0 1 8
11 0 1 B . 3 .
11 0 1 B . 3 . 1 .
11 0 1 B . 3 . 2 .
3103A{a).
>
1998/99
11 Q 1 B
11 0 1 B . 1 .
11 0 1 B . 2 .
S TA G E S
TICKET BOOTHS
MISCELLANEOUS AREAS
11 0 4 8 ,3 .1 3 ,
>
>
)>>>)>>))))>>
)>>>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>)>>)>>>>>))
)>>))>>)
>
3103A(b)3.
3103A(b)3.A.
3103A(b)3.B.
3103A(b)3.C.
3103A(b)3.D.
3103A(b)3.E.
3103A(b)4.
"
3103A(b)4.A.
3103A(b)4.B.
3103A(b)4.C.
3103A(b)4.D.
3103A{b)4.E.
3103A(b)4.F.
3103A(b)4.G.
3103A(b)5.
3103A(b)5.A.
3103A(b)5.A(i)
3103A{b)5.A(ii)
3103A(b)5.B.
3103A(b)5.C.
3103A(b)5.D.
3103A(c)
3103A(c)1.
3103A(c)4.
3103A(c)2.
3103A(c)2A.
3103A(c)2A(i).
3103A(c)2A(ii).
3103A(c)2A(iii).
3103A(c)2.B.
3103A(c)2.B(i).
3103A(c)2.B(ii),
3103A(c)2.B(iii).
3103A{c)2.B(iv).
3103A{c)2.D.
3103A{c)2.D(i).
3103A{c)2.D(ii).
3103A(c)2.D(iii).
3103A(c)2.E.
3103A{c)2.E(i).
3103A(c)2.E(li).
3103A(c)2.E(iii).
3103A(c)2.E(iv).
11 0 4 B . 4 .
11 0 4 8 . 4 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 4 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 4 . 3 .
11 0 4 8 . 4 . 4 .
11 0 4 8 . 4 . 5 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 3 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 4 .
11 0 4 B . 5 . S .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 6 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 7 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 8 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 2 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 2 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 3 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 4 ,
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 5 .
11 0 4 8 . 4 .
11 0 4 8 . 4 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 4 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 4 . 3 .
11 0 4 B . 4 . 4 .
11 0 4 8 . 4 . 5 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 2 .
S P E C TAT O R S E AT I N G
TICKET 800THS
PA R T I C I PAT I O N A R E A S
CLU8ROOMS
S A N I TA R Y & L O C K E R F A C I L I T I E S
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 3 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 4 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 5 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 6 .
11 0 4 8 . 5 . 7 .
11 0 4 B . 5 . 8 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 2 . 1 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 2 . 2 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 3 .
R E L I G I O U S FA C I L I T I E S
GENERAL
SANCTUARY
ACCESSIBIUTY
FOR
GROUP
O C C U PA N C I E S
GENERAL
S M A L L G R O U P 8 O C C U PA N C I E S
11 0 5 8 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 1 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 1 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 1 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 2 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 2 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 2 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 2 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 2 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 .3 .2 .3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 2 . 4 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 3 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 3 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 2 . 4 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 3 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 3 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 4 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 4 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 4 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 4 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 4 . 4 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 3 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 3 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 4 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 4 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 4 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 4 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 4 . 4 .
> 0
S o
1
SO
So
S
O
11 0 5 8 . 1
11 0 5 8 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 1 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 1 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 1 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 2 .
s o
W H E E L C H A I R S E AT I N G
WHEELCHAIR ACCESS
A S S E M B LY A R E A S
CLASSROOMS & OFFICES
S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 4 .
11 0 4 8 . 6 . 5 .
11058.
11 0 5 B . 1
11 0 5 8 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 .
"
"
:3
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 5 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 5 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 5 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 5 . 1 .
3103A(c)2.F{ii).
11 0 5 B . 3 . 5 . 2 .
11 0 5 B . 3 . 5 . 3 .
11 0 5 B . 3 . 5 . 4 .
11 0 5 B . 3 . 6 ,
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 5 . 2 .
11 0 5 B . 3 . 6 . 1 .
11 0 5 B . 3 . 6 . 2 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 6 . 1 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 6 . 2 .
1106B.
11 0 6 8 .
11 0 6 8 . 1
11 0 6 8 . 2
11 0 6 8 . 3 .
A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R G R O U P E O C C U PA N C I E S
11 0 6 8 . 4 .
11 0 6 B . 4 . 4 .
11 0 6 8 . 4 . 2 .
11 0 6 8 . 4 . 3 .
11 0 6 8 . 4 . 4 .
3103A(c)3.
3103A(c)3.A.
3103A(c)3.A(i).
3103A(c)3.A(ii).
3103A(c)3.A(iil).
3103A{c)3.B.
3103A{c)3.B{i).
3103A{c)3.B{ii).
3103A(c)3.B(iii).
11 0 7 B .
11 0 7 B . 1 .
11 0 7 8 . 1 . 1 .
11 0 7 B . 1 . 2 .
11 0 7 8 . 1 . 3 .
11 0 7 8 .
11 0 7 8 . 1 .
11 0 7 8 . 1 . 1 .
11 0 7 8 . 1 . 2 ,
11 0 7 8 . 1 . 3 .
FA C TO R I E S A N D WA R E H O U S E S
FA C TO R I E S
M A J O R O R P R I N C I PA L F L O O R A R E A S
OFFICE AREAS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
11 0 7 8 . 2 .
11 0 7 B . 2 . 1 .
11 0 7 8 . 2 . 2 .
11 0 7 B . 2 . 3 .
11 0 7 8 . 2 .
11 0 7 8 . 2 . 1 .
11 0 7 8 . 2 . 2 .
11 0 7 8 . 2 . 3 .
3103A(e).
11 0 8 8 .
11 0 8 B . 1 .
11 0 8 8 .
11 0 8 8 . 1 .
3103A(e)1.
3103A(e)2.
3103A(e)3.
3103A(e)4.
3103A(e)S.
1108B.2.
11088.2.
S A N I TA RY
11 0 8 B . 3 .
11 0 8 8 . 3 .
ACCESSIBLE ROUTES
11 0 8 B . 4 .
11 0 8 8 . 5 .
11 0 8 8 . 6 .
11 0 8 8 . 4 .
11 0 8 8 . 5 .
11 0 8 8 . 6 .
3103A{0
11 0 9 8 .
11 0 9 8 .
11 0 9 8 . 1 .
11 0 9 8 . 2 .
11 0 9 8 . 3 .
11 0 9 8 . 3 . 1 .
11 0 9 8 . 1 .
11 0 9 8 . 2 .
11 0 9 8 . 3 .
11 0 9 8 . 3 . 1 .
11 0 9 8 . 3 . 2 .
11 0 9 8 . 3 . 3 .
11 0 9 8 . 4 .
11 0 9 8 . 3 . 2 .
11 0 9 8 . 3 . 3 .
11 0 9 8 . 4 .
11 0 9 8 . 4 . 1 .
11 0 9 8 . 4 . 2 .
11 0 9 8 . 4 . 3 .
11 0 9 8 . 4 . 1 .
11 0 9 8 . 4 . 2 .
11 0 9 8 . 4 . 3 .
3103A(c)2.F(iii).
3103A(c)2.F(iv).
3103A{c)2.G.
3103A(c)2.G(i).
3103A(c)2.G(ii).
3103A(d).
3103A(d)3.A.
3103A(d)3.B.
3103A(d)3.C.
31O3A{01.
3103A{f)2.
3103A{f)2.A.
31O3A(02.B.
3103A(02.C.
3103A(f)3.
3103A(f)3,A
3103A(f)3.B.
3103A(03.C.
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 5 . 4 .
11 0 5 8 . 3 . 6 .
11 0 6 B . 4 .
11 0 6 B . 4 . 1 .
11 0 6 B . 4 . 2 .
11 0 6 B . 4 . 3 .
11 0 5 8 .3 .5 .3 .
11 0 6 B . 1
11 0 6 8 . 2
11 0 6 B . 3 .
3103A(d)1.
3103A(d)2.
3103A(d)3.
NO
NO
3103A(c)2.F.
3103A(c)2.F(i).
>
>
11068.4.1.
GENERAL
L A B O R AT O R Y R O O M S
WAREHOUSES
MISCELLANEOUS WAREHOUSING AREAS
OFFICE AREAS
S A N I TA R Y FA C I L I T I E S
S
NO
NO
N o
NO
NO
I
a
A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R G R O U P H O C C U PA N C I E S
GENERAL
FACILITIES
A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R G R O U P 1 O C C U PA N C I E S
GENERAL
ENTRANCE
PAT I E N T B E D R O O M S A N D T O I L E T R O O M S
))>>))))>))>)>>))1l>l)
))))>
>)))))))>))))))>)>>))>)))>>>))))>
)>))))))
>
31O3A(04.
3103A(05.
31O3A(06.
3103A(f)7.
11 0 9 6 . 5 .
11 0 9 8 . 6 .
11 0 9 B . 7 .
11 0 9 B . 5 .
11 0 9 B . 6 .
11 0 9 B . 7 .
11 0 9 B . 8 .
11 0 9 B . 8 .
3103A(g).
3103A(c)2.C.
3103A(c)2.C{i).
111 0 B .
111 0 B .
111 0 B . 1
3103A{c)2.C(ii).
111 0 B . 1 . 2 .
111 0 B . 1 . 3 .
111 0 B . 1 . 4 .
111 0 B . 1 . 5 .
111 0 B . 1
111 0 B . 1 . 1 .
111 0 B . 1 . 2 .
111 0 B . 1 . 3 .
111 0 B . 1 . 4 .
3103A(c)2.C(iii).
3103A{c)2.C{iv).
3103A{c)2.C(v).
3103A{c)2.C(vi).
3103A(c)2.C{vi)1.
3103A(c)2.C{vi)2.
3103A{c)2.C{vi)3.
3103A(c)2.C(vi)4.
3103A(c)2.C{vi)5.
3103A{c)2.C{vi)6.
3103A(c)2.C(vi)7.
3103A(c)2.C(vi)8.
3103A(c)2.C(vii).
3103A(h).
3103A(h)1.C.
3103A(h)1.D.
3103A(h)1.
3103A(h)1.A(ii).
3103A(h)1.A.
3103A(h)1.A(iii).
3103A(h)1.E.
3103A(h)1.F.
3103A(h)1.F(i).
3103A(h)1.F(ii).
3103A(h)1.F{iii).
3103A(h)2.
3103A(h)2.A.
3103A(h)2.B.
3103A(h)2.C.
3103A(h)2.D.
3103A(h)2.E.
3103A(h)2.F.
3103A(h)1.B.
3103A(h)1.A(iv).
111 0 B . 1 . 1 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 1 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 2 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 3 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 4 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 5 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 6 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 7 .
111 0 B . 1 . 5 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 1 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 2 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 3 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 4 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . S .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 6 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 8 .
111 0 B . 1 . 7 .
111 0 B . 2 .
111 0 B . 2 . 1 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 7 .
111 0 B . 1 . 6 . 8 .
111 0 B . 1 . 7 .
111 0 B . 2 .
111 0 B . 2 . 1 .
1110B.2.2.
111 0 B . 2 . 2 .
1111B.
1111B.
1111 B . 1 .
1111 B . 2 .
1111 B . 1 .
1111 B . 2 .
1111B.3.
1111 B . 4 .
1111 B . 4 . 1 .
1111 B . 4 . 2 .
1111 B . 3 .
1111 B . 4 .
1111 B . 4 . 1 .
1111 B . 4 . 2 .
1111 B . 4 . 3 .
1111 B . 4 . 4 .
1111 B . 4 . 5 .
1111 B . 4 . 5 . 1 .
1111 B . 4 . 3 .
1111 B . 4 . 4 .
1111 B . 4 . 5 .
1111 B . 4 . 5 . 1 .
1111 B . 4 . 5 . 2 .
1111 B . 4 . 5 . 3 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 1 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 2 .
1111 B . 4 . 5 . 2 .
1111 B . 4 . 5 . 3 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 1 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 2 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 3 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 4 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 5 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 3 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 4 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 5 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 6 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 7 .
1111 B . 4 . 7 .
1111 B . 4 . 6 . 6 .
1111 8 . 4 . 6 . 7 .
1111 B . 4 . 7 .
PAT I E N T T O I L E T R O O M S
D I A G N O S T I C A N D T R E AT M E N T A R E A S
A C C E S S I B I L r T Y F O R G R O U P M O C C U PA N C I E S
SALES
GENERAL AREAS
WORK AREAS
C H E C K S TA N D S
POINT OF SALE MACHINES
TURNSTILES
THEFT PREVENTION BARRIERS
ENTRANCES & EXITS
SHOPPING CART BARRIERS
O P E N I N G W I D T H AT G AT E S
L E V E L A R E A AT G AT E S
L E V E L A R E A AT G AT E S
B O T T O M & S U R FA C E S O F G AT E S
U N O B S T R U C T E D PAT H O F T R AV E L T O G AT E S
PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC BARRIERS
FITTING AND DRESSING ROOMS
M I S C E L U N E O U S G E N E R A L S TA N D A R D S
C I R C U L AT I O N
STORAGE AREAS
A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R G R O U P R O C C U PA N C I E S
GENERAL
PUBLIC- AND COMMON-USE ROOMS OR AREAS
R E C R E AT I O N A L FA C I L I T I E S
* o
S
o
59
6rt
: s
3103A(h)3.
3103A(h)3.
3103A(h)3.
1111 B . S .
1111 B . 5 . 1 .
1111 B . 5 . 1 . 1 .
1111 8 . 5 . B U I L D I N G S & C O M P L E X E S C O N TA I N I N G P U B L I C LY F U N D E D D W E L L I N G U N I T S
1111 8 . 5 . 1 . & 11 0 1 A . 1 .
GENERAL
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
SITES WITH STEEP SLOPES
NOTE: 1.
1111 B . 5 . 1 . 2 .
1111 B . S . 2 .
1111 B . 5 . 2 . 1 .
1111 B . 5 . 2 . 2 .
C8C
CBC
CBC
CBC
1111 B . 5 . 3 .
1111 B . 5 . 4 .
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 1 .
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 2 .
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
3103A(h)3.A.
3103A(h)3.A(l).
3103A(h)3.A(ii).
3103A(h)3.B.
3103A(h)3.D.
3103A(h)3.D(i).
3103A{h)3.D(ii).
3103A(h)3.D(iii).
3103A(h)3.D(iv).
3103A(h)3.D(v).
3103A(h)3.D(vili).
3103A(h)4.
3103A(h)4,A
3103A(h)4.A(i),
3103A(h)4.A(ii).
3103A(h)4.A{iii).
3103A(h)4.A(iv).
3103A{h)4.B.
3103A(h)4.C.
3103A(h)4.D.
3103A(h)4.E.
3103A(h)4.E(i).
3103A(h)4.E(ii).
3103A(h)4.F.
3103A(h)4.G.
3103A(h)4.H.
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 3 .
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 3 . 1 .
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 .
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 4 .
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 5 .
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 5 . 1 .
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 5 . 1 . 1 .
1111 8 . 5 . 4 , 5 . 1 . 2 .
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 5 . 1 . 3 .
1111 B . 5 . 4 . 5 . 1 . 4 .
1111 8 . 5 . 4 , 6 .
1111 8 . 5 . 4 . 7 .
CBC
CBC
CBC
CBC
CBC
31A
3304
3305
3306
3307
3315
3325
3326
5103(d.1)
5107
Chapter 60
))>))>>
CBC
>)))
CHAPTER
* o
V o
M U LT I S T O R Y B U I L D I N G S
A D A P TA B L E D W E L L I N G U N I T S
DOOR SIGNAL DEVICES
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
* 0
LAUNDRY ROOMS
B AT H R O O M S I N A D A P TA B L E D W E L L I N G U N I T S
B AT H R O O M S
E N T R A N C E D O O R WAY S
M A N E U V E R I N G S PA C E
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
Co
WAT E R C L O S E T S
11 A
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
B AT H T U B S
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
S H O W E R S TA L L S
111 2 B . A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R G R O U P S O C C U PA N C I E S I R e s e r v e d f o r f u t u r e u s e . 1
111 3 8 .
111 3 8 . A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R
111 4 8 ,
111 4 B . 1 .
111 4 B . 1 . 1 .
111 4 8 .
3301(h)
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
C B C C H A P T E R 11 A
1111 8 . 5 . 4 . 9 , 2 , 3 .
111 2 B .
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
CBC
CBC
CBC
CBC
CBC
CBC
IIIIB.5.4,8,
1111 6 . 5 . 4 , 9 .
1111 8 . 5 . 4 . 9 . 1 .
1111 8 , 5 . 4 . 9 . 2 .
1111 8 . 5 . 4 . 9 . 2 . 1 .
1111 8 . 5 . 4 . 9 . 2 , 2 .
3103A(i).
3103A(i)1.
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
FACILITY
GROUP U
O C C U PA N C I E S
for
future
use.)
ACCESSIBILITY
111 4 B . 1 .
111 4 B . 1 . 1 .
11 B .
11 3 3 B .
GENERAL
>>)>)>
fReserved
11 3 3 B . 2 .
11 3 3 B . 3 .
11 3 3 B . 4 .
11 3 3 B . 5 .
11 3 3 B . 6 .
11 3 3 B . 7 .
11 3 3 B . 8 .
3003.
111 6 B . 2
Chapter 35
>
>
>>))>>>)
>))
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
3103A(i)2.
3103A(i)3.
3103A(i)4.
3103A(i)5.
3104A.
3104A(a).
3104A(b).
3104A(b)1.
3104A(b)1.A.
3104A(b)1.B.
3104A(b)1.C,
3104A(b)1.D.
3104A(b)1.E.
3104A(b)1.F.
3104A(b)1.G.
3104A{b)2.
3104A(b)3.
3104A{b)4.
111 4 B .1.2.
111 4 B . 1 . 2 .
1 1 1 4 B .1.3.
1 1 1 4 B .1.4.
1 1 1 4 B .1.5.
111 4 B . 2 .
1 1 1 4 B .2.1.
111 4 B . 1 . 3 .
PRIMARY
ENTRY
ACCESS
111 4 B . 1 . 4 .
SIGNS
111 4 B . 1 . 5 .
A D A P TA B L E
DWELLING
UNITS
111 4 B . 2 .
EGRESS
AND
AREAS
FOR
E VA C U AT I O N
111 4 B . 2 . 1 .
GENERAL
1 1 1 4 B .2.2
111 4 8 2.2.1.
1 1 1 4 B .2.2.1.1.
1 1 1 4 B .2.2.1.2.
111 4 B . 2 . 2
111 4 8 . 2 . 2 , 1 .
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 1 . 1 .
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 1 . 2 .
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 1 . 3 .
1 1 1 4 B .2.2.1.3.
1 1 1 4 B .2.2.1.4.
1 1 1 4 B .2.2.1.5.
1 1 1 4 B.2.2.1.6.
1 1 1 4 B .2.2.1.7.
ACCESSIBLE
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 2 .
111 4 B
,2.2.3.
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 4 .
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 4 . 1 .
111 4 8 . 2 . 2 . 4 , 2 .
3104A(b)5.
3104A(c).
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 5 .
111 4 B . 2 . 3 .
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . S .
3104A(d).
3104A(e).
111 4 B . 2 . 4 .
111 4 B . 2 . 4 .
3105A(b).
3105A(b)1.
3105A(b)1A
3105A(b)1.B.
3105A(b)l.C.
3105A{b)1.C(i).
3105A(b)1.C(ii).
3105A(b)1,D.
3105A(b)2.
3105A(b)2,A.
3105A(b)2.A(i).
111 5 B
1 1 1 5 B .1.
1 1 1 5 B .2.
1 1 1 5 8 .3.
3105A(b)2.A(iii).
3105A(b)2.A(iv).
3105A(b)2.A(v).
3105A(b)2.A{vi).
3105A(b)2.B.
3105A(b)2.B(i).
3105A(b)2.B(ii).
3105A(b)2.B(iii).
310SA(b)2.B.(iv).
3105A(b)2.B(iv)a.
3105A(b)2.B{iv)b.
> o
V o
EXIT
ENCLOSURE
AN
EXIT
ENCLOSURE
SMOKE
BARRIER
LOBBY
SIZE
ADJACENT
S TA I RWAY
WIDTH
T W O - WAY
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
TELEPHONE
WITH
CONTROLLED
ACCESS
VISIBLE
AND
AUDIBLE
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
AREA
FOR
E VA C U AT I O N
ALARMS/EMERGENCY
A S S I S TA N C E .
WARNING
HIGH
RISE
1 1 1 5 B .4.1.
1 1 1 5 B .4.2.
1 1 1 5 B .5.
1 1 1 5 B .6.
1 1 1 5 B .6.1.
1 1 1 5 B.6.1.1.
1 1 1 5 B .6.1.2.
1 1 1 5 B .6.1.3.
1 1 1 5 B .6.1.4.
111 5 B .6.1.5.
1 1 1 5 B .6.1.6.
1 1 1 5 B .6.2.
111 5 B .6.2.1.
111 5 B .6.2.2.
1 1 1 5 B .6.2.3.
111 5 B .6.2.4.
111 S B.6.2.4.1.
111 5 B .6.2.4.2.
111 5 B .
B AT H I N G
AND
TOILET
FACILITIES
111 5 B . 1 .
GENERAL
111 5 B . 2 ,
S E PA R AT E
FACILITIES
111 5 B . 3 ,
WHERE
USED
BY
CHILDREN
111 5 B . 4 ,
PA S S A G E WAY S
111 5 B . 4 . 1 ,
CLEAR
OPENING
111 5 B . 4 . 2 ,
111 5 B . 5 .
111 5 B , 6 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 1 .
LEVEL
AREA
I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
SYMBOLS
B AT H I N G
FACILITIES
B AT H T U B S
111 5 B . 6 . 1 . 1 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 1 . 2 .
111 5 B . 6 . 1 . 3 .
FLOOR
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 3 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 4 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 4 . 1 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 4 . 2 .
S PA C E
S E AT
GRAB
111 5 B . 6 . 1 . 4 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 1 . 5 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 1 . 6 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 1 .
BARS
CONTROLS
SHOWER
UNIT
B AT H T U B
ENCLOSURES
SHOWERS
SIZE
TWO
HAND
A LT E R N AT I V E
SYSTEMS/ACCESSIBILITY
111 4 B . 2 . 5 .
1 1 1 5 B.4.
A S S I S TA N C E
VESTIBULE
ADJACENT
TO
S TA I RWAY
LANDING
WITHIN
ROOM
S E PA R AT E D
BY
A
AN
E L E VATO R
1 1 1 4 B .2.2.2.
1 1 1 4 B .2.2.3.
1 1 1 4 B .2.2.4.
3105A(b)2.A(ii).
O F T R AV E L
AREAS
FOR
E VA C U AT I O N
A S S I S TA N C E
L O C AT I O N
AND
CONSTRUCTION
S TA I RWAY
LANDING
IN
SMOKEPROOF
ENCLOSURE
EXTERIOR
EXIT
BALCONY
ONE-HOUR-FIRE.RESISTIVE
CORRIDOR
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 1 . 4 .
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 1 . 5 .
111 4 B . 2 . 2 . 1 . 6 .
111 4 8 , 2 . 2 . 1 . 7 .
111 4 B . 2 . 3 .
ROUTE
THRESHOLDS
MORE
SHOWERS
ACCESSORIES
WAT E R
CONTROLS
HELD
S P R AY E R
OR
UNIT
> o
> 0
I
s
' O
3105A{b)2.B(iv)c.
111 5 B . 6 . 2 . 4 . 3 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 4 . 3 .
S P R AY E R U N I T A LT E R N AT I V E
FLOOR SLOPE
SHOWER FIXTURES
F O L D I N G S E AT
GRAB BARS
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 , 4 . 4 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 , 4 . 5 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 4 . 5 . 1 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 4 . 5 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 4 . 6 .
SOAP DISH
3105A(b)2.B(v).
3105A(b)2.C.
3105A(b)2.D.
3105A(b)3.
3105A(b)3.A.
3105A(b)3.A(t).
3105A(b)3.A(ij).
3105A(b)3.A(iii).
3105A(b)3.A(iv).
111 5 B . 6 . 2 . 5 .
111 S B . 6 . 3 .
111 5 8 . 6 , 4 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 2 . 5 .
111 5 8 . 6 . 3 .
ENCLOSURES
OPEN SHOWERS
11158.6.4.
LOCKERS
111 5 8 . 7 .
111 S B . 7 . 1 .
111 5 B . 7 . 1 . 1 .
111 5 B . 7 . 1 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 7 . 1 . 3 .
111 S B . 7 . 1 . 4 .
111 5 8 . 7 .
111 5 8 . 7 . 1 .
111 5 8 . 7 . 1 . 1 .
111 5 8 . 7 . 1 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 7 . 1 . 3 .
111 5 8 . 7 . 1 . 4 .
3105A(b)3.B.
3105A(b)3.C.
3105A(b)3.C(i).
3105A(b)3.C(ii).
3105A(b)3.C(iii).
3105A{b)3.C(iii)a.
3105A{b)3.C(iii)b.
3105A(b)3.C(iii)c.
3105A(b)3.C(iii)d.
3105A(b)3.C(iii)e.
3105A(b)3.C(iv).
3105A(b)4.
3105A(b)4.A.
3105A(b)4.A(i).
3105A(b)4.A(ii).
3105A(b)4.B.
3105A(b)4.C.
3105A(b)4.D.
3105A(b)S.
3105A(b}6.
3105A(b)7.
3105A(b)8.
3105A(b}9.
111 5 8 . 7 . 2 .
111 5 B . 8 .
111 5 8 . 8 . 1 .
3105A(c).
111 5 8 . 8 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 8 . 3 .
111 5 8 . 8 . 3 . 1 .
111 5 8 . 8 . 3 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 8 . 3 . 3 .
111 5 8 . 8 , 3 . 4 .
111 5 8 . 8 . 3 . 5 .
111 5 8 . 8 . 4 .
111 5 8 . 9 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 1 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 1 . 1 ,
111 5 8 . 7 . 1 . 5 .
111 5 8 . 7 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 8 ,
111 5 8 . 8 . 1 ,
111 5 8 , 8 . 2 ,
111 5 8 , 8 . 3 .
111 5 8 . 8 . 3 . 1 ,
111 5 8 . 8 . 3 . 2 ,
111 5 8 . 8 . 3 . 3 ,
111 5 8 . 8 . 3 . 4 .
111 5 8 , 8 . 3 . 5 .
111 5 8 . 8 . 4 .
111 5 8 . 9 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 1 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 1 . 1 .
111 5 B . 9 . 1 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 3 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 4 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 5 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 6 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 1 . 2 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 2 ,
111 5 8 . 9 . 7 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 8 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 9 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 7 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 8 ,
111 5 8 . 9 . 9 ,
111 6 8 .
111 6 8 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 3 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 4 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 5 .
111 5 8 . 9 . 6 .
T O I L E T FA C I L I T I E S
M U LT I P L E - A C C O M M O D AT I O N T O I L E T FA C I L I T I E S
WHEELCHAIR CLEARANCE
C L E A R S PA C E AT F I X T U R E S
A C C E S S I B L E WAT E R C L O S E T C O M PA R T M E N T
C O M PA R T M E N T D O O R S
LARGE TOILET ROOMS
S I N G L E - A C C O M M O D AT I O N T O I L E T FA C I L I T I E S
GRAB BARS
L O C AT I O N
DIAMETER OR WIDTH
STRUCTURAL STRENGTH
BENDING STRESS
SHEAR STRESS
SHEAR FORCE
TENSILE FORCE
R O TAT I O N W I T H I N F I T T I N G S
SURFACE
TOILET ROOM FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
L AVAT O R Y F I X T U R E S
C L E A R F L O O R S PA C E
> o
o
I
a
MIRRORS
TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS
URINALS
I N T E R I O R S U R FA C E S
SHOWER AREAS
D O O R S A N D PA N E L S
G L A Z I N G F O R S H O W E R A N D B AT H T U B E N C L O S U R E S
PLASTICS
E L E VAT O R S A N D S P E C I A L A C C E S S ( W H E E L C H A I R ) L I F T S
E L E VAT O R S
11168.2.
111 6 8 . 2 . 3 .
111 6 B . 2 . 4 .
111 6 8 . 2 . 4 . 1 ,
111 6 8 . 2 . 4 . 2 .
I--.
111 6 8 . 1 .
111 6 8 . 2 . 1 .
111 6 8 . 2 . 2 .
y s
) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) > ) ) ) ) > ) ) ) ) > > ) > ) > ) > ) ) ) ) ) > > > > > > > >
1995/I996/1998/I999 CODE FORMAT CHANGES (Cont.)
3105A(d)
3105A(d)1.
3105A(d)1.A.
3105A(d)1.B.
3105A(d)2.
3105A(d)2.A.
111 7 B .
111 7 B . 1 .
111 7 B . 1 . 1 .
111 7 B . 1 . 2 .
111 7 B . 2 .
111 7 B . 2 . 1 .
3105A{d)2.B.
111 7 B . 2 , 2 .
111 7 B . 2 . 3 .
111 7 B . 2 . 4 .
111 7 B . 2 . 5 .
3105A(d)2.C.
3105A(d)2.D.
3105A(d)2.E.
3105A{d)2.F.
3105A(d)2.G.
3105A(d)2.G(i).
3105A(d)2.G{ii).
3105A(d)2.G(iii).
3105A{d)2.G(iv).
3105A(d)2.H.
3105A{d)2.l.
3105A{d)2.i(i).
3105A(d)2.i(ii).
3105A(d)2.l(ii)a
3105A(d)2.l(ii)b.
3105A(d)2.l(ii)c.
3105A(d)2.l(iii).
3105A(d)2.J.
3105A(d)2.K.
3105A(d)2.L.
3105A(d)3.
3105A(d)4.
3105A(e).
3105A(e)1.
3105A(e)2.
3105A(e)3.
3105A(e)4.
310SA(e)S.
3105A(e)6.
3105A(e)7.
3105A{e)7.A.
3105A(e)7,B.
3105A(e)7.C.
31(}5A(e)8.
3105A{e)9.
3105A{e)10.
3105A{e)11.
3105A(0
3105A(f)1.
3105A(02.
111 7 B . 2 . 6 .
111 7 B . 2 . 7 .
t 11 7 B . 2 . 7 . 1 .
111 7 B . 2 . 7 . 2 .
111 7 B . 2 . 7 . 3 .
111 7 B . 2 . 7 . 4 .
111 7 B . 2 . 8 .
111 7 B . 2 . 9 .
111 7 B . 2 . 9 . 1 .
111 7 B .
111 7 B . 1 .
111 7 8 . 1 . 1 .
111 7 8 . 1 . 2 .
111 7 8 . 2 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 5 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 6 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 7 .
F L O O R S U R FA C E S O F W H E E L C H A I R S PA C E S
MOUNTING HEIGHT
ENCLOSURES
111 7 8 . 2 . 7 . 1 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 7 . 2 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 7 . 3 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 7 . 4 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 8 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 9 .
111 7 B . 3 .
111 7 B . 4 .
111 7 B . 5
111 7 B . S
111 7 8 . 5 . 1 . 1 .
111 7 8 . 3 .
111 7 8 . 4 .
111 7 8 . 5
111 7 8 . 5
111 7 8 . 5 . 1 . 1 .
111 7 B . 5 . 1 . 2 .
111 7 B . 5 . 1 . 2 .
111 7 B . 5 . 3 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 1 . 2 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 1 . 2 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 3 .
111 7 B . 5 . 4 .
111 7 B . 5 . 6 .
111 7 B . 5 . 6 . 1 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 4 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 5 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 6 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 6 . 1 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 6 , 2 .
111 7 B . 5 . 6 . 3 .
111 7 B . 5 . 7 .
111 7 B . 5 . 8 .
111 7 B . 5 . 9 .
111 7 B . 5 . 1 0 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 6 . 2 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 6 . 3 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 7 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 8 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 9 .
111 7 8 . 5 . 1 0 .
111 7 B . 6 .
111 7 B . 6 . 1 .
111 7 8 . 6 .
111 7 8 . 6 . 1 .
111 7 8 . 6 . 2 .
111 7 B . 6 . 2 .
GENERAL
111 7 8 . 2 . 1 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 2 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 3 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 4 .
111 7 B , 2 . 9 . 2 . 1 .
111 7 B . 2 . 9 . 2 . 2 ,
111 7 B . 2 . 9 . 2 . 3 .
111 7 B . 2 . 9 . 3 .
111 7 B . 2 . 1 0 .
111 7 B . 2 . 11 .
111 7 B . 2 . 1 2 .
111 7 B . 5 . 5 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 9 . 1 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 9 . 2 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 9 . 2 . 1 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 9 . 2 . 2 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 9 . 2 . 3 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 9 . 3 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 1 0 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 11 .
111 7 8 . 2 . 1 2 .
111 7 B . 2 . 9 . 2 .
WHERE REQUIRED
GENERAL
T E X T T E L E P H O N E S W I T H PAY T E L E P H O N E S
P O R TA B L E T E X T T E L E P H O N E S
E Q U I VA L E N T FA C I L I TAT I O N
S I G N A G E AT T E X T T E L E P H O N E S
C O N T R O L S
CORD LENGTH
TELEPHONE BOOKS
KITCHENS
SWIMMING POOLS
S I G N S A N D I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
I N T E R N AT I O N A L S Y M B O L O F A C C E S S I B I L I T Y
DESIGN
COLOR OF SYMBOL
BRAILLE SYMBOLS
PROPORTIONS
CHARACTER HEIGHT
CONTRAST OF SYMBOL
RAISED CHARACTERS AND PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS
LETTER TYPE
SYMBOL SIZE
V o
>o
> 0
o
o
31O5A(03.
3105A(04.
3105A{g).
3105A{g)1.
3105A(g)1.A.
3105A(g)1.B.
3105A(g)1.C.
3105A(g)2.
3105A(g)3.
3105A(g)4.
3105A(g)4.A.
3105A(g)4.A(i).
3105A(g)4.A(ii).
3105A(g)4.A(iii).
3105A(g)4.A(iii)a.
3105A(g)4.A(iii)b.
3105A(g)4.A(iv).
3105A(g)4.A(v).
3105A(g)4.B.
3105A(g)4.C.
3105A(g)5.
310SA(g)5.A.
3105A(g)5.B.
3105A(g)5.C.
3105A(g)6.
11 7 B . 6 . 3 .
11 7 B . 6 . 4 .
11 7 B . 7 .
11 7 B . 6 . 3 .
11 7 B . 6 . 4 .
11 7 B . 7 .
11 7 B . 7 . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 1 . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 1 . 2 .
11 7 B . 7 . 1 . 3 .
11 7 B . 7 . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 1 . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 1 . 2 .
11 7 B . 7 . 1 . 3 .
11 7 B . 7 . 2 .
11 7 B . 7 . 3 .
3105A(h).
3105A(h)1.
3105A(h)2.
3105A(h)3.
3105A(h)4.
3105A(h)4.A.
3105A(h)4.B.
3105A(h)4.C.
3105A{h)4.D.
11 8 B .
11 8 B . 1 .
11 8 B . 2 .
11 8 B . 6 .
11 8 8 . 4 .
11 8 8 . 4 . 1 .
11 8 8 . 4 . 2 .
11 8 8 . 5 .
11 8 8 . 6 .
3105A{I).
11 9 B .
1198.
11 7 B . 7 . 2 .
11 7 B . 7 . 3 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 2 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 3 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 2 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 4 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 5 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 2 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 3 .
11 7 B . 7 . 5 .
11 7 B , 7 . S . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 2 .
11 7 8 , 7 . 4 . 3 .
11 7 8 . 7 . 5 .
11 7 8 . 7 . 5 . 1 .
11 7 8 . 7 . 5 . 2 .
11 8 B . 3 .
118B.4.
11 8 B . 4 . 1 .
11 8 B . 4 . 2 .
11 8 B . 5 .
A U T O M AT E D T E L L E R M A C H I N E
AT M S I T E
AT M I N S TA L L AT I O N
GENERAL
CONTROLS
CLEARANCES AND REACH RANGE
W H E R E O N E AT M I S P R O V I D E D
C L E A R F L O O R S PA C E
F O R WA R D A P P R O A C H O N LY
PA R A L L E L A P P R O A C H O N LY
REACH DEPTH < 10 INCHES
11 7 B . 7 . 4 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 2 .
11 7 8 . 7 . 4 . 1 . 3 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 1 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 2 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 4 .
11 7 B . 7 . 4 . 1 . 5 .
11 7 B . 7 . 5 . 2 .
11 7 B . 7 . 5 . 3 .
11 7 B . 7 . 6 .
HEIGHT
O P E R AT I O N
A U T O M AT E D T E L L E R A N D P O I N T- O F - S A L E M A C H I N E S
DEFINITIONS
> o
* o
> o
pe
> 0
NO
NO
I
s
n
D I S P L AY
V E R T I C A L LY M O U N T E D S C R E E N D E V I C E S
ANGLE-MOUNTED SCREEN DEVICES
H O R I Z O N TA L LY M O U N T E D S C R E E N D E V I C E S
11 7 8 . 7 . 5 . 3 .
AT M E Q U I P M E N T F O R P E R S O N S W I T H V I S I O N I M PA I R M E N T S
1178.7.6.
11 8 8 .
11 8 B . 1 .
11 8 8 . 2 .
11 8 8 . 3 .
S PA C E A L L O WA N C E A N D R E A C H R A N G E S
W H E E L C H A I R PA S S A G E W I D T H
W I D T H F O R W H E E L C H A I R PA S S I N G
W H E E L C H A I R T U R N I N G S PA C E
C L E A R F L O O R O R G R O U N D S PA C E F O R W H E E L C H A I R S
SIZE AND APPROACH
M A N E U V E R I N G C L E A R A N C E S F O R W H E E L C H A I R S PA C E S
FORWARD REACH
SIDE REACH
S P E C I A L S TA N D A R D S O F A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R B U I L D I N G S
WITH HISTORICAL SIGNIFICANCE
3105A{j).
3105A{j)1.
3105AO)2.
120B.
120B.1.
120B.2.
1208.
3105A{k).
310SA(k)1.
3105A(k)2.
121B.
121B.1.
121B.2.
1218.
)>>)))))))>)))>>>>>>>>
1208.1.
1208.2.
1218.1.
1218.2.
FLOORS
AND
LEVELS
OBJECTS
GENERAL
HEAD ROOM
>))>
))>))))))
>
>
>
>
>
>
3105A(I).
3105A(I)1.
3105A(()2.
3105A(I)3.
3105A(I)4.
11 2 2 B .
11 2 2 B . 1 .
11 2 2 B . 2 .
11 2 2 B . 3 .
11 2 2 8 .
11 2 2 8 . 1 .
11 2 2 8 . 2 .
F I X E D O R B U r LT 4 N S E AT I N G . TA B L E S . A N D C O U N T E R S
11 2 2 8 . 4 .
11 2 2 8 . 3 .
11 2 2 8 . 4 .
3105A(m).
3105A(m)1.
310SA(m)2.
11 2 3 B .
11 2 3 B . 1 .
11 2 3 B . 2 .
11 2 3 8 .
11 2 3 8 . 1 .
11 2 3 8 . 2 .
3105A(n).
3105A(n)l.
310SA(n)2.
3105A(n)3.
3105A(n)4.
11 2 4 B .
11 2 4 B . 1 .
11 2 4 8 . 2 .
11 2 4 B . 3 .
11 2 4 B . 4 .
11 2 4 8 .
11 2 4 8 . 1 .
11 2 4 8 . 1 .
G R O U N D A N D F L O O R S U R FA C E S
GENERAL
3105A(o).
3105A(o)1.
3105A(o)2.
3105A(o)3.
3105A(o)4.
11 2 5 8 .
11 2 4 5 . 1 .
11 2 5 8 . 2 .
11 2 5 8 . 3 .
11 2 5 8 . 4 .
11 2 5 8 . 2 .
11 2 5 8 . 2 .
11 2 5 8 . 4 .
3105A(p).
11 2 6 8 .
11 2 5 8 . 4 .
VENDING MACHINES
3106A.
11 2 7 8 .
11 2 7 8 . 1 .
11 2 7 8 . 2 .
11 2 7 8 . 3 .
11 2 7 8 . 4 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 .
11278.
E X T E R I O R R O U T E S O F T R AV E L
GENERAL
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
SIGNS
MINIMUM NUMBER
S E AT I N G
KNEE CLEARANCE
H E I G H T O F W O R K S U R FA C E S
> o
N o
3106A(a).
3106A(b)
3106A(c).
3106A(d).
3106A(e).
3106A(e)1.
3106A(e)2.
3106A(e)3.
3106A(e)4.
3106A(e)5.
3106A(e)6.
3106A(e)7.
3106A(e)e.
3106A(e)9.
3106A(e)10.
GENERAL
W O R K S TAT I O N S
11248.3.
CHANGES IN LEVEL
CARPET
11 2 4 8 . 4 .
G R AT I N G S
11 2 5 8 .
11 2 4 5 . 1 .
11 2 7 8 . 1 .
11 2 7 8 . 2 .
11 2 7 8 . 3 .
11 2 7 8 . 4 .
N o
N o
N o
1
S
S T O R A G E
GENERAL
C L E A R F L O O R S PA C E
HEIGHT
HARDWARE
O U T S I D E S TA I R WAY S
CURB RAMPS
GENERAL
WIDTH OF CURB RAMPS
SLOPE OF CURB RAMPS
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 1 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 2 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 3 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 4 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 1 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 2 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 3 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 4 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 5 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 6 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 7 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 8 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 9 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 5 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 5 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 7 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 8 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 9 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 1 0 .
11 2 7 8 . 5 . 1 0 .
3106A(0.
11288.
11288.
P E D E S T R I A N G R A D E S E PA R AT I O N S l O V E R PA S S E S A N D U N D E R PA S S E S I
3107A(a).
3107A(a)1.
3107A(a)2.
3107A(a)3.
3107A(a)3.A.
3107A{a)3.B.
11 2 9 8 .
11 2 9 8 . 1 .
11 2 9 8 .
11 2 9 8 . 1 .
A C C E S S I B L E PA R K I N G R E Q U I R E D
11 2 9 8 . 2 .
11 2 9 8 . 3 .
11 2 9 8 . 3 . 1 .
11 2 9 8 . 2 .
11 2 9 8 . 3 .
11 2 9 8 . 3 . 1 .
11 2 9 8 . 3 . 2 .
11 2 9 8 . 3 . 2 .
LEVEL LANDING
BEVELED LIP
FINISH
BORDER
D E T E C TA B L E WA R N I N G S
OBSTRUCTIONS
DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS
GENERAL
L E S S T H A N F I V E S PA C E S
M E D I C A L C A R E O U T PAT I E N T FA C I L I T I E S
O U T PAT I E N T U N I T S A N D F A C I L I T I E S
U N I T S S P E C I A L I Z I N G I N T R E AT M E N T O F M O B I L I T Y I M PA I R M E N T
I
f
PA R K I N G S PA C E S I Z E
DIMENSIONS
3107A(b).
3107A(b)1.
3107A(b)2.
3107A(b)3.
3107A(b)4.
3107A(c).
11 2 9 8 . 4 .
11 2 9 8 . 4 . 1 ,
11 2 9 8 . 4 . 2 .
11 2 9 8 . 4 .
11 2 9 8 . 4 . 1 .
11 2 9 8 . 4 . 2 .
11 2 9 B . 4 . 3 .
11 2 9 8 . 4 . 4 .
11 2 9 8 . 5 .
11 2 9 8 . 4 . 3 .
11 2 9 8 . 4 . 4 .
11 2 9 8 . 5 .
3107A{d).
11 3 0 8 .
11 2 9 8 . 5 .
PA R K I N G S T R U C T U R E S
3108A(a).
11 3 1 8 .
11 3 1 8 . 1 .
11 3 1 8 . 2 .
11 3 1 8 .
11 3 1 8 . 1 .
11 3 1 8 . 2 .
11 3 1 8 . 2 . 1 .
PA S S E N G E R D R O P - O F F A N D L O A D I N G Z O N E S
310dA(b).
310eA(b)1.
3108A(b)2.
3108A(c).
11 3 1 B . 2 . 1 .
11 3 1 B . 2 . 2 .
11 3 1 8 . 3 .
VAN SPACE(S)
A R R A N G E M E N T O F PA R K I N G S PA C E
S L O P E O F PA R K I N G S PA C E
90
L O C AT I O N
PA S S E N G E R L O A D I N G Z O N E S
GENERAL
VERTICAL CLEARANCE
VA L E T PA R K I N G
11 3 1 8 . 2 . 2 .
11 3 1 8 . 3 .
11 3 1 8 . 4
B U S S T O P PA D S A N D S H E LT E R S
n
3103A(g).
3103A{g)1.
3103A{g)1.A.
3103A{g)1.B.
3103A{g)1.C.
3103A(g)1.D.
3103A(g)1..
3103A(g)1.F.
3103A(g)l.G.
3103A(g)2.
3103A(g)2.A.
3103A(g)2.A(i).
3103A(g)2.A(ii).
3103A(g)2.A(iii).
3103A(g)2.A(iv),
3103A(g)2.A(v).
3103A(g)2.B,
11 3 2 8
11 3 2 8.1.
11 3 2 8.2
11 3 2 8.2.1.
1 1 3 1 8 .3.
1 1 3 2 8 .1.
11 3 2 8.2
1 1 3 2 8 .2.1.
11 3 2 8.2.2.
1 1 3 2 8 .2.2.
11 3 2 8.2.3.
11 3 2 8.2.4.
1 1 3 2 B .2.5.
11 3 2 8.2.6.
11 3 2 8.2.7.
OUTDOOR
GENERAL
PA R K S A N D R E C R E AT I O N A L A R E A S
CAMPSITES
11 3 2 8,3.
1 1 3 2 8.3.1.4.
11 3 2 8.3.1.4.
11 3 2 8.3.1.5.
1 1 3 2 8 .3.1.6.
1 1 3 2 8 .3.1.5.
1 1 3 2 8 .3.1.6.
1 1 3 2 8 .2.3.
1 1 3 2 8 .2.4.
1 1 3 2 8 .2.5.
1 1 3 2 8 ,2.6.
1 1 3 2 8 .2.7.
1 1 3 2 8 .3.
11 3 2 B.3.1.
11 3 2 8.3.1.1
11 3 2 8.3.1.2.
11 3 2 8.3.1.3.
O C C U PA N C I E S
B O AT D O C K S
PA R K I N G L O T S
T R A I L S A N D PAT H S
N AT U R E T R A I L S
H I G H WAY R E S T A R E A S
P E R M A N E N T FA C I L I T I E S
1 1 3 2 8 .3.1.
1 1 3 2 8 .3.1.1
1 1 3 2 8 .3.1.2.
1 1 3 2 8 .3.1.3.
S A N I TA R Y F A C I L I T Y F O R E A C H S E X
P I C N I C TA B L E S
I N F O R M AT I O N A N D D I S P L AY A R E A S
D R I N K I N G F O U N TA I N S
PA R K I N G S PA C E
C U R B R A M P S AT P E D E S T R I A N W AY S
A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R E N T R A N C E S . E X I T S . A N D PAT H S O F T R AV E L
>>>)>)))
3301.(0.
1001.7.
11 3 3 8 . 1
BUILDING ACCESSIBILITY
3301
3301
3301
3301
3301
1001.9.
1001.9.1
1001.9.2.
1001.9.3.
1001.9.4.
11 3 3 8 . 1 . 1
11 3 3 8 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 1
11 3 3 8 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 2
11 3 3 8 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 3
11 3 3 8 . 1 . 1 . 1 . 4
ENTRANCES
EXCEPTIONS
.(h)
.(h)l.
.(h)2.
.(h)3.
.(h)4.
))>))>)>
>)
TEMPORARY RESTRICTIONS
R E C E S S E D D O O R M AT S
G AT E S
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) > ) > > > > ) > ) ) > > ) > ) ) ) > > > ) > > ) > >
1995/1996/1998/1999 CODE FORMAT CHANGES (Cont.)
3304,
3304.(a).
1004.
1004.1.
1004.1.1
3304.(c).
3304.(c.1)
3304.(f).
3304.(01.
3304.(02.
3304.(03.
3304.(04.
3304.(05.
1004.3,
1004.3,1.
3304.(i.1).
3304.(i.1)1.
11 3 3 B . 2
DOORS
11 3 3 B . 2
1003.3,1.7
1 0 0 3 . 3 . 1 . 8 & 11 3 3 B . 2 . 1
GENERAL
DOORS AND LANDINGS
T Y P E O F L O C K O R L AT C H
"
1004,6.
1004,6.
1004.6,1,
1004.6.2.
l 0 0 3 . 3 . 1 . 3 a & 11 3 3 B . 2 . 2
11 3 3 B . 2 . 3
11 3 3 B . 2 . 3 . 1
HINGED DOORS
PA I R O F D O O R S
1004.6,3.
1004.6.4.
1004.6.5.
11 3 3 B . 2 . 3 . 2
11 3 3 B . 2 . 3 . 3
1 0 0 3 . 3 . 1 . 3 a & 11 3 3 B . 2 . 2
A U T O M AT I C D O O R S
R E V O LV I N G D O O R S
CLEAR OPEN WIDTH
1004.9a,
1004.9.2a.
1004.9.2,1a.
1004.9.2,2a.
1004.9.2.3a.
11 3 3 B . 2 . 4
11 3 3 B . 2 , 4 . 1
11 3 3 B . 2 . 4 . 2
11 3 3 B . 2 . 4 . 2
11 3 3 8 , 2 . 4 . 2
11 3 3 B . 2 . 4 . 3
F L O O R L E V E L AT D O O R S
THRESHOLDS
LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING
LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA
M A N E U V E R I N G C L E A R A N C E S AT D O O R S
1004.9.2.4a.
1004.5.1.
1004.0.1.
1004.12.1,
11 3 3 B . 2 . 4 . 4
11 3 3 8 . 2 . 5
11 3 3 B . 2 . 6
11 3 3 B . 2 . 3 . 4
3305.
1005,
3305.(a).
3305.(b)1.1,
3305.(b)2.
3305.(b)2.A,
3305.(b)2.B.
3305.(b)2.C.
3305.(b)2.D.
1005,1.
1005,2.1.
1005,2,2.
11 3 3 B . 3
11 3 3 B . 3
11 3 3 B . 3 . 1
3306.
1006
3306.(1.1).
3306.(i.1)1.
3306.(i.1)2.
3306.(i.1)2.A.
3306.(i.1)2.B.
3306.(i.l)2.C.
3306.(i.1)2.D.
3306.(i.1)2.E.
3306.(i.1)2.F.
3306.(p).
3306.(q).
3306.(r).
3306.(r)1.
3306.(r)1.
3306.(r)2.
3306.(r)3.
1006.9a
3304.(i.1)2B.
3304.(i.1)2.B.
3304.(i.1)2.C.
3304.(i.1)2.D.
3304.(i.2)1.
3304.(i.3).
3304.(i.4)2,
1004.9.1a.
1005,2,2.1.
1005.2,2.2.
1005.2,2.3.
1005.2.2.4.
11 3 3 B . 3 . 2
11 3 3 B . 3 . 2
11 3 3 B . 3 . 2
11 3 3 B . 3 . 2
11 3 3 8 . 3 . 2
> o
S
n
C O R R I D O R A N D H A L LWAY W I D T H S
CORRIDORS OVER 200 FEET
MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH
W H E E L C H A I R T U R N I N G S PA C E
INTERVENING CORRIDOR
OPENABLE DOOR
1006.9.1a.
11 3 3 8 . 4
S TA I RWAY S
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 1 . 1 & 1 0 0 3 . 3 . 3 . 6 a
HANDRAILS
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 1 . 1 & 1 0 0 3 . 3 . 3 . 6 a
REQUIRED HANDRAILS
1006.9.2a.
1006.9.2.1a.
1006.9.2,2a.
1006.9.2,3a.
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 2
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 2 . 1
11 3 3 8 . 4 , 2 . 2
11 3 3 8 . 4 , 2 . 3
H A N D R A I L C O N F I G U R AT I O N
HEIGHT
EXTENSIONS
RETURNED ENDS
1006.9.2.4a.
1006.9.2,5a.
1006,9.2.6a.
1006.16.
1006,16.1,
1006.16.2.
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 2 . 4
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 2 . 5
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 2 . 6 . 1
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 3
11 3 3 8 , 4 . 4
11 3 3 8 , 4 . 5
EXTENSION HAZARD
WALL CLEARANCE & RECESSED HANDRAILS
G R I P P I N G S U R FA C E D I M E N S I O N S
S TA I R WAY I D E N T I F I C AT I O N
S T R I P I N G F O R T H E V I S U A L LY I M PA I R E D
1006.16.2.1.
1006.16.2.1.1
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 5 . 1
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 5 . 1
1006.16.2.2.
11338.4.5.2
1006.16.3.
11 3 3 8 . 4 . 5 . 3
TREADS
S L I P R E S I S TA N C E & T R E A D E D G E S
NOSING
RISERS
3307.
3307.(a.1).
3307.(b.1).
1007.
1007.1a.
1007.2.
3307.(b.1)2.
3307.(c.1)1.
3307.(c.1)2.
1007.2a.
1007.2.2a.
1007.3a.
1007.3.1a.
11 3 3 B . 5
11 3 3 B . 5
11 3 3 B . 5 . 2
11 3 3 B . 5 . 2 . 1
3307.{d.1).
3307.(d.1).l.
3307.(d.1).2.
3307.{d.1).3.
3307.(d.1).4.
3307.(d.1),S.
3307.(d.1).6.
3307.(d.1).7.
11 3 3 B . 5 . 4
11 3 3 B . 5 . 4 . 1
1133B .5.4.2
11 3 3 B . 5 . 4 . 3
1133B .5.4.4
1133B .5.4.5
3315.1.
11 3 3 B . 5 . 6
>
>
>
1014.2.1.
3324.
1023.
3324. (a).
1023.1.
3324.{a)1.
3324.(a)2.
3324.(a)3.
3324.(b).
3324.(c).
3324.{d).
3324.(6).
3324.(0.
1023.1.1.
1023.1.2.
1023.1.3.
1023.2.
1023.3.
WHEEL
GUIDE
WHEEL
GUARD
11 3 3 B . 5 . 6 . 2
11 3 3 B . S . 7
11 3 3 B . 6
1014.
1014.1a.
3315.1.{a).
3315.1.{b).
N O
N O
N O
GUIDES
CURB
GUIDE RAIL
RAILS
i
I
A I S L E S
GENERAL
WIDTH
11 3 3 B . 6 . 1
11 3 3 B . 6 . 2
11 3 3 B . 7
11 3 3 B . 7 . 1 .
11 3 3 B . 7 . 1 . 1 .
11 3 3 B . 7 . 1 . 2 .
11 3 3 B . 7 . 1 . 3 .
11 3 3 B . 7 . 2 .
11 3 3 B . 7 . 3 .
11 3 3 B . 7 . 4 .
11 3 3 B . 7 . 5 .
1023.4.
1023.5.
1023.6.
N O
N O
O T H E R I N T E R M E D I AT E L A N D I N G S
H A Z A R D S AT R A M P L A N D I N G S
HANDRAILS
11 3 3 B . 5 . 6 . 1
1 0 0 7 . 11 .
1133B .5.4.6
11 3 3 B . 5 . 4 . 7 & 11 3 3 B . 5 . 4 . 8
11 3 3 B . 5 . 4 . 9
11 3 3 B . 5 . 5 . 1
1007.4.9a.
1007.5a.
1007.10.
1007.10.1.
1007.10.2.
* o
N O
CROSS SLOPE
OUTDOOR RAMPS
LANDINGS
L O C AT I O N O F L A N D I N G S
1007.4.4a.
1007.4.5a.
1007.4.6a.
1007.4.7a.
3307,(e.1).
3307.(h.1).
3307.(h.1).1
3307.(h.1).2
GENERAL
WIDTH
WIDTH AS FOR EXITS
P R I M A R Y E N T R A N C E A N D S P E C I A L O C C U PA N C Y
SLOPE
11 3 3 B . 5 . 2 . 2
11 3 3 B . 5 . 3
11 3 3 B . 5 . 3 . 1
1007.3.2a.
1007.4a.
1007.4.1a.
1007.4.2a.
10Q7.4.3a.
* o
N o
RAMPS
11 3 3 B . 7 . 6 .
3325.
1024.
11 3 3 B . 8 .
3325.(a).
3325.(b).
3325,(c).
3325.(c)1.
3325.(c)2.
3325.(c)3.
3325.(d).
3325.(6).
1024.1.
1024.2.
1024.3.
11 3 3 B . 8 . 1 .
11 3 3 B . 8 . 2 .
11 3 3 B . 8 . 3 .
11 3 3 B . 8 . 3 .
11 3 3 B . 8 . 3 .
11 3 3 B . 8 . 3 .
WARNING CURBS
OVERHANGING OBSTRUCTIONS
11 3 3 B . 8 . 4 .
n33B.8.5.
>
1024.3.
1024.3.
1024.3.
1024.4.
1024.5.
>
>
>
>
>
>
HAZARDS
>
> >
>
>
>
>
>
3109A.
3112A.(a).
3112A.(a)(i).
3112A.(a)(ii).
3112A.(a)(ii).1.A.
3112A.(a)(ii).1.B.
3112A.(a)(ii).1.C.
3112A.(a)(ii).1.D.
3112A.(a)(ii).1.E.
3112A.{a)(ii).1.F.
3112A.(a)(ii).2.
3112A.(a)(il).2.A.
3112A.(a)(ii).2.B.
3112A.(a)(ii).2.C.
3112A.(a)(li).2.D.
3112A.(a)(ii).3.
3112A.(a)(ii).3.A.
3112A.(a)(ij).3.B.
3112A.(a)(ll).3.C.
3112A.(a)(ii).3.D.
3112A.(a)(ii).3.E.
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.
31t2A.{a)(ii).3.F.(i).
3112A.{a)(ii).3.F.(ii).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.{iii).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.(iv).
3112A.(a)(ij).3.F.{v).
3112A.{a)(ii).3.F.(vi).
31l2A.(a)(ii).3.F.{vii).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.{viii).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.(ix).
3112A.(a){ii).3.F.(x).
3112A.(a){ii).3.F.(xi).
3112A.(a){ii).3.F.(xii).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.(xiij).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.(xiv).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.(xv).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.(xvi).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.(xvii).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.(xviii).
3112A.(a){ii).3.F.(xix).
3112A.(a)(ii).3.F.(xx).
3112A.(a){ii).3.F.(xxi).
3 11 3 A .
11 3 4 B .
11 3 4 B . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1
11 3 4 B .
11 3 4 B . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 .
ACCESSIBILITY
FOR
EXISTING
BUILDINGS
SCOPE
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 3 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 4 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 5 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 6 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 2 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 3 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 4 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 5 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 1 . 6 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 2 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 2 . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 2 . 2 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 2 . 3 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 2 . 4 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 2 . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 2 . 2 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 2 . 3 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 2 . 4 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 3 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 4 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 5 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 , 1 . 3 . 6 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 1 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 3 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 4 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 5 ,
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 , 6 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 , 6 . 1 .
A LT E R I N G O N E B U I L D I N G E N T R A N C E
A LT E R I N G O N E T O I L E T FA C I L I T Y
A LT E R I N G E X I S T I N G E L E VAT O R S
A LT E R I N G E X I S T I N G S T E P S
A LT E R I N G E X I S T I N G H A N D R A I L S
" R E A D I LY A C H I E VA B L E " B A R R I E R R E M O VA L S F O R A D A
I N S TA L L I N G R A M P S
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 2 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 3 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 4 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 5 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 2 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 3 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 4 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 5 .
CURB CUTS
R E P O S I T I O N I N G S H E LV E S
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 6 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 7 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 9 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 0 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 11 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 6 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 7 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 8 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 , 6 . 9 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 , 6 . 1 0 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 , 1 . 3 , 6 . 11 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 2 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 3 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 4 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 5 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 6 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 , 1 . 3 , 6 . 1 2 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 3 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 4 ,
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 5 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 6 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 7 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 8 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 9 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 2 0 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 2 1 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 , 6 . 1 7 .
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 1 8 ,
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 , 6 . 1 9 ,
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 2 0 ,
11 3 4 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 2 1 ,
1135B.
11 3 5 8 .
11 3 5 8 . 1 .
11 3 4 B . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 . 8 .
11 3 5 B . 1 .
'o
N o
ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE
ACCESSIBLE
ACCESSIBLE
ACCESSIBLE
ACCESSIBLE
ADDITIONAL
ROUTE
RESTROOM
TELEPHONES
D R I N K I N G F O U N TA I N S
ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS
P R E V I O U S LY E X E M P T B U I L D I N G S A N D FA C I L I T I E S
P R E S E RVAT I O N
GENERAL
> o
* o
NO
N o
N o
I
a i
TA B L E S
Ta b l e N o . 3 l A - 1
Ta b l e N o . 11 8 - 1
Ta b l e 11 B - 1
W H E E L C H A I R S E AT I N G S PA C E S
Ta b l e N o . 3 1 A - 3
Ta b l e 1 1 B - 2
Table 11 B-2
C H E C K S TA N D S
Ta b l e N o . 3 1 A - 4
Ta b l e N o . 11 B - 3
Ta b l e 1 1 B - 3
Ta b l e N o . 3 1 A - 5
Ta b l e
Ta b l e 1 1 B - 4
A D D I T I O N A L A C C E S S I B I L I T Y F O R H E A R I N G I M PA I R E D
Ta b l e N o . 3 1 A - 6
Ta b l e N o . 11 B - 5
v o
S
o
>
No.
11 B - 4
Ta b l e N o . 3 1 A - 7
Ta b l e N o . 11 B - 6
Ta b l e N o . 3 1 A
Ta b l e
Chapter 51
Chapter 30
5103(d.1)
5103(d.1)1
5103(d.1)2
5103(d.1)3
5103(d.1)4
5103(d.1)5
5103(d.1)S.A
5103(d.l)5.B
5103(d.1)6
5103(d.1)6.A
5103(d.1)6.B
5103(d.l)6.C
5103(d.1)8
5103(d.1)7
5103(d.1)9
5103(d.1)10
5103(d.1)11
3 0 0 3 .4 . 1 a
No.
11 8 - 7
Ta b l e 111 5 B - 1
Ta b l e 1 1 B - 5
M A X I M U M R E A C H D E P T H / A U T O M AT E D T E L L E R M A C H I N E S
Ta b l e
11 8 - 6
E L E VAT O R S . D U M B WA I T E R S . E S C A L AT O R S & M O V I N G WA L K S
3003 4.2
3003 4.1a
3 0 0 3 4.2
3003.4 . 3
3003
3 0 0 3 4 . 4
3003 4 . 4
3003.4 . 5
3003
4.5
DOOR SIZE
DOOR PROTECTIVE & REOPENING DEVICE
3 0 0 3 .4 . 6
3003 4 . 6
3003.4.6.1a
3 0 0 3 .4 . 6 . 2 a
3003 4.6.1a
3003 4.6.2a
3 0 0 3 .4.7a
3003 4.7a
3 0 0 3 .4 . 7 a
3003 4.7a
3003.4.6a
3003.4 . 9
3003.4 . 9 a
3003
4.8a
4.9
3003 4.9a
CAR INSIDE
FLOOR BUTTONS
CAR CONTROLS
C A R P O S I T I O N I N D I C AT O R & S I G N A L
C A R P O S I T I O N I N D I C AT O R S S I G N A L
3003.4.12
3003.4.15a
3003.4.16a
3003.4.17
3003, 4 . 1 2
3 0 0 3 4.15a
3 0 0 3 4.16a
3003 4.17
HANDRAILS
HALL LANTERN
DOORJAMB MARKING
L O C AT I O N
Chapter 51
Chapter 30
5107.(a)
5107.(a)(1)
5107.(a){2)
5107.(a){3)
5107.(a)(4)
3008.1
3008.1.1
3008.1
3008.1.1
PERFORMING
3008.1.2
3008.1.3
3008.1.4
3008.1.2
3008.1.3
LINE
OF
SIGHT
AND
DISPERSION
I N C I D E N TA L
OCCUPIABLE
S PA C E S
>
>)>))>
G E N E R A L - S I Z E O F C A B A N D C O N T R O L L O C AT I O N S
O P E R AT I O N A N D L E V E L I N G
D O O R O P E R AT I O N
HALL CALL
CAR CALL
3003
3008.1.4
i
S
S PA C E S R E Q U I R E D
4.3
SPECIAL
SITE
ACCESS
AREA
(WHEELCHAIR)
IN
CONSTRAINTS.
A S S E M B LY
LIFTS
O C C U PA N C I E S
INFEASIBILITY
)>)>)>>)>)>))))>))))>>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
5l07.(a)1
S107.{a)2
5107.{a)3
5107.{a)4
5107.(a)5
5107.(a)6
5107.(a)7
5107.(a)8
5107.(a)9
5107.{a)10
5l07.(a)10A
CO
Oi
3008.1.4.1
3008.1.4.2
3008.1.4.3
3008.1.4.4
3008.1.4,1
3008.1.4.2
3008.1.4.3
L I F T P L AT F O R M
3008.1.4.4
3008,1.4.5
3008.1.4.6
3008.1.4.7
3008.1.4.8
3008.1.4.9
3008.1.4.5
3008.1.4.6
3008.1.4.7
3008.1.4.8
LIFT ENCLOSURES
L I F T D O O R O R G AT E
"CALL-SEND" CONTROLS
3008.1.4.10
3008.1.4.10.2
3008.1.4.9
3008.1.4.10
3008.1.4.10.2
>
>
>
APPENDIX B
S E L E C T E D C A L I F O R N I A S TAT U T E S
P E R TA I N I N G T O A C C E S S I B I L I T Y
2000 PCC
363
TA B L E O F C O N T E N T S
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
AND
FACILITIES
4458)
366
(Government
Code
Sections
7250-7252)
370
P R I VAT E LY F U N D E D B U I L D I N G S A N D F A C I L I T I E S
372
C. Double Doors
(Health
and
Safety
Code
Section
1 3 0 11 )
375
PA R K I N G P R I V I L E G E S
A. Special Plates
(Vehicle
Code
Section
5007)
376
377
C I V I L R I G H T S A N D N O N - D I S C R I M I N AT I O N
(Insurance
Code
Sections
DEVICES
(Government
10144-10145)
Code
(Civil
Section
Code
Code
13660)
Section
Section
54.8)
4500)
402
404
406
407
STATE HISTORIC BUILDING CODE (Health and Safety Code Sections 18951-18961) 408
A . C a l i f o r n i a R e c r e a t i o n Tr a i l s
(Public Resources Code Sections 5070.5, 5071, 5071.7, 5073.1, 5075.3) 415
B. Public Playground Equipment
(Public
Resources
Code
Sections
5410,
5 4 11 )
418
C. Sport Fishing and Accessibility (Fish and Game Code Section 217.5) 418
P U B L I C B U I L D I N G S A N D FA C I L I T I E S
CONTENTS
ACCESS
TO
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
BY
P H Y S I C A L LY
Government
HANDICAPPED
PERSONS
Code
related facilities, constructed in this state by the use of state, county, or municipal funds, or the
funds of any political subdivision of the state shall be accessible to and usable by persons with
disabilities. The State Architect shall develop and submit proposed building standards to the
Califomia Building Standards Commission for approval and adoption pursuant to Chapter 4
(commencing with Section 18935) of Part 2.5 of Division 13 of the Health and Safety Code and
shall develop other regulations for making buildings, structures, sidewalks, curbs, and related
facilities accessible to and usable by persons with disabiiities. The regulations and building
standards relating to access for persons with disabiiities shaii be consistent with the standards for
buildings and structures which are contained in pertinent provision of the latest edition of the
Uniform Building Code, as adopted by the International Conference of Building Officials, and these
regulations and building standards shall contain additional requirements relating to buildings,
structures, sidewalks, curbs, and other related facilities as the State Architect determines are
necessary to assure access and usability for persons with disabilities. In developing and revising
these additional requirements, the State Architect shall consult with the Department of
Rehabilitation, the League of California Cities, the County Supervisors Association of California,
and at least one private organization representing and comprised of persons with disabilities.
(b) However, in no case shall the State Architect's regulations and building standards prescribe a
lesser standard of accessibility or usability than provided by the Accessibility Guidelines prepared
by the federal Access Board as adopted by the United States Department of Justice to implement
the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Laws 101-336),.
2000
PCC
366
Added by Stats 1968 ch 261 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1971 ch 1301 Section 1; Stats 1974 ch 995
Section 1; Stats 1975 ch 1150 Section 1, effective September 29, 1975; Stats 1979 ch 1152 Section 10;
Stats 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1077) Section 16; Stats 1993 ch 1214 (A.B. 551) Section 4; Stats 1993 ch 1220
(A.B. 1138) Section 1,
Section 4451. Buildings and facilities to which chapter applicable; standards and
specifications; exceptions
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, this chapter shall be limited in its application to
all buildings and facilities stated In Section 4450 intended for use by the public, with any
reasonable availability to, or usage by, persons with disabilities, Including all facilities used for
education and instruction, including the University of California, the Califomia State University,
and the various community college districts, that are constructed in whole or in part by the use of
state, county, or municipal funds, or the funds of any political subdivision of the state.
(b) Buildings, structures, and facilities, occupied 50 percent of more, that are leased, rented,
contracted, sublet, or hired for periods exceed two years by any municipal, county, or state
division of government, or special district shall be made accessible to, and usable by, persons with
disabilities. Exceptions to this paragraph may be made upon application to, and approval by, the
Department of Rehabilitation.
(c) Except as otherwise provided by law, buildings, structures, sidewalks, curbs, and related
facilities subject to the provisions of this chapter or Part 5.5 (commencing with Section 19955) of
Division 13 of the Health and Safety Code shall conform to the building standards published in the
Califomia Building Standards Code relating to access for the persons with disabilities and the other
regulations adopted pursuant to Section 4450 that are in effect on the date of an application for a
building permit. With respect to buildings, structures, sidewalks, curbs, and related facilities not
requiring a building permit, building standards published in the California Building Standards Code
relating to access for persons with disabilities and other regulations adopted pursuant to Section
4450, and in effect at the time construction is commenced shall be applicable.
(d) Until building standards are published In the Califomia Building Standards Code and other
regulations are developed by the State Architect and adopted by the Califomia Building Standards
Commission pursuant to Section 4450, buildings, structures, sidewalks, curbs, and related facilities
subject to the provisions of this chapter or Part 5.5 (commencing with Section 19955) of Division
13 of the Health and Safety Code shall meet or exceed the requirements of Title III of Subpart D
of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.
(e) This chapter shall apply to temporary or emergency construction as well as permanent
buildings.
(0 Administrative authorities, as designated under Section 4453 may grant exceptions from the
literal requirements of the building standards published In the California Building Standards Code
relating to access for persons with disabilities, or the other regulations adopted pursuant to this
section, or permit the use of other methods or materials, but only when it is clearly evident that
equivalent facilitation and protection are thereby secured.
()2000 PCC
367
Added by Stats 1968 ch 261 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1971 ch 1301 Section 2; Stats 1974 ch 995
Section 2; Stats 1975 ch 1150 Section 2, effective September 29, 1975; Stats 1979 ch 1152 Section 11;
Stats 1983 ch 143 Section 183; Stats 1993 ch 1220 (A.B. 1138) Section 2.
It is the intent of the Legislature that the building standards published in the State Building
Standards Code relating to access by the physically handicapped and the other regulations
adopted by the State Architect pursuant to Section 4450 shall be used as minimum requirements
to insure that buildings, structures and related facilities covered by this chapter are accessible to.
and functional for, the physically handicapped to, through, and within their doors, without loss of
function, space, or facility where the general public is concerned.
Any unauthorized deviation from such regulation or building standards shall be rectified by
full compliance within 90 days after discovery of the deviation.
Added by Stats 1968 ch 261 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1971 ch 1301 Section 3; Stats 1974 ch 995
Section 3; Stats 1979 ch 1152 Section 12.
(a) By the Director of the Department of General Services where state funds are utilized for any
project or where funds of counties, municipalities, or other political subdivisions are utilized for the
construction of elementary, secondary, or community college projects.
(b) By the governing bodies thereof where funds of counties, municipalities, or other political
Added by Stats 1968 Ch 261 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1978 ch 326 Section 1.
Section 4453.5. Inspection of state and school district buildings by physically disabled
volunteers; reports; correction plan; applicability of section
(a) In addition to any other inspection requirements pertaining to building standards of state and
school district buildings used by the public, the construction of which are under the jurisdiction of
the Office of the State Architect in the Department of General Services, accessibility to persons
with handicaps may be inspected pursuant to subdivision (b) In state and school district buildings
used by the public In order to determine if the building meets minimum state standards for
accessibility to handicapped persons.
(b) Inspection and approval may be made on a voluntary basis by one or more persons who have
physical disabilities or who represent the interests of physically disabled persons, who are familiar
with the California access laws and standards, and who have been chosen by the Department of
Rehabilitation. The Department of Rehabilitation may assign these volunteers to inspect those
state and school district buildings used by the public specified in subdivision (a). If the volunteer
inspector finds that a building does not meet minimum state standards for accessibility to
handicapped persons, the volunteer shall report this information to the Department of
Rehabilitation, which shall In turn report the information to the school district if a school building Is
involved, to the owning agencies if a state building is involved, and to the Office of the State
Architect. When, after receipt of this information, the Office of the State Architect confirms that
the building does not meet minimal state standards for accessibility to handicapped persons, the
Office of the State Architect shall develop a plan to be filed with the jurisdiction owning the
building that addresses the correction of the identified deficiencies.
2000 PCC
368
(c) The provisions of this section shall only pertain to state and school district buildings used by
the public for which building plans have been fried with the Office of the State Architect on or after
January 1,1985.
Added by Stats 1983 ch 1246 Section 2.
Section 4454. Approval of plans and specifications; filing fees; consultation
Where state funds are utilized for any building or facility subject to this chapter, or where
funds of counties, municipalities, or other political subdivisions are utilized for the construction of
elementary, secondary, or community college buildings and facilities subject to this chapter no
contract shall be awarded until the Department of General Services has issued written approval
stating that the plans and specifications comply with the intent of this chapter.
In each case the application for approval shall be accompanied by the plans and full,
complete, and accurate specifications, which shall comply in every respect with any and all
requirements prescribed by the Department of General Services.
The application shall be accompanied by a filing fee in amounts as determined by the
Department of General Services. All such fees shall be deposited into the Access for
Handicapped Account, which account is hereby created in the General Fund. Such account is
available without regard to fiscal years for the use of the Department of General Services in
carrying out its responsibilities under this chapter.
The Department of General Services shall consult with the Department of Rehabilitation in
The Department of Rehabilitation shall be responsible for educating the public and
working with officials of cities, counties, municipalities, and other political subdivisions, private
architects, designers, planners, and other interested parties in order to encourage and help them
make all buildings, facilities, and improved areas accessible to and usable by handicapped
persons for purposes of rehabilitation, employment, business, recreation, and all other aspects of
normal living.
All new elevators in public buildings or facilities after the operative date of the act that
amended this section during the first year of the 1979-80 Regular Session shall have Braille
symbols and marked Arabic numerals corresponding to the numerals on the elevator buttons
embossed immediately to the left thereof.
All new door casings on all elevator floors after the operative date of this section shall
have the number of the floor on which the casing is located embossed in Braille symbols and
marked Arabic numerals on both sides at a height of approximately 60 inches from the floor.
Added by Stats 1971 ch 1368 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1979 ch 273 Section 1.
Section 4456 Alteration of existing buildings or facilities
After the effective date of this section, any building or facility which would have been
subject to this chapter but for the fact It was constructed prior to November 13,1968, shall comply
with the provisions of this chapter when alterations, structural repairs or additions are made to
such building or facility. This requirement shall only apply to the area of specific alteration,
2000 PCC
369
structural repair or addition and shall not be construed to mean that the entire structure or facility is
subject to this chapter.
Added by Stats 1971 ch 1458 Section 1.
B.
FACILITIES
FOR
HANDICAPPED
PERSONS
Government Code
When a building contains an entrance other than the main entrance which is ramped or
level for use by a handicapped persons, a sign showing its location shall be posted at or near the
main entrance which shall be visible from the adjacent public sidewalk or way.
Added by Stats 1968 ch 937 Section 1.
2000 PCC
370
P R I VAT E LY F U N D E D B U I L D I N G S A N D FA C I L I T I E S
CONTENTS
A. Division 13, Part 5.3. Access to Places of Public Amusement and Resort by
Physically Handicapped Persons (Health and Safety Code Sections 19952-19954)
B. Division 13. Part 5.5. Access to Public Accommodations by Physically
Handicapped Persons (Health and Safety Code Sections 19955-19959)
C. Double Doors (Health and Safety Code Section 13011)
A.
ACCESS
TO
PLACES
OF
PUBLIC
AMUSEMENT
AND
RESORT
BY
P H Y S I C A L LY
HANDICAPPED PERSONS
(a) Any person, or public or private firm, organization, or corporation, who owns or manages
places of public amusement and resort including theaters, concert halls, and stadiums shall
provide seating or accommodations for physically disabled persons in a variety of locations within
the facility, to the extent that this variety can be provided while meeting fire and panic safety
requirements of the State Fire Marshal, so as to provide these persons a choice of admission
prices otherwise available to members of the general public.
(b) Readily removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not
required to accommodate wheelchair users.
(c) The requirements of this section shall apply with respect to publicly and privately owned
facilities or structures for the purposes specified In sulxlivision (a) for which a building permit or a
building plan for new construction has been issued on or after January 1, 1985.
(d) In no case shall this section be construed to prescribe a lesser standard of accessibility or
usability than provided by the Accessibility Guidelines prepared by the Federal Access Board and
adopted by the United States Department of Justice to implement the Americans with Disabilities
Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336),.
Added by Stats 1983 oh 781 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1077) Section 35; Stats 1993
ch 1214 (A.B. 551) Section 6.
.42 U.S.C.A. Section 12101 etseq.
Any person who is aggrieved or potentially aggrieved by a violation of this part, Chapter 7
(commencing with Section 4450) of Division 5 of Title 1 of the Govemment Code, or Part 5.5
(Commencing with Section 19955) of Division 13 of the Health and Safety Code may bring an
action to enjoin the violation. The prevailing party in the action shall be entitled to recover
reasonable attorney's fees.
2000 PCC
371
The district attomey, the city attorney, the Department of Rehabilitation acting through the
Attorney General, or the Attomey General may bring an action to enjoin any violation of this part.
Added by Stats 1983 781 Section 1.
Purpose
Section 19955.3.
D e fi n i t i o n s
Section 19955.5.
Section 19956.
Section 19956.5
Section 19957.
Section 19957.5.
Section 19958.
Section 19958.5.
Section 19959.
(a) The purpose of this part is to insure that public accommodations or facilities constructed in this
state with private funds adhere to the provisions of Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 4450) of
Division 5 of Title 1 of the Govemment Code. For the purposes of this part "public
accommodation or facilities" means a building, structure, facility, complex, or improved area which
is used by the general public and shall include auditoriums, hospitals, theaters, restaurants, hotels,
motels, stadiums, and convention centers.
As used in this section, "hospitals" Includes, but is not limited to, hospitals, nursing homes,
and convalescent homes.
When sanitary facilities are made available for the public, clients, or employees in such
accommodations or facilities, they shall be made available for the physically handicapped.
Any new requirements Imposed by the amendments to this section enacted by the
Legislature at its 1973-74 Regular Session shall only apply to public accommodations or facilities
constructed on or after the effective day of the amendments.
Added by Stats 1969 ch 1560 Section 1, operative July 1, 1970. Amended by Stats 1971 ch 821 Section 1;
Stats 1972 ch 488 Section 1; Stats 1973 ch 931 Section 1, effective September 30. 1973.
S e c t i o n 1 9 9 5 5 . 3 . D e fi n i t i o n s
(a) "Story" means that portion of a building including between the upper surface of any floor
and the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost story shall be the portion of
a building Included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the ceiling or roof above.
2000
PCC
372
If the finished floor level directly above a basement or unused under-floor space Is more than six
feet above grade for more than 50 percent of the total perimeter or Is more than 12 feet above
grade at any point, the basement or unused under-floor space shall be considered as a story.
(b) "First story" means the lowest story in a building which qualifies as a story and which
provides the basic services or functions for which the building is used. A floor level in a building
having only one floor level shall be classified as a first story, If the floor level is not more than four
feet below grade, for more than 50 percent of the total perimeter, or more than eight feet below
grade at any point.
(c) "Mezzanine" means an Intermediate floor placed in any story or room. When the total
area of any "mezzanine floor" exceeds 33 1/3 percent of the total floor area in that room, it shall
be considered as constituting an additional "story". The clear height above and below a
"mezzanine floor" construction shall not be less than seven feet.
(d) "Grade" means the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground, paving,
or sidewalk within the area between the building and the properly line or, when the property line is
more than five feet from the building, between the building and a line five feet from the building.
Added by Stats 1982 ch 1416 Section 1.
2000 PCC
373
less than 3,000 square feet per story if a reasonable portion of all facilities and accommodations
normally sought and used by the public in such a building are accessible to and usable by persons
with disabilities.
Added by Stats 1969 ch 1560 Section 1, operative July 1, 1970. Amended by Stats Section 1982 ch 1416
Section 3; Stats 1993 ch 1220 (A.B. 1138) Section 4.
Section 19956.5. Public curb or sidewalk constructed with private funds
Any curb or sidewalk intended for public use that is constructed In this state with private
funds shall conform to the provisions of Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 4450) of Division 5
of Title 1 of the Government Code.
This section shall apply, but not be limited in application, to any curb or sidewalk which
after construction with private funds will be turned over to a city or county for public use, in order
to provide full and easy access to, and use of, such curb or sidewalk by the physically
handicapped.
Added by Stats 1972 ch 1018 Section 1.
(a) Every city, county, or city and county may appoint a local appeals board composed of five
members to hear written appeals brought by any person regarding action taken by the building
department of the city, county, or city and county In enforcement of the requirements of this part
Including the exceptions contained in Section 19957.
(b) Two members of the appeals board shall be physically handicapped persons, two members
shall be persons experienced in construction, and one member shall be a public member.
(c) The appeals board shall conduct hearings on written appeals made under Subdivision (a) and
may approve or disapprove interpretations of this part and enforcement actions taken by the
building department of the city, county or city and county. All such approvals or disapproval's
shall be final and conclusive as to the building department in the absence of fraud or prejudicial
abuse of discretion. The appeals board shall adopt regulations establishing procedural rules and
criteria for the carrying out of its duties under this part.
Added by Stats 1976 ch 700 Section 1.
<)2000 PCC
374
"Building Department" means the department, bureau, or officer charged with the
enforcement of laws or ordinances regulating the erection or construction, or both the erection and
construction, or buildings.
Added by Stats 1969 ch 1560 Section 1, operative July 1, 1970.
exempted by Section 19956, shall be subject to the requirements of this chapter when any
alterations, structural repairs or additions are made to such public accommodation. This
requirement shall only apply to the area of specific alteration, structural repair or addition and shall
not be construed to mean that the entire building or facility is subject to this chapter.
Added by Stats 1971 ch 1458 Section 2. Amended by Stats 1974 ch 545 Section 72.
C.
DOUBLE
DOORS
Both doors of any double doors designated as the public entrance to any place of business
shall be kept unlocked during normal business hours.
Added by Stats 1983 ch 267 Section 1.
2000 POO
375
PA R K I N G P R I V I L E G E S
CONTENTS
S P E C I A L P L AT E S
Vehicle Code
Section 5007. Disabled person or disabled veterans; special identification license plates;
return to department on death or expiration
(a) The department shall, upon application and without additional fees, Issue a special
identification license plate or plates to a disabled person or disabled veteran, pursuant to
procedures adopted by the department.
(b) The special Identification plates issued to a disabled person or disabled veteran shall run In a
regular numerical series which shall include one or more unique two-letter codes reserved for
disabled person license plates or disabled veteran license plates. The International Symbol of
Access adopted pursuant to Section 3 of Public Law 100-641 commonly known as the "wheelchair
symbol" shall be depicted on each plate.
(c) Prior to Issuing any disabled person or disabled veteran a special Identification license plate,
the department may require the applicant to submit a certificate signed by the physician or
surgeon substantiating the disability. The disability of any person who has lost, or has lost use of,
one or more be certified by a licensed chiropractor. The blindness of any applicant shall be
certified by a licensed physician or surgeon who specializes in diseases of the eye or a licensed
optometrist.
(d) The special Identification license plate shall, upon the death of the disabled person or disabled
veteran, be returned to the department within 60 days or upon the expiration of the vehicle
registration, whichever occurs first.
Added by Stats 1991 ch 893 (A.B. 274 Section 2. Amended by Status 1992 ch 785 AB. 2289) Section 2.
2000 PCC
376
B . S T O P P I N G - S TA N D I N G - PA R K I N G
Vehicle Code
Section 21458.
Section 22507.
S e c t i o n 2 2 5 11 .
S e c t i o n 2 2 5 11 . 5 .
S e c t i o n 2 2 5 11 . 7 .
S e c t i o n 2 2 5 11 . 8 .
Curb markings
Local regulation
Repealed by Stats 1985 ch 1041 Section 6
Disabied persons or disabled veterans; parking privileges
S e c t i o n 2 2 5 11 . 9 .
S e c t i o n 2 2 5 11 . 5 5 .
disabled person
Parking Near Designated Sidewalk Access Ramps
(a) Whenever local authorities enact local parking regulations and indicate them by the use of
paint upon curbs, the following colors only shall be used, and the colors indicate as follows:
(1) Red indicates no stopping, standing, or parking, whether the vehicle is attended or unattended,
except that a bus may stop in a red zone marked or sign posted as a bus loading zone.
(2) Yellow indicates stopping only for the purpose of loading or unloading passengers or freight for
such time as may be specified by local ordinance.
(3) White indicates stopping for either of the following purposes:
(A) Loading or unloading of passengers for the time as may be specified by local ordinances.
(8) Depositing mail in an adjacent mailbox.
(4) Green indicates time limit parking specified by local ordinance.
(5) Blue Indicates parking limited exclusively to the vehicles of disabied persons and disabied
veterans.
(b) Regulations adopted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be effective on days and during hours or
times as prescribed by local ordinances.
Added by Stats 1959 ch 3 Section 21458. Amended by Stats 1975 ch 688 Section 1; Stats 1985 ch 1041
Section 4; Stats 1992 ch 1243 (A.B. 3090) Section 88 effective September 3, 1992.
Section 22507. Local regulation
Local authorities may, by ordinance or resolution, prohibit or restrict the stopping, parking,
or standing of vehicles, including, but not limited to, vehicles which are six feet or more in height
(Including any load thereon) within 100 feet of any intersection, on certain streets or highways, or
portions thereof, during all or certain hours of the day. The ordinance or resolution may include a
designation of certain streets upon which preferential parking privileges are given to residents and
merchants adjacent to the streets for their use and the use of their guests, under which the
residents and merchants may be issued a permit or permits which exempt them from the
prohibition or restriction of the ordinance or resolution. With the exceptions of alleys, no such
2000 PCC
377
ordinance or resolution shall apply until signs or markings giving adequate notice thereof have
been placed. A local ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to this Section may contain
provisions which are reasonable and necessary to ensure the effectiveness of a preferential
parking program.
Stats 1959 ch 3 Section 22507. Amended by Stats 1963 ch 1070 Section 1; Stats 1969 ch 541 Section 1;
Stats 1976 ch 1002 Section 1; Stats 1980 ch 140 Section 1; Stats 1984 ch 181 Section 2; Stats 1985 ch 912
Section 2; Stats 1987 ch 455 Section 4.
(B) In any parking zone that is restricted as to the length of time parking is permitted as indicated
by a sign erected pursuant to a local ordinance.
(2) Any disabled person or disabled veteran shall be allowed to park in any metered parking
space without being required to pay any parking meter fees.
(3) This subdivision does not apply to any zone for which state law or ordinance absolutely
prohibits stopping, parking, or standing of all vehicles, or which the law or ordinance reserves for
special types of vehicles, or to the parking of any vehicle that is involved in the operation of a
street vending business.
(b) Any disabled person or disabled veteran shall be allowed to park a vehicle displaying a special
identification disabled person license plate or placard issued by a foreign jurisdiction with the same
parking privileges authorized in this Code for any vehicle displaying a special identification license
plate or a distinguishing placard issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles.
Added by Stats 1978 ch 457 Section 2. Amended by Stats 1980 ch 261 Section 1; Stats 1982 ch 974
Section 2; Stats 1982 ch 975 Section 6.5; Stats 1984 ch 510 Section 1; Stats 1984 ch 1118 Section 1; Stats
1985 ch 1041 Section 7; Stats 1986 ch 351 Section 3; Stats 1988 ch 115 Section 1; Stats 1989 ch 554
Section 3; Stats 1991 ch 893 (A.B. 274) Section 4; Stats 1992 ch 785 (A.B. 2289) Section 3; Stats 1992 ch
1241 (S.B, 1615) Section 21; Stats. 1994, c. 1149 (A.B, 2878). Section 5.)
2000 PCC
378
Added by Stats 1975 ch 688 Section 2. Amended by Stats 1976 oh 1096 Section 4; Stats 1983 ch 270
Section 2, effective July 15, 1983.
(Amended by Stats. 1985, c. 1041, Section 8; Stats. 1987, c. 314, Section 2; Stats. 1989. c. 554, Section 4;
Stats. 1990, c. 692 (A.B. 3398), Section 4; Stats. 1994, c. 1149 {A.B. 2878), Section 10.)
Section 22511.8. Offstreet parking; designation of parking for disabled persons and
veterans; removal of unauthorized vehicles
(a) Any local authority, by ordinance or resolution, and any person in lawful possession of an
offstreet parking facility may designate stalls or spaces In an offstreet parking facility owned or
operated by the local authority or person for the exclusive use of any vehicle which displays either
a special Identification license plate issued pursuant to Section 5007 or a distinguishing placard
issued pursuant to Section 22511.55 or Section 22511.59. The designation shall be made by
positing a sign as described In paragraph (1), and by either of the markings described in paragraph
(2) or (3):
(1) By posting Immediately adjacent to, and visible from, each stall or space, a sign consisting of
a proftle view of a wheelchair with occupant In white on a blue background.
(2) By outlining or painting the stall or space in blue and outlining on the ground in the stall or
space in white or suitable contrasting color a profile view depicting a wheelchair with occupant.
(3) By outlining a profile view of a wheelchair with occupant in white on a blue background, of the
same dimensions as in paragraph (2). The profile view shall be located so that It is visible to a
traffic enforcement officer when a vehicle is properly parked in the space.
(b) If posted in accordance with subdivision (d) or (e), the owner or person In lawful possession of
a privately owned or operated offstreet parking facility, after notifying the police or sheriffs
department, may cause the removal of a vehicle from a stall or space designated pursuant to
subdivision (a) in the facility to the nearest public garage unless a special identification license
plate Issued pursuant to Section 5007 or distinguishing placard issued pursuant to Section
22511.55 or 22511.59 is displayed on the vehicle.
(c) If posted in accordance with subdivision (d), the local authority owning or operating an offstreet
parking facility, after notifying the police or sheriffs department, may cause the removal of a
vehicle from a stall or space designated pursuant to subdivision (a) in the facility to the nearest
public garage unless a special identification license plate issued pursuant to Section 5007 or a
distinguishing placard issued pursuant to Section 22511.55 or 22511.59 is displayed on the
vehicle.
(d) Except as provided in Section 22511.9, the posting required for an offstreet parking facility
owned or operated either privately or by a local authority shall consist of a sign not less than 17 by
22 inches in size with lettering not less than one inch in height which clearly and conspicuously
states the following: "Unauthorized vehicles not displaying distinguishing placards or license
plates issued for physically handicapped persons will be towed away at owner's expense. Towed
vehicles may be reclaimed at
or by telephoning
Address
2000 PCC
379
(0 This section does not restrict the privilege granted to disabled persons and disabled veterans
by Section 22511.5.
(Added by Stats 1975 ch 688 Section 3. Amended by Stats 1976 ch 1096 Section 5; Stats 1982 ch 975
Section 7; Stats 1983 ch 270 Section 3, effective July 15, 1983.)
(Amended by Stats. 1985, c. 312, Section 1; Stats. 1985, C. 1041, Section 9; Stats. 1987, c. 314, Section 3;
Stats. 1989, c. 554, Section 5, Stats. 1990, c. 216 (S.B. 2510), Section 118; Stats. 1991, c. 928 (A.B. 1886),
Section 27, eff. Oct. 14, 1991; Stats. 1994, c. 1149 (A.B. 2878), Section 11.)
Section 22511.9. Replacement signs relating to parking privileges for disabled persons;
contents
Every new or replacement sign installed on or after January 1,1992, relating to parking privileges
for disabled persons shall refer to "disabled persons" rather than "physically handicapped persons"
or any other similar term, whenever such a reference is required on a sign.
(Added by Stats.1991, c. 928 (A.B. 1886), Section 28, eff. October 14, 1991.)
Section 22511.55. Distinguishing placard; application; use, display, and appearance;
procedures for issuance and renewal fee; eligibility; certificate substantiating disability;
temporary disability; return upon death of disabled person
(a)(1) Any disabled person or disabled veteran may apply to the department for the issuance of a
distinguishing placard. The placard may be used in lieu of the special Identification license plate
or plates issued under Section 5007 for parking purposes described in Section 22511.5 when
suspended from the rear view mirror or, if there is no rear view mirror, when displayed on the
dashboard of a vehicle. It Is the intent of the Legislature to encourage the use of these
distinguishing placards because they provide law enforcement officers with a more readily
recognizable symbol for distinguishing vehicles qualified for the parking privilege. The placard
shall be the size and color determined by the department, shall t^ear the International Symbol of
Access adopted pursuant to Section 3 of Public Law 100-641, commonly known as the "wheelchair
symbol." The department shall Incorporate Instructions for the lawful use of a placard, and a
summary of the penalties for the unlawful use of a placard, Into the Identification card issued to the
placard owner.
(2)(A) The department may establish procedures for the issuance and renewal of the placards.
The placards shall have a fixed expiration date of June 30 every two years. Whenever any
application for a placard Is submitted to the department on or after January 1 of the year of
expiration, the fee shall be for the current and subsequent renewal period.
(B) As used In this section, "year" means the period between the inclusive dates of July 1 through
June 30.
(C) Prior to the end of each year, the department shall, for the most current three years available,
2000 PCC
380
compare its record of disability placards issued against the records of the Bureau of Vital
Statistics of the State Department of Health Services, or its successor, and withhold any renewal
notices that otherwise would have been sent, for any placard holders identified as deceased.
(3) The fee for an original application or renewal application is six dollars ($6).
(4) Except as provided in paragraph (5), no person is eligible for more than one placard at any
time.
(5) Organizations and agencies involved in the transportation of disabled persons or disabled
veterans may apply for a placard for each vehicle used for the purpose of transporting disabled
persons or disabled veterans.
(b) Prior to issuing any disabled person or disabled veteran a distinguishing placard, the
department shall require the applicant to submit a certificate signed by the physician or surgeon
substantiating the disability, unless the applicant's disability is readily observable and uncontested.
The disability of any person who has lost, or has lost use of. one or more lower extremities or both
hands, or who has significant limitation in the use of the lower extremities, may also be certified by
a licensed chiropractor. The blindness of any applicant shall be certified by a licensed physician
or surgeon who specializes in diseases of the eye or licensed optometrist. The physician or
person certifying the qualifying disability shall provide a full description of the illness or disability
on the form submitted to the department.
The department shall maintain in its records all information on an applicant's certification of
permanent disability and shall make such information available to eligible law enforcement or
parking control agencies upon a request pursuant to Section 22511.58.
(c)(1) Any person who has been issued a distinguishing placard pursuant to subdivision (a) may
apply to the department for a substitute placard without recertification of eligibility, if that placard
has been lost or stolen.
(2) The fee for a substitute placard issued pursuant to paragraph (1) is six dollars ($6).
(d) The distinguishing placard shall be retumed to the department not later than 60 days after the
death of the disabled person or disabled veteran to whom the placard was issued.
Added by Stats 1991 c. 893 {A.B. 274) 5. Amended by Stats 1991 c. 894 (S.B. 234), 3; Stats 1993 c.
1292 (S.B. 274) 13; Stats. 1994, c. 1149 (A.B. 2878), 6; Stats. 1996, c. 1033 (S.B. 1498), 1.)
Section 22522. Parking Near Designated Sidewalk Access Ramps
No person shall park a vehicle within three feet of any sidewalk access ramp constructed
adjacentat, or adjacent to, a crosswalk or at any other location on a sidewalk so as to be
accessible to and usable by the physically disabled, if the area adjoining the ramp is designated by
either a sign or red paint.
(Added by Stats. 1974, c. 760. p. 1675, 1.) (Amended by Stats. 1994, c. 221 (S.B. 1378), 2, operative
July 1, 1995; Stats. 1999, c. 1007 (S.B. 532), 22.).
(&2000 PCC
381
C I V I L R I G H T S A N D N O N - D I S C R I M I N AT I O N
CONTENTS
A. PART 2.5: Blind and Other Physically Disabled Persons (Civil Code 51-55.1,
1360) (Evidence Code 754)
Section 51.5.
Section 51.7.
Section 51.8.
Section 52.
Discrimination; franchises
Denial of civil rights or discrimination; damages; civil action by people or person
Section 53.
Section 51.4.
Section 54.5.
Section 54.6.
D e fi n i t i o n s
Section 54.7.
Zoos or wild animal parks; facilities for guide, service or signal dogs
Section 54.8.
Section 55.
Section 55.1.
Section 54.
Section 54.1.
Section 54.2.
Section 54.3.
Section 54.4.
This section shall be known, and may be cited, as the Unruh Civil Rights Act.
All persons within the jurisdiction of this state are free and equal, and no matter what their
sex, race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, or disability are entitled to the full and equal
accommodations, advantages, facilities, privileges, or services in all business establishments of
every kind whatsoever.
2000 PCC
382
This section shall not be construed to confer any right or privilege on a person which is
conditioned or limited by law or that is applicable alike to persons of every sex, color, race,
religion, ancestry, national origin, or disability.
Nothing in this section shall be construed to require any construction, alteration, repair,
or existing establishment, facility, building, improvement, or any other structure, nor shall anything
In this section be construed to augment, restrict, or alter in any way the authority of the State
Architect to require construction, alteration, repair, or modifications that the State Architect
(a) Section 51 shall be construed to prohibit a business establishment from discriminating in the
sale or rental of housing based upon age. Where accommodations are designed to meet the
physical and social needs of senior citizens, a business establishment may establish and preserve
that housing for senior citizens, pursuant to Section 51.3, except housing as to which Section 51.3
Is preempted by the prohibition In the federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 (P.L. 100430) [1]and implementing regulations against discrimination on the basis of familial status. Where
accommodations constructed before February 8,1982, meet the criteria for senior citizen housing
specified in Section 51.4, a business establishment may establish and preserve that housing for
senior citizens until January 1, 2001, in accordance with Section 51.4
(b) This section is intended to clarify the holdings in Marina Point, Ltd. v. Wolfson (1982), 30
Cal.3d 72, and O'Connor v. Village Green Owners Association (1983), 33 Cal.3d 790.,
(c) This section shall not apply to the County of Riverside.
(Added by Stats. 1984, c. 787, 1. Amended by Stats. 1989, c. 501, 1; Stats. 1993, c. 830 (S.B.
137), 1, eff. Oct. 6,1993; Stats. 1996, c. 1147 (S.B. 2097), 2; Stats. 1999, c. 324 (S.B. 382),
1.)
i.jSee Short Title note under 42 U.S.C.A. 3601 for classification of the Act to the Code.
jSo in chaptered copy. See, 30 Cat.3d 721, 640 P.2d 115, 180 Cal.Rptr. 496.
51.3. Housing; age limitations; necessity for senior citizen housing
(a) The Legislature finds and declares that this section is essential to establish and preserve
specially designed accessible housing for senior citizens. There are senior citizens who need
special living environments and services, and find that there is an inadequate supply of this type of
housing in the state.
(b) The Legislature finds and declares that different age limitations for senior citizen housing are
appropriate in recognition of the size of a development in relationship to the community in which it
is located.
(c) For the purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:
(1) 'Qualifying resident" or 'senior citizen" means a person 62 years of age or older, or 55 years of
age or older in a senior citizen housing development.
2000 PCC
383
(2) "Qualified permanent resident" means a person who meets all of the following requirements:
(A) Was residing with the qualifying resident or senior citizen prior to the death, hospitalization, or
other prolonged absence of, or the dissolution of marriage with, the qualifying resident or senior
citizen.
(B) Was 45 years of age or older, or was a spouse, cohabitant, or person providing primary
physical or economic support to the qualifying resident or senior citizen.
(C) Has an ownership interest in, or is in expectation of an ownership interest in, the dwelling unit
within the housing development that limits occupancy, residency, or use on the basis of age.
(3) "Qualified permanent resident" also means a permanently physically or mentally impaired or
terminally ill adult who is a dependent child of the qualifying resident, senior citizen, or qualified
permanent resident as defined in paragraph (2), unless the board of directors or other governing
body of the senior citizen housing development determines that there are special circumstandces
to disallow this particular dependent child as a qualified permanent resident. Special
circumstances means a condition wherein this dependent child is or may be harmful to himself or
herself or others.
(B) At least 100 dwelling units in a metropolitan statistical area, as defined by the Federal
Committee on Metropolitan Statistical Areas, with a population not to exceed 999 residents per
square mile and not to exceed 399,999 total residents, based on the 1990 census.
(C) At least 35 dwelling units in any other area.
The number of dwelling units within a development includes all dwelling units developed, whether
in single or multiple phases. Developments commenced after July 1, 1986, shall be required to
have been Issued a public report as a senior citizen housing development under Section 11010.05
of the Business and Professions Code.
(4) "Dwelling unit" or "housing" means any residential accommodation other than a mobilehome.
(5) "Cohabitant" refers to persons who live together as husband and wife.
(6) "Permitted health care resident" means a person hired to provide live-in, long-term, or terminal
health care to a qualifying resident.
(d) The covenants, conditions, and restrictions or other documents or written policy shall not limit
occupancy, residence, or use on the basis of age more prescriptively than to require that one
person in resident in each dwelling unit may be required to be a senior citizen and that each other
resident in the same dwelling unit may be required to be a qualified permanent resident.
(e) The covenants, conditions, and restrictions or other documents or written policy shall permit
2000 PCC
384
(k) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, this section shall not apply to the County of
Riverside.
(Added by Stats. 1984), c. 1333, 1. Amended by Stats. 1985, c. 1505, 2; Stats. 1989, c. 190,
1; Stats. 1994, c. 464 (S.B. 1560), 1; Stats. 1995, c. 147 (S.B. 332), 1; Stats. 1996, c. 1147
(S.B. 2097), 3: Stats. 1999, c. 324 (S.B. 382), 2.)
51.4. Senior housing; legislative findings, declarations, and intent; exceptions from
special design requirements; application to civil rights action; right to continued
residency, occupancy, or use
(a) The Legislature finds and declares that the requirements for senior housing under Sections
51.2 and 51.3 are more stringent than the requirements for that housing under the federal Fair
Housing Amendments Act of 1988 (Public Law 100-430)[1) in recognition of the acute shortage of
housing for families with children in California. The Legislature further finds and declares that the
special design requirements for senior housing under Sections 51.2 and 51.3 may pose a hardship
to some housing developments which were constructed before the decision in Marina Point Ltd. v.
Wolfson (1982), 30 Cal.3d 72. The Legislature further finds and declares that the requirement for
specially designed accommodations in senior housing under Section 51.2 and 51.3 provides
important benefits to senior citizens and also ensures that housing exempt from the prohibition of
age discrimination is carefully tailored to meet the compelling societal interest in providing senior
housing. Therefore, it Is the intent of the Legislature to permit a narrow, time-limited exception to
the requirement that senior housing be specially designed.
(b) A housing development constructed before February 8, 1982, shall be exempt from Section 51
to the extent specified in Section 51.2 if (1) it meets the requirements of Sections 51.2 and 51.3,
2000
PCC
385
other than the requirement that the housing be specially designed to meet the physical and social
needs of senior citizens, (2) it is not practicable to meet that requirement in the relevant
geographic area where the housing development is located, and (3) the housing development is
necessary to provide important housing opportunities for senior citizens. As used in this section,
"relevant geographic area" has the same meaning as that term is used in Section 100.304 of Title
24 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
(c) In any action under Section 51, the exemption under this section shall be sustained only if it is
demonstrated through credible and objective evidence that application of a requirement for
specially designed accommodations to meet the physical and social needs of senior citizens would
result in depriving senior citizens in the relevant geographic area of needed and desired housing.
The factors to be considered by the court in determining the applicability of this section shall
include, but not be limited to, ail of the following:
(1) Whether the owner or manager of the housing facility has endeavored to provide specially
designed accommodations to meet the physical and social needs of senior citizens persons either
directly or by some other entity. Demonstrating that these accommodations would be expensive
to provide is not alone sufficient to demonstrate their impracticability.!
(2) The amount of rent charged for dwellings in the housing development seeking an exemption
under this section If the dwellings are rented, or the price of the dwellings if they are offered for
sale.
(4) The demand for housing for senior citizens in the affected geographic area.
(5) The range of housing choices for senior citizens within the relevant geographic area.
(6) The availability of other simiiarly priced housing for senior citizens in the relevant geographic
area, if similarly priced senior citizen housing with specially designed accommodations is
reasonably available in the relevant geographic area, then the housing facility does not meet the
requirements for exemption under this section.
(7) The vacancy rate of the housing development.
(d) Any person who resided in, occupied, or used the housing subject to this section prior to
January 1,1990, shall not be deprived of the right to continue that residency, occupancy, or use as
the result of this section.
(Added by Stats. 1989, c. 501, 2. Amended by Stats. 1991, c. 59 (A.B. 125), 1, eff. June 17,
1991; Stats. 1996, c. 1147 (S.B. 2097), 4.)
iSee Short Title note under 42 U.S.C.A. 3601 for classification of the Act to the Code.
}So in enrolled bill.
2000
PCC
386
As used In this section "person' Includes any person, firm, association, organization,
partnership, business trust, corporation, limited liability company, or company.
Nothing In this section shall be construed to require any construction, alteration, repair,
structural or otherwise, or modification of any sort whatsoever to any new or existing
establishment, facility, building Improvement, or any other structure, or to augment, restrict, or
alter In any way the authority of the State Architect to require construction, alteration, repair, or
modifications that the State Architect otherwise possesses pursuant to other provisions of the law..
{Added by Stats 1976 c. 366 1.) (Amended by Stats 1987 c.1592; Stats 1992 c. 913 (A.B. 1077} 3.2.;
Stats. 1994, c 1010 (S.B. 2053), 28; Stats. 1998, c. 195 (A.B. 2702), 2; Stats. 1999. c. 591 (A.B. 1670),
2.)
(a) All persons within the jurisdiction of this state have the right to be free from any violence, or
intimidation by threat of violence, committed against their persons or property because of their
race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, political affiliation, sex, sexual orientation, age,
disability, or position In a labor dispute, or because another person perceives them to have one or
more of those characteristics. The identification in this subdivision of particular bases of
discrimination Is illustrative rather than restrictive.
This section does not apply to statements conceming positions in a labor dispute which
are made during otherwise lawful labor picketing.
(b) As used in this section, "sexual orientation" means heterosexuallty, homosexuality, or
bisexuality.
(Added by Stats 1976 ch 1293 Section 2.) (Amended by Stats 1984 oh 1437 Section 1; Stats 1985 ch 497
Section 1; Stats 1987 ch 1277 Section 2; Stats. 1994, c. 407 (S.B.1595), Section 1.)
franchise is located. Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to prohibit a franchiser from
granting a franchise to prospective franchisees as part of a program or programs to make
franchises available to persons lacking the capital, training, business experience, or other
qualifications ordinarily required of franchisees, or any other affirmative action program adopted
by the franchiser.
Nothing In this section shall be construed to require any construction, alteration, repair,
structural or otherwise, or modification of any sort whatsoever, beyond that construction,
alteration, repair, or modification that is otherwise required by other provisions of law, to any new
or existing establishment, facility, building, improvement, or any other structure, or to augment,
restrict, or alter in any way the authority of the State Architect to require constructions, alteration,
repair, or modifications that the State Architect otherwise possesses pursuant to other laws.
Added by Stats 1980 c. 1303 1. Amended by Stats 1987 c. 159 3; Stats 1992 c. 913 (A. B. 1077) 3.4;
Stats. 1998, c. 195 (A.B. 2702), 3.)
52. Denial of civil rights or discrimination; damages; civil action by people or person
aggrieved; intervention; unlawful practice complaint
(a) Whoever denies, aids, or incites a denial, or makes any discrimination or distinction contrary
to Section 51 or 51.5, Is liable for each and every offense for the actual damages, and any amount
that may be determined by a jury, or a court sitting without a jury, up to a maximum of three times
the amount of actual damage but In no case less than one thousand dollars ($1,000), and any
2000 PCC
387
attorney's fees that may be determined by the court In addition thereto, suffered by any person
denied the rights provided in Section 51 or 51.5.
(b) Whoever denies the right provided by Section 51.7, or aids, incites, or conspires in that denial
is liable for each and every offense for the actual damages suffered by any person denied that
right and, in addition, the following:
(1) An amount to be determined by a jury, or a court sitting without a jury, for exemplary
damages.
(2) A civil penalty of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) to be awarded to the person
denied the right provided by Section 51.7.
described, the Attomey General, any district attorney or city attomey, or any person aggrieved by
the conduct may bring a civil action in the appropriate court by filing with It a complaint. The
complaint shall contain the following:
(1) The signature of the officer, or, in his or her absence, the individual acting on behalf of
the officer, or the signature of the person aggrieved.
(2) The facts pertaining to the conduct.
(3) A request for preventive relief, including an application for a permanent or temporary
injunction, restraining order, or other order against the person or persons responsible for the
conduct, as the complainant deems necessary to insure the full enjoyment of the rights herein
described.
(d) Whenever an action has been commenced in any court seeking relief from the denial of equal
protection of the laws under the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States on
account of race, color, religion, sex, national original, or disability, the Attomey General or any
district attomey or city attomey for or In the name of the people of the State of Califomia may
intervene In the action upon timely application if the Attorney General or any district attomey or
city attorney certifies that the case is of general public importance. In that action the people of the
State of Califomia shall be entitled to the same relief as If it had instituted the action.
(e) Actions under this section shall be independent of any other remedies or procedures that may
be available to an aggrieved party.
(f) Any person claiming to be aggrieved by an alleged unlawful practice in violation of Section 51
or 51.7 may also file a verified complaint with the Department of Fair Employment and Housing
pursuant to Section 12948 of the Government Code.
(g) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require any construction, alteration, repair,
structural or otherwise, or modification of any sort whatsoever, beyond that construction,
alteration, repair, or modification that Is otherwise required by other provisions of law, to any new
or existing establishment, facility, building, improvement, or any other structure, or to augment,
restrict, or alter in any way the authority of the State Architect to require constructions, alteration,
repair, or modifications that the State Architect otherwise possesses pursuant to other laws.
(h) For the purposes of this section, "actual damages" means special and general damages. This
subdivision is declaratory of existing law.
2000
PCC
388
(Added by Stats 1905 c. 413 . 2. Amended by Stats 1919 ch 210 2; Stats 1923 c. 235 2; Stats 1959 c.
1866 2; Stats 1974 c. 1193, 2; Stats 1976 c. 366 2; Stats 1976 c. 1293 2.5: Stats 1978 c. 1212 1;
Stats 1981 c. 521 1, effective September 16, 1981; Stats 1986 c. 244 1; Stats 1987 c. 159 4; Stats
1989 0. 459 1; Stats 1991 c. 607 (S.B. 98} 2; Stats 1991 c. 839 (A.B. 1169) 2; Stats 1992 c. 913 (A.B.
1077) 3.6; Stats. 1994, c. 535 (S.B. 1288), Section 1; Stats 1998, c.195 (A.B. 2702), 4; Stats. 1999 c
53. Restrictions upon transfer or use of realty because of sex, race, color, religion,
ancestry, national origin, or disability.
(a) Every provision in a written instrument relating to real property which purports to forbid or
restrict the conveyance, encumbrance, leasing, or mortgaging of that real property to any person
of a specified sex, race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, or disability, is void and every
restriction or prohibition as to the use or occupation of real property because of the user's or
occupier's sex, race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, or disability is void.
(b) Every restriction or prohibition, whether by way of covenant, condition upon use or occupation,
or upon transfer of title to real property, which restriction or prohibition directly or indirectly limits
the acquisition, use or occupation of that property because of the acquirer's, urea's, or occupier's
sex, race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, or disability is void.
(c) In any action to declare that a restriction or prohibition specified in subdivision (a) or (b) is
void, the court shall take judicial notice of the recorded instrument or instruments containing the
prohibitions or restrictions in the same manner that it takes Judicial notice of the matters listed in
Section 452 of the Evidence Code.
Added by Stats 1961 ch 1877 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1965 ch 299 Section 6, operative January 1,
1967; Stats 1974 ch 1193 Section 3; Stats 1987 ch 159 Section 5; Stats 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1077) Section
3.8.
Section 54. Right to streets, highways, and other public places; disability
(a) Individuals with disabilities have the same right as the general public to the full and free use of
the streets, highways, sidewalks, walkways, public buildings, public facilities, and other public
places.
(b) "Disability," as used in this part, means any of the following with respect to an individual:
(1) A physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life
activities of the individual.
(c) A violation of the right of an Individual under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
(Public Law 101-336) also constitutes a violation of this section..
Added by Stats 1968 ch 461 Section 1. Amended Stats 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1077) Section 4; Stats. 1994, c.
1257 (S.B. 1240), Section 1; Stats. 1996, c. 498 (S.B. 1687), Section 1.) .42 U.S.C.A. Section 12101 etseq.
(a)(1) Individuals with disability shall be entitled to full and equal access, as other members of
the general public, to accommodations, advantages, facilities, medical facilities, including
hospitals, clinics, and physicians offices, and privileges of all common carriers, airplanes, motor
2000 PCC
389
vehicles, railroad trains, motorbuses, streetcars, boats, or any other public conveyances or modes
of transportation (whether private, public, franchised, licensed, contracted, or otherwise provided),
telephone facilities, adoption agencies, private schools, hotels, lodging places, places of public
accommodation, amusement, or resort, and other places to which the general public Is invited,
subject only to the conditions and limitations established by law, or state or federal regulation, and
applicable alike to all persons.
(2) As used in this section, "telephone facilities" means tariff items and other equipment and
services which have been approved by the Public Utilities Commission to be used by Individuals
with disabilities in a manner feasible and compatible with the existing telephone network provided
by the telephone companies.
(3) "Full and equal access," for purposes of this section is its application to transportation, means
access that meets the standards of Title II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
(Public Law 101-336) and federal regulations adopted pursuant thereto, except that, if the laws of
this state prescribe higher standards. It shall mean access that meets those higher standards..
(b)(1) Individuals with disabilities shall be entitled to full and equal access, as other members of
the general public, to all housing accommodations offered for rent, lease, or compensation in this
state, subject to the conditions and limitations established by law, or state or federal regulation,
and applicable alike to all persons.
(2) "Housing accommodations" means any real property, or portion thereof, which is used or
occupied, or is intended, arranged, or designed to be used or occupied, as the home, residence, or
sleeping place of one or more human beings, but shall not include any accommodations included
within subdivision (a) or any single-family residence the occupants of which rent, lease, or fumish
for compensation not more than one room therein.
(3)(A) Any person renting, leasing, or otherwise providing real property for compensation shall
not refuse to permit an individual with a disability, at that person's expense, to make reasonable
modifications of the existing rented premises if the modifications are necessary to afford the
person full enjoyment of the premises. However, any modifications under this paragraph may be
conditioned on the disabled tenant entering into an agreement to restore the interior of the
premises to the condition existing prior to the modifications. No additional security may be
required on account of an election to make modifications to the rented premises under this
paragraph, but the lessor and tenant may negotiate, as part of the agreement to restore the
premises, a provision requiring the disabled tenant to pay an amount into an escrow account, not
to exceed a reasonable estimate of the cost of restoring the premises.
(B) Any person renting, leasing, or otherwise providing real property for compensation shall not
refuse to make reasonable accommodations in rules, policies, practices, or services, when those
accommodations may be necessary to afford individuals with a disability equal opportunity to use
and enjoy the premises.
(4) Nothing in this subdivision shall require any person renting, leasing, or providing for
compensation real property to modify his or her property in any way or provide a higher degree of
care for an individual with a disability than for an individual who is not disabled.
(5) Except as provided in paragraph (6), nothing in this part shall require any person renting,
leasing, or providing for compensation real property, if that person refuses to accept tenants who
have dogs, to accept as a tenant an individual with a disability who has a dog.
(6)(A) It shall be deemed a denial of equal access to housing accommodations within the
meaning of this subdivision for any person, firm, or corporation to refuse to lease or rent housing
accommodations to an individual who is blind or visually impaired on the basis that the individual
uses the services of a guide dog, an individual who is deaf or hearing impaired on the basis that
2000 PCC
390
the individual uses the services of a signal dog, or to an individual with any other disability on the
basis that the Individual uses the services of a service dog, or to refuse to permit such an
individual who is blind or visually impaired to keep a guide dog, an individual who is deaf or
hearing impaired to keep a signal dog, or an individual with any other disability to keep a service
dog on the premises.
(B) Except in the normal performance of duty as a mobility or signal aid, nothing contained in
this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the owner of a housing accommodation from
establishing terms in a lease or rental agreement that reasonably regulate the presence of guide
dogs, signal dogs, or service dogs on the premises of a housing accommodation, nor shall this
paragraph be construed to relieve a tenant from any liability otherwise imposed by law for real and
personal property damages caused by such a dog when proof of same exists.
(C)(i) As used in this subdivision, "guide dog" means any guide dog which was trained by a
person licensed under the provisions of Chapter 9.5 (commencing with Section 7200) of Division 3
of the Business and Professions Code or as defined in the regulations Implementing Title III of the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336).
(ii) As used in this subdivision, "signal dog" means any dog trained to alert an individual who Is
(ill) As used in this subdivision, "service dog" means any dog individually trained to the
requirements of an individual with a disability, including, but not limited to, minimal protection
work, rescue woilc, pulling a wheelchair, or fetching dropped items.
(7) It shall be deemed a denial of equal access to housing accommodations within the meaning
of this subdivision for any person, firm or corporation to refuse to lease or rent housing
accommodations to an individual who is blind or visually impaired, an individual who is deaf or
hearing impaired, or other individual with a disability on the basis that the individual with a
disability is partially or wholly dependent upon the income or his or her spouse, if the spouse is a
party to the lease or rental agreement. Nothing in this subdivision, however, shall prohibit a lessor
or landlord from considering the aggregate financial status of an Individual with disability and his
or her spouse.
(c) Visually impaired or blind persons and persons licensed to train guide dogs for individuals
who are visually Impaired or blind pursuant to Chapter 9.5 (commencing with Section 7200) of
Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code or guide dogs as defined in the regulations
implementing Title ill of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336), and
persons who are deaf or hearing impaired and persons authorized to train signal dogs for
individuals who are deaf or hearing impaired, and other individuals with a disability and persons
authorized to train service dogs for individuals with a disability, may take dogs, for the purpose of
training them as guide dogs, signal dogs, or service dogs in any of the places specified In
subdivisions (a) and (b). These persons shall ensure that the dog is on a leash and tagged as a
guide dog, signal dog, or service dog by an identification tag issued by the county clerk, animal
control department, or other agency, as authorized by Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
30850) of Division 14 of the Food and Agricultural Code. In addition, the person shall be liable for
any provable damage done to the premises or facilities by his or her dog.
(d) A violation of the right of an individual under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
(Public Law 101-336) also constitutes a violation of this section, and nothing in this section shall be
construed to limit the access of any person in violation of that act.
(e) Nothing in this section shall preclude the requirement of the showing of a license plate or
disabled placard when required by enforcement units enforcing disabled persons parking violations
pursuant to Sections 22507.8 and 22511.8 of the Vehicle Code.
(&2000 PCC
391
Added by Stats 1968 ch 461 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1969 oh 832 Section 1; Stats 1972 ch 819
Section 1; Stats 1974 ch 108 Section 1; Stats 1976 ch 971 Section 1; Stats 1976 ch 972 Section 1.5; Stats
1977 ch 700 Section 1; Stats 1978 ch 380 Section 2; Stats 1979 ch 293 Section 1; Stats 1980 773 Section
1; Stats 1988 ch 1595 Section 2; Stats 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1077) Section 5; Stats 1993 ch 1149 {A.B. 1419)
Section 4; Stats 1993 ch 1214 (A.B. 551) Section 1.5; Stats. 1994, c. 1257 (S.B. 1240), Section 2; Stats.
1996, 0. 498 (S.B. 1687), Section 1.5.) .42 U.S.C.A. Section 12101 et seq.
Section 54.2. Guide, signal or service dogs; right to accompany individuals with a
disability and trainers; damages
(a) Every Individual with a disability has the right to be accompanied by a guide dog, signal dog.
or service dog, especially trained for the purpose, in any of the places specified In Section 54.1
without being required to pay a extra charge or security deposit for the guide dog, signal dog, or
service dog. However, the individual shall be liable for any damage done to the premises or
facilities by his or her dog.
(b) Individuals who are blind or othenA/ise visually impaired and persons licensed to train guide
dogs for individuals who are blind or visually impaired pursuant to Chapter 9.5 (commencing with
Section 7200) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code or as defined In regulations
implementing Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336), and
individuals who are deaf or hearing impaired and persons authorized to train signal dogs for
individuals who are deaf or hearing impaired, and individuals with a disability and persons who are
authorized to train service dogs for the individuals with a disability may take dogs, for the purpose
of training them as guide dogs, signal dogs, or service dogs in any of the places specified in
Section 54.1 without being required to pay an extra charge or security deposit for the guide dog,
signal dog, or service dog. However, the person shall be liable for any damage done to the
premises or facilities by his or her dog. These persons shall ensure the dog is on a leash and
tagged as a guide dog, signal dog, or service dog by an identification tag issued by the county
clerk, animal control department, or other agency, as authorized by Chapter 3.5 (commencing with
Section 30850) of Title 14 of the Food and Agricultural Code.,
A violation of the right of an individual under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public
Law 101-336) also constitutes a violation of this section, and nothing in this section shall be
construed to limit the access of any person in violation of that act.
(c) As used in this section, the terms "guide dog," "signal dog," and "service dog" have the same
meanings as specified in Section 54.1.
(d) Nothing in this section precludes the requirement of the showing of a license plate or disabled
placard when required by enforcement units enforcing disabled persons parking violations
pursuant to Sections 22507.8 and 22511.8 of the Vehicle Code.
Added by Stats 1968 ch 461 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1972 ch 819 Section 2; Stats 1979 ch 293
Section 2; Stats 1980 ch 773 Section 2; Stats 1988 ch 1595 Section 3 Stats 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1077)
Section 6; Stats. 1994, c. 1257 (S B. 1240), Section 3; Stats. 1996, c. 498 (S.B. 1687(, Section 2.
.42 U.S.C.A. Section 12101 et seq.
Section 54.3. Violations; liability
(a) Any person or persons, firm or corporation who denies or interferes with admittance to or
enjoyment of the public facilities as specified in Sections 54 and 54.1 or otherwise interferes with
the rights of an individual with a disability under Sections 54, 54.1 and 54.2 is liable for each
offense for the actual damages and any amount as may be determined by a Jury, or the court
sitting without a Jury, up to a maximum of three times the amount of actual damages but in no
case less than one thousand dollars ($1,000), and attorney's fees as may be determined by the
court in addition thereto, suffered by any person denied any of the rights provided in Sections 54,
54.1, and 54.2. "Interfere," for purposes of this section, includes, but is not limited to, preventing
or causing the prevention of a guide dog, signal dog, or service dog from carrying out its functions
in assisting a disabled person.
2000 PCC
392
(b) Any person who claims to be aggrieved by an alleged unlawful practice in violation of Section
54, 54.1, or 54.2 may also file a verified complaint with the Department of Fair Employment and
Housing pursuant to Section 12948 of the Government Code. The remedies in this section are
non-exclusive and are in addition to any other remedy provided by law, including, but not limited
to, any action for injunctive or other equitable relief available to the aggrieved party or brought in
the name of the people of this state or of the United States.
(c) A person may not be held liable for damages pursuant to both this section and Section 52 for
the same act or failure to act.
(Added by Stats 1968 ch 461 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1976 ch 971 Section 2; Stats 1976 ch 972
Section 2.5; Stats 1977 ch 881 Section 1; Stats 1981 ch 395 Section 1.)
(Amended by Stats 1992 c 913 (A.B. 1077) Section 7; Stats 1994, c. 1257 (S.B. 1240), Section 4; Stats.
1996, c. 498 (S.B. 1687), Section 2.3.)
Section 54.4. Blind pedestrian; failure to carry white cane
A blind or otherwise visually impaired pedestrian shall have all of the rights and privileges
conferred by law upon other persons in any of the places, accommodations, or conveyances
specified In Sections 54 and 54.1, notwithstanding the fact that such person is not carrying a
predominately white cane (with or without a red tip), or using a guide dog. The failure of a blind or
otherwise visually Impaired person to carry such a cane or to use such a guide dog shall not
constitute negligence per se.
(Added by Stats 1968 ch 461 Section 1.)
(Amended by Stats 1994, c. 1257 (S.B. 1240), Section 5.)
Section 54.5. White cane safety day; proclamation
Each year, the Governor shall publicly proclaim October 15 as White Cane Safety Day.
He shall issue a proclamation In which:
(a) Comments shall be made upon the significance of this chapter.
(b) Citizens of the state are called upon to observe the provisions of this chapter and to take
precautions necessary to the safety of disabled persons.
(c) Citizens of the state are reminded of the policies with respect to disabled persons declared in
this chapter and he urges the citizens to cooperate in giving effect to them.
(d) Emphasis shall be made on the need of the citizenry to be aware of the presence of disabled
persons in the community and to keep safe and functional for the disabled the streets, highways,
sidewalks, walkways, public buildings, public facilities, other public places, places of public
accommodation, amusement and resort, and other places to which the public is invited, and to
offer assistance to disabled persons upon appropriate occasions.
(e) It is the policy of this state to encourage and enable disabled persons to participate fully In the
social and economic life of the state and to engage In remunerative employment.
(Added by Stats 1968 ch 461 Section 1.)
(Amended by Stats. 1994, c. 1257 (S.B. 1240), Section 6.)
Section 54.6. Visually impaired
As used in this part, "visually impaired" includes blindness and means having central
visual acuity not to exceed 20/200 in the better eye, with corrected lenses, as measured by the
Snellen test, or visual acuity greater than 20/200, but with a limitation in the field of vision such
that the widest diameter of the visual field subtendsan angle is not greater than 20 degrees..
2000 PCC
393
Section 54.7. Zoos or wild animal parks; facilities for guide, service or signal dogs
accompanying individuals with a disability
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the provisions, of this part shali not be construed
to require zoos or wiid animai parks to allow guide dogs, signal dogs, or service dogs to
accompany individuals with a disability in areas of the zoo or park where zoo or park animals are
not separated from members of the public by a physical barrier. As used in this section, "physical
barrier" does not include an automobile or other conveyance.
(b) Any zoo or wild animal park that does not permit guide dogs, signal dogs, or service dogs, to
accompany individuals with a disability shali maintain, free of charge, adequate kennel facilities
for the use of guide dogs, signal dogs, or service dogs belonging to these persons. These facilities
shall be of a character commensurate with the anticipated daily attendance of individuals with a
disability. The facilities shali be in an area not accessible to the general public, shall be equipped
with water and utensils for the consumption thereof, and shall otherwise be safe, dean and
comfortable.
(c) Any zoo or wild animai park that does not permit guide dogs to accompany blind persons or
visually impaired persons therein shali provide free transportation to blind or visually impaired
persons on any mode of transportation provided for members of the public.
Each zoo or wiid animal park that does not permit guide dogs to accompany blind or otherwise
visually impaired persons therein shali provide sighted escorts for blind or otherwise visually
impaired persons if they are unaccompanied by a sighted person.
(d) Any zoo or wild animal park that does not permit guide dogs to accompany blind or otherwise
visually impaired persons therein shali provided sighted escorts for such blind or otherwise visually
impaired persons if they are unaccompanied by a sighted person.
(e) As used in this section, "wild animai park" means any entity open to the public on a regular
basis, licensed by the United States Department of Agriculture under the Animai Welfare Act as an
exhibit, and operating for the primary purposes of conserving, propagating, and exhibiting wiid and
exotic animals, and any marine, mammal, or aquatic park open to the general public.
(Added by Stats 1979 ch 525 Section 1.)
(Amended by Stats 1988 ch 1595 Section 4; Stats 1994, c. 1257 (S.B. 1240), Section 8.)
Section 54.8. Hearing impaired persons; assertive listening systems in civil or criminal
proceedings; notice of need; availability; use in proceedings
(a) In any civil or criminal proceeding, including, but not limited to, traffic, small claims court,
family court, proceedings and services, and juvenile court proceedings, in any court-ordered or
court-provided alternative dispute resolution, including mediation and arbitration, or In any
administrative hearing of a public agency, where a party, witness, attorney, judicial employee,
judge, juror, or other participant who is hearing impaired, the individual who is hearing impaired
upon his or her request, shali be provided with a functioning assistive listening system or a
computer-aided transcription system. Any individual requiring this equipment shall give advance
notice of his or her need to the appropriate court or agency at the time the hearing is set or not
later than five days before the hearing.
(b) Assistive listening systems include, but are not limited to, special devices which transmit
amplified speech by means of audio-induction loops, radio frequency systems (AM or FM), or
2000
PCC
394
Infrared transmission. Personal receivers, headphones, and neck loops shall be available upon
request from people who are hearing impaired.
(c) If a computer-aided transcription system is requested, sufficient display terminals shall be
provided to allow the individual who is hearing impaired to read the real time transcript of the
proceeding without difficulty.
(d) A sign shall be posted in a prominent place indicating the availability of, and how to request,
an assistive listening system and a computer-aided transcription system. Notice of the availability
of the systems shall be posted with notice of trials.
(e) Each county shall have at least one portable assistive listening system for use by any court
within the county. The system shall be in a location jointly determined by the county board of
supervisors and the judges.
(f) The Judicial Council shall develop and approve official forms for notice of the availability of
assistive listening systems and computer-aided transcription systems for individuals who are
hearing impaired. The Judicial Council shall also develop and maintain a system to record
utilization by the courts of these assistive listening systems and computer-aided transcription
system.
(g) If the individual who is hearing impaired is a juror, the jury deliberation room shall be equipped
with an assistive listening system or a computer-aided transcription system upon the request of the
juror.
(h) A court reporter may be present in the jury deliberating room during a jury deliberation if the
services of a court reporter for the purpose of operating a computer-aided transcription system are
required for a juror who is hearing impaired.
(i) In any of the proceedings referred to in subdivision (a), or In any administrative hearing of a
public agency, in which the individual who is hearing impaired is part, witness, attorney, judicial
employee, judge, juror or other participant, and has requested use of an assistive listening system
or computer-aided transcription system, the proceedings shall not commence until the system is In
place and functioning.
(j) As used in this section, individual who is hearing impaired" means an individual with a hearing
loss, who, with sufficient amplification or a computer-aided transcription system, is able to fully
participate in the proceeding.
(k) In no case shall this section be construed to prescribe a lesser standard of accessibility or
usability than that provided by Title 11 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law
101-336) and federal regulations adopted pursuant to that act..
Added by Stats 1989 ch 1002 Section 1. Amended Stats 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1077) Section 8; Stats 1993 ch
1214 (A.B. 551) Section 2.
.42 U.S.C.A. Section 12101 etseq.
Code, or Part 5.5 (commencing with section 19955) of Division 13 of the Health and Safety Code
may bring an action to enjoin the violation. The prevailing party in the action shall be entitled to
recover reasonable attorney's fees.
2000 PCC
395
(a) Subject to the provisions of the governing documents and other applicable provisions of law, if
the boundaries of the separate interest are contained within a building, the owner of the separate
interest may do the following:
(1) Make any improvements or alterations within the boundaries of his or her separate interest
that do not impair the structural integrity or mechanical systems or lessen the support of any
portions of the common interest development.
(2) Modify a unit in a condominium project, at the owner's expense, to facilitate access fro
persons who are blind, visually handicapped, deaf, or physically disabled, or to alter conditions
which could be hazardous to these persons. These modifications may also include modifications
of the route from the public way to the door of the unit for the purposes of this paragraph if the unit
is on the ground floor or already accessible by an existing ramp or elevator. The right granted by
this paragraph is subject to the following conditions.
(A) The modifications shall be consistent with applicable building code requirements.
(B) The modifications shall be consistent with the intent of otherwise applicable provisions of the
governing documents pertaining to safety or aesthetics.
(C) Modifications external to the dwelling shall not prevent reasonable passage by other residents,
and shall be removed by the owner when the unit is not longer occupied by persons requiring
those modifications who are blind, visually handicapped, deaf, or physically disabled.
(D) Any owner who intends to modify a unit pursuant to this paragraph shall submit his or her
plans and specifications to the association of the condominium project for review to determine
whether the modifications shall comply with the provisions of this paragraph. The association shall
not deny approval of the proposed modifications under this paragraph without good cause.
(b) Any change in the exterior appearance of a separate interest shall be in accordance with the
governing documents and applicable provisions of law.
Added by Stats 1985 ch 874 Section 14.
EVIDENCE CODE
(a) As used in this section, "individual who is deaf or hearing impaired" means an individual with a
hearing loss so great as to prevent his or her understanding language spoken in a normal tone, but
does not Include an individual who is hearing impaired provided with, and able to fully participate
In the proceedings through the use of, an assistive listening system or computer-aided
transcription equipment provided pursuant to Section 54.8 of the Civil Code.
2000 PCC
396
(b) In any Individual or criminal action, Including, but not limited to, any action involving a traffic
or other Infraction, any small claims court proceeding, any juvenile court proceeding, any family
court proceeding or service, or any proceeding to determine the mental competency of a person,
in any court-ordered or court-provided alternative dispute resolution, Including mediation and
arbitration, or any administrative hearing, where a party or witness Is an Individual who Is deaf or
hearing Impaired and the individual who Is deaf or hearing impaired is present and participating,
the proceedings shall be interpreted in a language that the individual who Is deaf or hearing
impaired understands by a qualified interpreter appointed by the court or other appointing
authority, or as agreed upon.
(c) For purposes of this section, "appointing authority" means a court, department, board,
commission, agency, licensing or legislative body, or other body for proceedings requiring a
qualified interpreter.
(d) For the purposes of this section, "interpreter" Includes, but is not limited to, an oral interpreter,
a sign language interpreter, ordeaf-blind interpreter, depending upon the needs of the individual
who is deaf or hearing impaired.
(e) For purposes of this section, "Intermediary Interpreter" means an Individual who Is deaf or
hearing Impaired, or a hearing individual who is able to assist in providing an accurate
Interpretation between spoken English and sign language or between variants of sign language or
between American Sign Language and other foreign languages by acting as an intermediary
between the individual who is deaf or hearing Impaired and the qualified interpreter.
(f) For purposes of this section, "qualified interpreter" means an interpreter who has been certified
as competent to interpret court proceedings by a testing organization, agency, or educational
institution approved by the Judicial Council as qualified to administer tests to court interpreters for
individuals who are deaf or hearing Impaired.
(g) In the event that the appointed interpreter is not familiar with the use of particular signs by the
individual who Is deaf or hearing impaired or his or her particular variant of sign language, the
court or other appointing authority shall, in consultation with the individual who is deaf or hearing
Impaired or his or her representative, appoint an intermediary interpreter.
(h) Prior to July 1,1992, the Judicial Council shall conduct a study to establish the guidelines
interpreters for individuals who are deaf or hearing impaired. Testing entities may include
educational Institutions, testing organizations, joint powers agencies, or public agencies.
Commencing July 1,1997, court interpreters for Individuals who are deaf or hearing Impaired shall
meet the qualifications specified In subdivision (f).
(i) Persons appointed to serve as Interpreters under this section shall be paid, in addition to actual
travel costs, the prevailing rate paid to persons employed by the court to provide other interpreter
services unless such service is considered to be a part of the person's regular duties as an
employee of the state, county, or other political subdivision of the state. Payment of the
interpreter's fee shall be a charge against the county, or other political subdivision of the state, in
which that action is pending. Payment o the Interpreter's fee in administrative proceedings shall
be a charge against the appointing board or authority.
2000
PCC
397
(i) Whenever a peace officer or any other person having a law enforcement or prosecutlonal
function in any criminal or quasi-criminal investigation or proceeding questions or otherwise
interviews an alleged victim or witness who demonstrates or alleges deafness or hearing
impairment, a good faith effort to secure the services of an interpreter shall be made, without any
unnecessary delay unless either the individual who is deaf or hearing impaired affirmatively
indicates that he or she does not need or cannot use an interpreter, or an interpreter is not
otherwise required by Title 11 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101 -336)
and federal regulations adopted thereunden.
(k) No statement, written or oral, made by an individual who the court finds is deaf or hearing
impaired in reply to a question of a peace officer, or any other person having a law enforcement or
prosecutorial function in any criminal or quasi-criminal investigation or proceeding, may be used
against that individual who is deaf or hearing impaired unless the question was accurately
interpreted and the statement was made knowingly, voluntarily, and intelligently and was
accurately interpreted and the statement was made knowingly, voluntarily, and intelligently and
was accurately interpreted, or the court makes special findings that either the individual could not
have used an interpreter or an interpreter was not otherwise required by Title 11 of the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336) and federal regulations adopted thereunder and
that the statement was made knowingly, voluntarily, and intelligently.
(I) In obtaining services of an Interpreter for purposes of subdivision (j) or (k), priority shall be
given to first obtaining a qualified interpreter.
(m) Nothing in sulxlivision 0) or (k) shall be deemed to supersede the requirement of subdivision
(b) for use of a qualified interpreter for individuals whoa re deaf or hearing impaired participating
as parties or witnesses in a trial or hearing.
(n) In any action or proceeding in which an individual who is deaf or hearing impaired is a
participant, the appointing authority shall not commence proceedings until the appointed
interpreter Is in full view of and spatially situated to assure proper communication with the
participating individual who is deaf or hearing impaired.
(0) Each superior court shall maintain a current roster of qualified interpreters certified pursuant to
subdivision (f).
Amended by Stats 1977 oh 1182 Section 1; Stats 1984 ch 768 Section 2; Stats 1989 ch 1002 Section 2;
Stats 190 ch 1450 (S.B. 2046) Section 2; Stats 1991 ch 883 (S.B. 585) Section 1; Stats 1992 ch 118 (S.B.
16 ) Section 1, effective July 7, 1992; Stats 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1077) Section 14. (Amended by Stats. 1995,
c. 143 (A.B. 1833), Section 1. eff. July 18, 1995.)
i42 U.S.C.A. Section 12101 et seq.
2000 PCC
398
B . D I S C R I M I N AT I O N
Government Code
S e c t i o n 111 3 5 .
S e c t i o n 111 3 7 .
S e c t i o n 111 3 9 . 5
Section 19230.
Section 19231.
S e c t i o n 111 3 8 .
S e c t i o n 111 3 9 .
Section 11135. Prohibited discrimination under program or activity funded directly by state
r e c e i v e s fi n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e f r o m s t a t e
(a) No person in the State of California shall, on the basis of ethnic group identification, religion,
age, sex, color, or disability, be unlawfully denied the benefits of, or be unlawfully subjected to
discrimination under, any program or activity that is funded directly by the state or receives any
fi n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e f r o m t h e s t a t e .
(b) With respect to discrimination on the basis of disability, programs and activities subject to
subdivision (a) shall meet the protections and prohibitions contained In Section 202 of the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. Sec. 12132), and the federal rules and
regulations adopted in implementation thereof, except that if the laws of this state prescribe
stronger protections and prohibitions, the programs and activities subject to subdivision (a) shall
be subject to the stronger protections and prohibitions.
(c) As used in this section, "disability" means any of the following with respect to an individual; (1)
a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of
the individual, (2) a record of an impairment as described in paragraph (1), or (3) being regarded
as having such an impairment as described in paragraph (1).
Added by Stats 1977 ch 972 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1077) Section 18; Stats. 1994,
c. 146 (A.B. 3601), Section 66.
Section 11136. Notice to contractor, grantee or local agency by state agency; probable
cause to believe violation of statute or regulation; hearing
Whenever a state agency that administers a program or activity that is funded directly by
the state or receives any financial assistance from the state, has reasonable cause to believe that
a contractor, grantee, or local agency has violated the provisions of Section 111356, or any
regulation adopted to implement such section, the head of the state agency shall notify the
contractor, grantee, or local agency of such violation and shall, after considering all relevant
evidence, determine whether there Is probably cause to believe that the provisions of Section
111356, or any regulation adopted to implement such section has occurred. In the event that it is
determined that there is probably cause to believe that the provisions of Section 11135, or any
regulation adopted to implement such section, have been violated, the head of the state agency
shall cause to be instituted a hearing conducted pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 5
(commencing with Section 11500) of this part to determine whether a violation has occurred.
Added by Stats 1977 ch 972 Section 1.
2000 PCC
399
this article, the state agency that administers the program or activity involved shall take action to
curtail state funding in whole or in part to such contractor, grantee or local agency.
Added by Stats 1977 ch 972 Section 1.
Section 11138. Rules and regulations
Each state agency that administers a program or activity that is funded directly by the
state or receives any financial assistance from the state and that enters into contractors for the
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) per year shall, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter
4.5 (commencing with Section 11371) of this part, adopt such rules and regulations as are
necessary to carry out the purpose and provisions of this article.
Added by Stats 1977 ch 972 Section 1.
The prohibitions and sanctions imposed by this article shall be in addition to any other
prohibitions and sanctions imposed by law.
This article shall not be interpreted in such manner that would frustrate its purpose.
This article shall not be Interpreted in such manner that would adversely affect lawful
programs which benefit the disabled, the aged, minorities and women.
This article and regulations adopted pursuant to this article may be enforced by a civil
action for equitable relief.
Added by Stats. 1977 c. 972 1. {Amended by Stats. 1999, c. 591 (A.B. 1670), 3.)
persons are protected by this article and guidelines for determining what practices are
discriminatory. The secretary, with the cooperation of the Fair Employment and Housing
Commission, shall assist state agencies in coordinating their programs and activities and shall
consult with such agencies, as necessary, so that consistent policies, practices, and procedures
are adopted with respect to the enforcement of the provisions of the article.
Added by Stats 1977 ch 972 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1980 ch 992 Section 1; Stats 1982, ch 1270
Section 24.
(a) It is the policy of this state to encourage and enable Individuals with a disability to participate
fully in the social and economic life of the state and to engage in remunerative employment.
(b) It is the policy of this state that qualified individuals with a disability shall be employed In the
state service, the service of the political subdivisions of the state, in public schools, and In all other
employment supported in whole or in part by public funds on the same terms and conditions as the
2000
PCC
400
accommodation would Impose an undue hardship on the operation of its program. A department
shall not deny any employment opportunity to a qualified applicant or employee who Is an
Individual with a disability If the basis for the denial is the need to make reasonable
Added by Stats 1977 ch 1196 Section 2. Amended by Stats 1987 ch 292 Section 2; Stats 1992 ch 913
{A.B.I077) Section 28.
2000 PCC
401
C . D I S C R I M I N AT I O N B Y L I C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L S
Business and Professions Code
Section 125.6. Refusal to perform licensed activity; aiding or inciting refusal of performance by
another licensee; discrimination or restriction in performance; race, color, sex.
religion, ancestry, disability, marital status, or national origin
Insurance Code
Nothing In this section requires a person licensed pursuant to Division 2 (commencing with
Section 500) to permit an individual to participate In, or benefit from, the licensed activity of the
licensee where that Individual poses a direct threat to the health or safety of others. For this
purpose, the term "direct threat" means a significant risk to the health or safety of others that
cannot be eliminated by a modification of policies, practices, or procedures or by the provision of
auxiliary aids and services.
"Applicant," as used in this section means a person apply for licensed services provided by
(a) A physician or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the
major life activities of the individual.
(b) A record of such an Impairment.
2000
PCC
402
Insurance Code
insurance providing life, annuity, or disability benefits applied for and issued on or after January 1,
1984 shall refuse to Insure, or refuse to continue to Insure, or limit the amount, extent, or kind of
coverage available to an individual, or charge a different rate for the same coverage solely
because of a physical or mental impairment, except where the refusal, limitation or rate differential
coverage available to an individual, or charge a different rate for the same coverage solely
because of blindness or partial blindness.
"Blindness or partial blindness' means central visual acuity of not more than 20/200 in the
better eye, after correction, or visual acuity greater than 20/200 but with a limitation in the fields of
vision so that the widest diameter of the visual field subtends an angle no greater than 20 degrees,
certified by a licensed physician and surgeon who specializes in diseases of the eye or a licensed
optometrist.
Added by Stats 1985 ch 971 Section 2.
2000 PCC
403
D . S E R V I C E S TAT I O N R E F U E L I N G S E R V I C E F O R D I S A B L E D P E R S O N S ;
13660. (a) Every person, firm, partnership, association, trustee, or corporation that operates a
service station shall provide, upon request, refueling service to a disabled driver of a vehicle that
displays a disabled person's plate or placard, or a disabled veteran's plate, issued by the
Department of Motor Vehicles. The price charged for the motor vehicle fuel shall be no greater
than that which the station otherwise would charge the public generally to purchase motor vehicle
fuel without refueling service.
(b) Any person or entity specified in subdivision (a) that operates a service station shall be
exempt from this section during hours when:
(1) Only one employee is on duty.
(2) Only two employees are on duty, one of whom Is assigned exclusively to the preparation of
food.
As used In this subdivision, the term "employee" does not include a person employed by an
unrelated business that is not owned or operated by the entity offering motor vehicle fuel for the
sale to the general public.
(c)(1) Every person, firm, partnership, association, trustee, or corporation required to provide
refueling service for persons with disabilities pursuant to this section shall post the following
notice, or a notice with substantially similar language, in a manner and single location that is
conspicuous to a driver seeking refueling service;
"Service to Disabled Persons
(2) If refueling service is limited to certain hours pursuant to an exemption set forth in subdivision
(b), the notice required by paragraph (1) shall also specify the hours during which refueling service
for persons with disabilities is available.
(3) Every person, firm, partnership, association, trustee, or corporation that, consistent with
subdivision (b) does not provide refueling service for persons with disabilities during any hours of
operation shall post the following notice in a manner and single location that is conspicuous to a
driver seeking refueling service:
"No Service for Disabled Persons"
This service station does not provide refueling service for disabled individuals.
(4) The signs required by paragraphs (1) and (3)
(d) During the county sealer's normal petroleum product inspection of a service station, the sealer
shall verify that a sign has been posted In accordance with sutxJivision (c). If a sign has not been
posted, the sealer shall issue a notice of violation to the owner or agent. The sealer shall be
2000 PCC
404
reimbursed, as prescribed by the department, from funds provided under Chapter 14. If
substantial, repeated violations of sub-division (c) are noted at the same service station, the sealer
shall refer the matter to the appropriate local law enforcement agency.
(e) The local law enforcement agency shall, upon the verified complaint of any person or public
agency, Investigate the actions of any person, firm, partnership, association, trustee, or
corporation alleged to have violated this section. If the local law enforcement agency determines
that there has been a denial of service in violation of this section, or a substantial or repeated
failure to comply with subdivision (c), the agency shall levy the fine prescribed in subdivision (f).
(0 Any person who, as a responsible managing individual setting service policy of a service
station; or as an employee acting Independently against the set service policy, acts in violation of
this section is guilty of an infraction punishable by a fine of one hundred dollars ($100) for the first
offense, two hundred dollars ($200) for the second offense, and five hundred dollars ($500) for
each subsequent offense.
(g) In addition to those matters referred pursuant to subdivision (e), the city attomey, the district
attomey or the Attomey General, upon his or her own motion, may investigate and prosecute
alleged violations of this section. Any person or public agency may also file a verified complaint
alleging violation of this section with the city attomey, district attomey, or Attomey General.
(h) Enforcement of this section may be initiated by any intended beneficiary of the provisions of
this section, his or her representatives, or any public agency that exercises oversight over the
service station, and the action shall be governed by Section 1021.5 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.
(I) An annual notice setting forth the provisions of this section shall be provided by the Board of
Equalization to every person, firm, partnership, association, trustee, or corporation that operates a
service station.
(j) A notice setting forth the provisions of this section shall be printed on each disabled person's
placard issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles on and after January 1,1999. A notice
setting forth the provisions of this section shall be provided to each person issued a disabled
person's or disabled veteran's plate on and after January 1, 1998.
(k) For the purposes of this action "refueling service" means the service of pumping motor vehicle
fuel into the fuel tank of a motor vehicle.
2000 PCC
405
T E L E C O M M U N I C AT I O N S D E V I C E S
Civil Code 54.8.
(a) In any civil or criminal proceeding, including, but not limited to, traffic, smali claims court,
family court proceedings and services, and juvenile court proceedings, in any court-ordered or
court-provided aitemative dispute resolution, including mediation and arbitration, or in any
administrative hearing of a public agency, where a party, witness, attorney, judicial employee,
judge, juror, or other participant who is hearing impaired, the individual who is hearing impaired,
upon his or her request, shall be provided with a functioning assistive listening system or a
computer-aided transcription system. Any individual requiring this equipment shall give advance
notice of his or her need to the appropriate court or agency at the time the hearing is set or not
later than five days before the hearing.
(b) Assistive listening systems include, but are not limited to, special devices which transmit
amplified speech by means of audio-induction loops, radio frequency systems (AM or FM), or
infrared transmission. Personal receivers, headphones, and neck loops shall be available upon
(d) A sign shall be posted in a prominent place indicating the availability of, and how to request,
an assistive listening system and a computer-aided transcription system. Notice of the availability
of the systems shall be posted with notice of trials.
(e) Each county shall have at least one portable assistive listening system for use by any court
within the county. The system shall be in a location jointly determined by the county board of
supervisors and the judges.
(f) The Judicial Council shall develop and approve official forms for notice of the availability of
assistive listening systems and computer-aided transcription systems for individuals who are
hearing impaired. The Judicial Council shall also develop and maintain a system to record
utilization by the courts of these assistive listening systems and computer-aided transcription
system.
(g) If the Individual who is hearing impaired is a juror, the jury deliberation room shall be equipped
with an assistive listening system or a computer-aided transcription system upon the request of the
juror.
(h) A court reporter may be present in the jury deliberating room during a jury deliberation if the
services of a court reporter for the purpose of operating a computer-aided transcription system are
required for a juror who is hearing impaired.
(I) In any of the proceedings referred to in subdivision (a), or in any administrative hearing of a
public agency, in which the individual who is hearing impaired is a party, witness, attorney, judicial
employee, judge, juror, or other participant, and has requested use of an assistive listening system
or computer-aided transcription system, the proceedings shall not commence until the system Is in
place and functioning.
2000 PCC
406
(j) As used in this section, 'individual who is hearing impaired" means an individual with a hearing
loss, who, with sufficient amplification or a computer-aided transcription system, is able to fully
participate in the proceeding.
(k) In no case shall this section be construed to prescribe a lesser standard of accessibility or
usability than that provided by Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law
101-336) and federal regulations adopted pursuant to that acti.
Added by Status 1989 ch 1002 Section 1. Amended by Status 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1007) Section 8;
Stats 1993 ch 1214 (A.B. 551) Section 2.
i42 U.S.C.A, Section 12101 et seq.
TRANSPORTATION
Government Code Section 4500.
Section 4500. Contracts for rapid transit equipment or structures; ready access for
individuals with disabilities
(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of any statute, rule, regulation, decision, or pronouncement to
the contrary, other than subdivision (b), every state, agency, board, and department, every local
governmental subdivision, every district, every public and quasi-public corporation, every local
public agency and public service corporation, and every city, county, city and county and
municipal corporation, whether incorporated or not and whether chartered or not, in awarding
contractors for operations, equipment, or structures shall be obligated to require that all fixed-route
transit equipment and public transit structures shall be so built that individuals with disabilities shall
have ready access to, from and in such equipment and structures.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, public transit facilities and operations, whether
operated by or under contract with a public entity, shall meet the applicable standards of Title II
and III of the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336) and the federal
regulations adopted pursuant thereto, subject to the exceptions provided in that act. However, if
the laws of this statue in effect on December 31,1992, prescribe higher standards than the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336) and federal regulations adopted
pursuant thereto, then those public transit facilities and operations shall meet the higher
standards..
(Added Stats 1971 ch 444 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1992 ch 913 (A.B. 1077) Section 17.)
i42 U.S.C.A Section 12101 et seq.
2000 PCC
407
S TAT E H I S T O R I C B U I L D I N G C O D E
Purpose.
Section 18953.
Intent
Section 18954.
Section 18955.
Section 18956.
Section 18958.
Section 18959.
Section 18959.5
Section 18960.
Section 18961.
It is the intent of this part to provide means for the preservation of the historical value of
designated buildings and, concurrently, to provide reasonably safety from fire, seismic forces or
other hazards for occupants of such buildings, and to provide reasonable availability to and
usability by, the physically handicapped.
Added by Stats 1975 ch 906 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1981 ch 598 Section 1.
Section 18954. Repairs, alterations, and additions; application of building standards and
building regulations; physically handicapped accessibility standards
Repairs, alterations, and additions necessary for the preservation, restoration,
rehabilitation, moving, or continued use of a historical building or structure may be made if they
conform to this part. The building department of every city or county shall apply the provisions of
altemative building standards and building regulations adopted pursuant to Section 18959.5 in
permitting repairs, alterations, and additions necessary for the preservation, restoration,
rehabilitation, safety, moving, or continued use of a historical building or structure. A state agency
shall apply the alternative building regulations adopted pursuant to Section 18959.5 in permitting
repairs, alterations, and additions necessary for the preservation, restoration, rehabilitation, safety,
moving or continued use of a historical building or structure.
The application of any altemative standards for the provision of access to the physically
handicapped or exemption from access requirements shall be done on a case-by-case basis and
The
CalDAG-California
Disabled Accessibility
Guidebook
2000
PCC
408
item-by-jtem basis, and shall not be applied to an entire building or structure without Individual
consideration of each Item, and shall not be applied to related sites or areas except on an Item-byitem basis.
Added by Stats 1975 ch 906 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1979 ch 1152 Section 165; Stats 1981 oh 598
Section 2; Stats 1984 ch 1314 Section 1, operative July 1, 1985; Stats 1990 ch 625 {S.B. 2775) Section 1.
Section 18955. Qualified historical building or structure
For purposes of this part, a qualified historical building or structure is any structure,
collection of structures, and their associated sites deemed of Importance to the history,
architecture, or culture of an area by an appropriate local or state governmental jurisdiction. This
shall Include structures on existing or future national, state or local historical registers or official
Inventories, such as the National Register of Historic Places, State Historical Landmarks, State
Points of Historical Interest, and city or county registers or inventories of historical or
architecturally significant sites, places, historic districts or landmarks.
Added by Stats 1975 ch 906 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1977 ch 707 Section 2, effective September 8,
1977.
Section 19856. Application of Government Code, Public Resources Code, and other
statutes and regulations
The application of the provisions of Part 5.5 (commencing with Section 19955) of Division
13 of this code, Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 4450) of Division 5 of Title I of the
Government Code, Division 15 (commencing with Section 25000) of the Public Resources Code
and of any other statute or regulation, as they may apply to qualified historical buildings or
structures, shall be governed by this part.
Added by Stats 1975 ch 906 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1976 ch 192 Section 1, effective May 28, 1976;
Stats 1978 ch 555 Section 1, effective August 25. 1978; Stats 1980 ch 676 Section 169.
Section 18958. Additional agencies authorized to adopt rules and regulations
Except as provided in Section 18930, the following state agencies, In addition to the State
Historical Building Safety Board, shall have the authority to adopt rules and regulations pursuant to
the State Historical Building code governing the rehabilitation, preservation, restoration, related
reconstruction, safety, or relocation of qualified historical buildings and structures within their
jurisdiction:
T h e O f fi c e o f t h e S t a t e A r c h i t e c t .
(a)
The State Fire Marshal.
(b)
The State Building Standards Commission, but only with respect to approval of
(c)
building standards.
The Department of Housing and Community Development.
(d)
The Department of Transportation.
(e)
Other state agencies that may be affected by this part.
(0
Added by Stats 1975 ch 906 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1979 ch 1152 Section 166; Stats 1981 ch 598
Section 3; Stats 1984 ch 1314 Section 2, operative July 1, 1985; Stats 1990 ch 625 (S.B. 2775) Section 3.
Section 18959. Administration and enforcement
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Part 2.5 (commencing with Section 18901), all the
state agencies shall administer and enforce this part with respect to qualified historical buildings or
structures under their respective jurisdiction.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in Part 2.5 (commencing with Section 18901), all
local building authorities shall administer and enforce this part with respect to qualified historical
buildings or structures under their respective jurisdictions where applicable.
2000 POO
409
(c) The State Historical Building Safety Board shall coordinate and consult with the
other applicable state agencies affected by this part and, except as provided in Section 18943,
disseminate provisions adopted pursuant to this part to all local building authorities and state
agencies at cost.
(d) Regulations adopted by State Fire Marshal pursuant to this part shall be enforced
in the same manner as regulations are enforced under Sections 13145, 13146, and 13146.5.
(e) Regular and alternative building standards published in the State Building
Standards Code shall be enforced in the same manner by the same govemmental entities as
provided by law.
(f) When administering and enforcing the provisions of this part, all local agencies
may make changes or modifications in the requirements contained In the State Historical Building
Code, as described in Section 18944.7, as it determines are reasonably necessary because of
local climatic, geological, seismic, and topographical conditions. The local agency shall make an
express finding that the modifications or changes are needed, and the finding shall be available as
a public record. A copy of the finding and change or modification shall be filed with the State
Historical Building Safety Board. No modification or change shall become effective or operative
for any purpose until the finding and modification or change has been filed with the board.
Added by Stats 1975 ch 906 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1977 ch 707 Section 3, effective September 6,
1977; Stats 1979 ch 1152 Section 167; Stats 1981 ch 598 Section 4; Stats 1984 ch 1314 Section 3;
operative July 1, 1985; Stats 1985 ch 106 Section 84; Stats 1990 ch 625 (S.B. 2775} Section 5.
Section 18959.5. Alternative building standards, rules and regulations; historical buildings
code board
Subject to the applicable provisions of Part 2.5 (commencing with Section 18901) of this
division, the State Historical Building Safety Board shall adopt and submit alternative building
standards for approval pursuant to Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 18935) of Part 2.5 of this
division and may adopt, amend, and repeal other altemative rules and regulations under this part
which the board has recommended for adoption under subdivision (b) of Section 18960 by the
State Architect or other appropriate state agencies.
Added by Stats 1977 ch 707 Section 4, effective September 8, 1977. Amended by Stats 1979 ch 1152
Section 168; Stats 1984 ch 1314 Section 4, operative July 1, 1985; Stats 1990 ch 625 (S.B. 2775) Section 7.
Section 18960. State historical building code board
(a) A State Historical Building Safety Board is hereby established within the Office of the
State Architect which shall be composed of qualified experts in their respective fields who shall
represent various state and local public agencies, professional design societies and building and
preservation oriented organizations.
(b) This board shall act as a consultant to the State Architect and to the other applicable
state agencies. The board shall recommend to the State Architect and the other applicable state
agencies rules and regulations for adopted pursuant to this part.
(c) The board shall also act as a review body to state and local agencies with respect to
interpretations of this part as well as on matters of administration and enforcement of It. The
(1) Notwithstanding sutxlivislon (b) of Section 18945, if any local agency administering
and enforcing this part or any person adversely affected by any regulation, rule, omission,
interpretation, decision, or practice of this agency representing a building standard wishes to
2000 PCC
410
appeal the Issue for resolution to the State Historical Building Safety Board, these parties may
appeal to the board. The board may accept the appeal only if it determines that issues involved in
the appeal have statewide significance.
(2) The Historical Building Board shall, upon making a decision on an appeal pursuant to
paragraph (1), send a copy to the State Building Standards Commission.
(3) Requests for interpretation by local agencies of the provisions of this part may be
accepted for review by the State Historical Building Safety Board. A copy of an interpretation
decision shall be sent to the State Building Standards Commission in the same manner as
paragraph (2).
(4) The State Historical Building Safety Board may charge a reasonable fee, not to
exceed the cost of the service, for requests for copies of their decisions and for requests for
review by the board pursuant to paragraph (1) or (3). All funds collected pursuant to this
paragraph shall be deposited in the State Historical Building Code Fund, which is hereby
established, for use by the State Historical Building Safety Board. The State Historical Building
Code Fund and the fees collected therefor, and the budget of the State Historical Safety Board,
shall be subject to annual appropriation in the Budget Act.
(5) Local agencies may also charge reasonable fees not to exceed the cost for making an
appeal pursuant to paragraph (1) to persons adversely affected as described in that appeal.
(6) All other appeals involving building standards under this part shall be made as set
forth In subdivision (a) of Section 18945.
(d) The board shall be composed of representatives of state agencies and public and
professional building design, construction, and preservation organizations experienced in dealing
with historic buildings. Unless otherwise indicated, each named organization shall appoint is own
representatives. Each of the following shall have one member on the board who shall serve
without pay, but shall receive actual and necessary expenses incurred while serving on the board:
(1) Office of the State Architect.
(2) The State Fire Marshal.
(3) The State Historical Resources Commission.
(4) The California Occupational Safety and Health Standards Board.
(5) California Council, American Institute of Architects.
(6) Structural Engineers Association of California.
(7) A mechanical engineer. Consulting Engineers Association of California
(8) An electrical engineer, Consulting Engineers Association of California
(9) California Council of Landscape Architects.
(10) The Department of Housing and Community Development.
(11) The Department of Parks and Recreation.
(12) County Supervisors Association of California.
(13) League of Califomia Cities.
(14) The Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development.
(15) The Department of Rehabilitation.
(16) The Califomia Chapter of the American Institute of City Planners.
(17) The Department of Transportation.
(18) The Califomia Preservation Foundation.
(19) The Seismic Safety Commission.
(20) The Califomia Building Officials.
The 20 member listed above shall select a building contractor as a member of the board.
The members shall serve without pay, but shall receive actual and necessary expenses incurred
while serving on the board.
2000 PCC
4 11
Each of the appointing authorities shall appoint, in the same manner as for members, an
aitemate In addition to a member. The alternate member shall serve In place of the member at
such meetings of the board as the member is unable to attend. The alternate shall have all of the
authority that the member would have when the aitemate is attending In place of the member.
The board may appoint, from time to time, as it deems necessary, consultants who shall serve
without pay but shall receive actual and necessary expenses as approved by the board.
(e) The term membership on the board shall be for four years, with the State Architect's
representative serving continually until replaced. Vacancies on the board shall be filled in the
same manner as original appointments. The board shall annually select a chairperson from
among the members of the board.
Added by Stats 1975 ch 906 Section 1. Amended by Stats 1977 ch 1001 Section 1; Stats 1981 ch 598
Section 5; Stats 1984 1314 Section 5, operative July 1, 1985; Stats 1990 ch 625 (S.B. 2775) Section 9.
procedures or decisions affecting the preservation or safety of the historical aspects of historical
buildings shall use the alternative provisions of this part and shall consult with the State Historical
Building Safety Board to obtain its review prior to undertaking action or making decisions on
variances or appeals which affect historical buildings.
Added by Stats 1982 ch 1358 Section 3. Amended by Stats 1984 ch 1314 Section 6, operative July 1, 1985;
Stats 1990 h 625 (S.B. 2775) Section 11.
2000 PCC
412
POLLING PLACES
Elections Code
Section 2050.
Short title
Section 2051.
Section 2052.
Section 2053.
Section 13304.
Section 14282.
This article shall be known, and may be cited, as the Visually Impaired Voter Assistance
Act of 1989.
As used in this article, "visually impaired" means a person having central visual acuity not
to exceed 20-200 in the better eye, with corrected lenses, or visual acuity greater than 20-200, but
with a limitation in the field of vision such that the widest diameter of the visual field subtends at
It is the intent of the Legislature to promote the fundamental right to vote of visually
impaired individuals, and to make efforts to improve public awareness of the availability of ballot
pamphlet cassette tapes and improve their delivery to these voters.
Added by Stats 1989 ch 774 Section 1.
(2) One member from each of three private organizations. Two of the organizations shall
be representative of organizations for blind persons in the state.
(b) The board shall do all of the following:
(1) Establish guidelines for reaching as many visually Impaired persons as practical.
(2) Make recommendations to the Secretary of State for improving the availability and
accessibility of ballot pamphlet cassette tapes and their delivery to visually impaired voters. The
Secretary of State may implement the recommendations made by the board.
The
CalDAG-California
Disabled Accessibility
Guidebook
2000
PCC
413
(3) Increase the distribution of public service announcements Identifying the availability of
ballot pamphlet cassette tapes at least 45 days before any federal, state, and local election.
(4) Promote the Secretary of State's toll-free voter registration telephone line for citizens
needing voter registration information, including information for those who are visually
handicapped, and the toll-free telephone service regarding the California State Library and
regional library service for the visually impaired.
(c) No member shall receive compensation, but each member shall be reimbursed for his
or her reasonable and necessary expenses in connection with service on the board.
Added by Stats 1989 ch 774 Section 1.
other than the voter's employer, an agent of the voter's employer, or an officer or agent of the
u n i o n o f w h i c h t h e v o t e r i s a m e m b e r.
(b) No person assisting a voter shall divulge any information regarding the marking of the
ballot.
(c) In those polling places which are inaccessible under the guidelines promulgated by the
Secretary of State for accessibility by the physically handicapped, a physically handicapped
person may appear outside the polling place and vote a regular ballot. The person may vote the
ballot In a place which is as near as possible to the polling place and which is accessible to the
physically handicapped. A precinct board member shall take a regular ballot to that person,
qualify that person to vote, and retum the voted ballot to the polling place. In those precincts in
which it is impractical to vote a regular ballot outside the polling place, absentee ballots shall be
provided in sufficient numbers to accommodate physically handicapped persons who present
themselves on election day. The absentee ballot shall be presented to and voted by a physically
handicapped person in the same manner as a regular ballot may be voted by that person outside
the polling place.
Added by Stats 1976 ch 220 Section 6. Amended by Stats 1985 ch 277 Section 1; Stats 1990 ch 106 (A.B.
211) Section 2.
2000 PCC
414
R E C R E AT I O N
(a) Increase accessibility and enhance the use, enjoyment, and understanding of
Califomia's scenic, natural, historic, and cultural resources.
(b) Encourage hiking, horseback riding, and bicycling as important contributions to the
health and welfare of the state's population.
(c) Provide for the use of recreational trails by physically disabled persons, the elderly,
and others in need of graduated trials with special safety features, particularly in conjunction with
heritage corridors.
(f) Provide for the development and maintenance of a statewide system of recreational
and interpretive trails, including heritage corridors.
(g) Increase the recreational and education use of public roads by developing guides,
maps, and other interpretive materials concerning significant historical, agricultural, scenic, and
other resource areas.
(h) Encourage the development by cities, counties, districts, and private groups of
Added by Stats 1974 ch 1461 Section 2. Amended by Stats 1977 ch 946 Section 1, effective September 21,
1977; Stats 1979 ch 944 Section 2; Status 1982 ch 994 Section 8.
(D2000 PCC
415
The plan shall contain, but shall not be limited to, the following elements:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Pedestrian trails.
Bikeways.
Equestrian trails.
Boating trails.
(e) Trails and areas suitable for use by physically disabled persons, the elderly, and
others in need of graduated trails, especially along designated heritage corridors.
(f) Cross-county skiing trails.
(g) Heritage corridors.
Added by Stats 1974 ch 1461 Section 2. Amended by Stats 1977 ch 946 Section 2. effective September 21,
1977; Stats 1979 ch 844 Section 3; Stats 1982 ch 994 Section 9.
(a)(1) In planning the system, the director shall consult with and seek the assistance of
the Department of Transportation. The Department of Transportation shall planned and design
those trail routes that are In need of construction contiguous to state highways and serve both a
transportation and a recreational need.
(2) The Department of Transportation shall install or supervise the Installation of signs
along heritage corridors consistent with the plan element developed pursuant to this section and
Section 5073.1; provided, however, that it shall neither Install nor supervise the installation of
those signs until it determines that It has available to it adequate volunteers or funds, or a
combination thereof, to install or supervise the installation of the signs, or until the Legislature
appropriates sufficient funds for the installation or supervision of installation, whichever occurs
fi r s t .
(b) The element of the plan relating to boating trails and other segments of the system
which are oriented to waterways shall be prepared and maintained by the Department of Boating
and Waterways pursuant to Article 2.6 (commencing with Section 68) of Chapter 2 of Division 1o
the Harbors and Navigation Code. Those segments shall be Integrated with the California
Protected Waterways Plan developed pursuant to Chapter 1273 of the Statutes of 1968, and shall
be planned so as to be consistent with the preservation of rivers of the California Wild and Scenic
Rivers System, as provided in Chapter 1.4 (commencing with Section 5093.50) of this division.
(c) Any element of the plan relating to trails and areas for the use of off/highway motor
vehicles shall be prepared and maintained by the Division of Off/Highway Motor Vehicle
Recreation pursuant to Chapter 1.25 (commencing with Section 5090.01).
(d) In planning the system, the director shall consult with and seek the assistance of the
2000 PCC
416
Section 5075. 3. Standards and criteria for trail routes and complementary facilities
in specifying criteria and standards for the design and construction of trial routes and
complementary facilities as provided in subdivisions (b) and (c) of Section 5071.3, the director
shall Include the following:
(a) The following routes shall be given priority in the allocation of funds:
(1) Routes which are in proximity or accessible to major urban areas of the state.
(2) Routes which are located on lands in public ownership.
(3) Routes which provide linkage or access to natural, scenic, historic, or recreational
areas of clear statewide significance.
(4) Routes which are, or may be, the subject of agreements providing for participation of
other public agencies, cooperating volunteer trail associations, or any combination of those
entities, in state trail acquisition, development, or maintenance.
(b) Where feasible, trail uses may be combined on routes within the system; however
where trail use by motor vehicles is incompatible with other trail uses, separate areas and facilities
should be provided.
(c) Trails should be located and managed so as to restrict trail users to established routes
and to aid in effective law enforcement.
(d) Trails should be located so as to avoid severance of private property and to minimize
impact on adjacent landowners and operations. The location of any trail authorized by this article
shall, if the property owner so requests, be placed as nearly as physically practicable to the
boundary lines of the property traversed by the trail, as such boundary lines existed as of January
1.1975.
(e) insofar as possible, trails should be designed and maintained to harmonize with, and
complement, established forest, agricultural and resource management plans. No trail, or property
acquisition therefore, shall interfere with a landowner's water rights to his right to access to the
place of exercise of such water rights.
(0 Trails should be planned as a system and each trail segment should be part of the
overall system plan.
(h) Rest areas, shelters, sanitary facilities, or other conveniences should be designed and
located to meet the needs of trail users, including physically handicapped persons, and to prevent
intrusion into surrounding areas.
(I) The department shall erect fences along any trail when requested to do so by the
owner of adjacent land, or with the consent of the owner of such land when the department
determines it will be in the best interests of the users of the trail and adjoining property owners,
and shall place gates in such fences when necessary to afford proper access and at each point of
intersection with existing roads, trails, or at used points of access to or across such trail. The
department shall maintain such fences and gates in good condition.
(j) A landowner's right to conduct agricultural, timber harvesting, or mining activities on
private lands adjacent to, or in the vicinity of, a trail shall not be restricted because of the presence
of the trail.
2000 PCC
417
Added by Stats 1974 ch 1461 Section 2. Amended by Stats 1975 oh 945 Section 1; Stats 1977 ch 946
Section 4, effective September 21, 1977; Stats 1982 ch 903 Section 3, effective September 13, 1982.
B . P U B L I C P L AY G R O U N D E Q U I P M E N T
Public Resources Code
All public agencies operating playgrounds, including state agencies, cities, counties, a city
and county, school districts and other districts, shall, with respect to new playground equipment
purchased on or after January 1, 1979, provide that a portion of the equipment within the
playground Is accessible and usable by all persons regardless of their physical condition whenever
such equipment is available at a quality and cost which is comparable to the quality and cost of
standard equipment.
Added by Stats 1978 ch 1006 Section 1.
C. FISH AND GAME CODE SECTION 217.5.
Section 217.5. Sport fishing areas accessible to disabled persons; notation in booklet of
regulations
(a) The department shall identify property it owns or manages that includes areas for
sport fishing which are accessible to disabled persons.
(b) Commencing with the booklet of sport fishing regulations published by the commission
in 1986, the availability of sport fishing areas, identified by the department as accessible to
disabled persons under subdivision (a), shall be noted in the booklet of regulations, together with
telephone numbers and instructions for obtaining a list of those areas from regional department
o f fi c e s .
The
CalOAG
California
Disabled
Accessibility
Guidebook
2000
PCC
418
APPENDIX C
F E D E R A L P U B L I C AT I O N S A N D
N O T I F I C AT I O N S R E G A R D I N G S U S P E N S I O N
O F T R U N C AT E D D O M E D E T E C TA B L E
WA R N I N G S U R FA C E S
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
2000 PCC
419
United States
Dear Colleague:
On April 12, 1994, the Access Board published the enclosed joint final rule with the
Departments of Justice and Transportation to suspend until July 26,1996 requirements for
detectable warnings at curb ramps, hazardous vehicular areas, and reflecting pools. This
action does not affect the requirement for detectable warnings at transit platforms, which
remains in effect.
The Access Board, in response to business and user concerns about the need for and
safety of truncated domes on curb ramps and at hazardous vehicular areas, has determined
that additional research is needed to determine whether changes to the Americans with
Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) requirements for detectable warnings may
be necessary. A research project has been initiated under Board sponsorship. It is
anticipated that findings from this and other research will assist the Board in determining the
need for and usability of current technical specifications for detectable warnings and to
complete rulemaking in this area prior to the July 26, 1996 expiration date of the temporary
suspension.
The temporary suspension includes these locations:
Platform edges in new and altered rapid, light, commuter, and intercity rail stations are
still required to have detectable warnings. Additionally, key rapid, light, and commuter rail
stations and all intercity rail stations must install detectable warnings where platform edges
are not otherwise protected by screens or guardrails. On November 30, 1993, the
Department of Transportation amended its ADA regulation to extend the compliance date for
retrofitting key rail stations with detectable warnings until July 26, 1994.
L a w r e n c e W. R o t f e e
Executive Director
Enclosure
(D2000 PCC
420
Tuesday
April 12, 1994
Part III
I
^ Department of Justice
Office of the Attorney General
I ^ 28 CFR Part 36
^ Architectural and
Transportation Barriers
Compiiance Board
36 CFR Part 1191
Department of
Transportation
Office of tfie Secretary
49 CFR Part 37
Americans With Disabilities Act
5
(&2000 PCC
421
17442
Federal Register / Vol. 59, No. 70 / Tuesday. April 12. 1994 / Rules and Regulations
D E PA RT M E N T O F J U S T I C E
Washington. DC 20004-1111.
Telephone (202) 272-5434 (voice) or
(202) 272-5449 (TTY).
38CFnPart11B1
[Dockat B3--3]
niN3014-AA15
D E PA RT M E N T O F T R A N S P O RTAT I O N
Department of Transportation,
ACTION: Joint final rule.
Backgronnd
On July 0.1993. the Access Board
8 U P K H E N TA R Y M F O R M AT I O N :
response
to both the July 9.1993 NPRM
and the December 21,1992 NPRM have
been considered in this rulemaking. The
comments came from blind persons and
their organizations (132 comments);
State and local govemment agenciea (54
comments): manufacturers of detectable
()2000 PCC
422
Federal Register / Vol. 59, No. 70 / Tuesday, April 12. 1994 / Rules and Regulations 17443
Where the slope was 6^ or more
travel approached ten iinfemilinr
intersections vdth curb ramps without
(1:10 or more), the partidpents stopped
detectable warnings. They were asked to before the street in 172 of 194 instances
transit pl^oim edges. asserted that stop when they believed their next step (89%).
would be into the street and to report
blind persons are responsible for using
Where the slope was 5* (1:11 to
effective travel nmthods (i.e., cane or
the cues which they used to detennine
1:13),
the partidpants stopped before
where to stop. Of the BO blind persons
guide dog) and that public policy
the street in 31 of 44 instmcas (70%).
ihould be based on an "inchvidual
who participated in the research project,
Where the alope was 4* or less (1:14
75% were considered good^to-excellent
responsibility" standard. NFB pointed
or
less), tha partidpsnts stopped before
out that blind persona move alwut safely travellan by self^port and through
the street in 157 of 319 instances
assessment by orientation and mobility
every day without detectable warnings;
(49%).B
and statra that fears of blind persons
specialists: and two'thirds reported
07 being injured are baiwd on
The report made the foUowing
trevelllng independently a of
NFB further recommended that
report^
an incident of a blind person
who was severely injured from falling in
front of an fTimming train in Baltimore
in December 1992.
research:
the streets
the street*
Iha tsa swat dlf&cult atiMU to dstact (i.*..
O X O l i l M W M d i fi o S V i t f r o n O t L O f f f C B I
dfBi&caat.
Tha naaazah data also (uggaat that than ia a
2000 PCC
423
17444
Federal Register / Vol. 59, No. 70 / Tuesday, April 12, 1994 / Rules and Regulations
were collected.
difficulty
negotiating the ramp;
10 participants (47.5%) exhibited
Ttenaportitioa Syttama Cants (1087). The MatzoDada T^aiult Ageicy conducted taats with aasei
wbaakhair uacts on lavel platform eurfacaa. Five of
<>2000 PCC
424
Federal Re^er / Vol. 59, No. 70 / Tuesday, April 12. 1994 / Rules and Regulations 17445
material which could be found to be
project
Other Issnes
W m ATA a l t o r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t
n H
sad
that
tbo
(&2000 PCC
pedestrians.
425
17446 Federal Register / Vol. 59, No. 70 / Tuesday. April 12. 1994 / Rules and Regulations
the jm}ect into two phases. The first
phase, which is scheduled for
rogatory
evaluation.
PA R T 3 & - J f 0 N D I S C R i M I N AT 1 0 N O N
THE BASIS OF DISABILITY BY PUBUC
A C C O M M O D AT I O N S A N D I N
C O M M E R C I A L FA C I U T I E S
preparation
of a Federalism assessment
under Executive Order 12612.
Jasot Raae,
Attorney General.
preamble.
Dated: February 23, lOM.
appears below.
$ Temporary suspenalon of
ARCHTTECTURAL AND
T R A N S P O R TAT I O N B A R R I E R S
COMPLIANCE BOARD
requirements.
3 6 C F R P a r t 11 8 1
listofSnb)ectBin36CFRPart 1191
D E PA R T M E K T O F J U S T I C E
26 CFR Put 36
(D2000 PCC
November 10.1003.
Judith E.
426
B U L L E T I N # 1 : D E T E C TA B L E WA R N I N G S
Why were detectable warnings developed?
A D A A G 3 . 3 D e fi n i t i o n s .
Detectable Warning.
A standardized surface feature built in
vision.
independent travel. People with low vision can also use color contrast
as a navigation aid.
e.^5*
dy
yr )
i
\2/
r)
'
y 1
-4
y
/^r
K2/
rr
N r
When raised curbs do not mark and separate the pedestrian route on a
sidewalk from the vehicular way. as at curb ramps, vehicle drop-offs, or
'-6
P L A N o f T R U N C AT E D D O M E S
(not to scale)
1
(PZOOO PCC
427
contact.
aU^ectlng
Pools.
The edges of ^^i
ng pools shal
l be
2000 PCC
428
Platform edges in new and altered rapid, light, commuter, and intercity
rail stations must have detectable warnings. Additionally, key rapid,
light, and commuter rail stations and all intercity rail stations must install
[}
by screens or guardrails.
The detectable warning must be placed at the platform edge and must
extend the full length of the platform in a 24-inch width. The 24-inch
requirement Is an absolute dimension, not a minimum. Where a
breakaway material is installed at the platform edge, the width of the
materia! rather than at the edge of the platform. Since the sway-the
r-WJBr/crp^&R-
4 _ ^
and thus cannot certify the suitability of such products or systems for
S E C T I O N t h r u T R U N C AT E D D O M E S
(not to scale)
The Department of Transportation regulations governing public
EI2000 PCC
429
APPENDIX D
R E S O U R C E S F O R F U R T H E R I N F O R M AT I O N :
O R G A N I Z AT I O N S A N D A G E N C I E S T H AT
P R O V I D E M AT E R I A L S A N D S E R V I C E S
REGARDING COMPLIANCE FOR
DISABLED ACCESSIBILITY
REFERENCE SOURCE
(D2000 PCC
431
A D A T E L E P H O N E I N F O R M AT I O N S E R V I C E S
This list contains the telephone numbers of federal agencies and other organizations that provide
information about the Americans with disabilities Act (ADA) and informal guidance in
understanding and complying with different provisions of the ADA. These agencies and
organizations are not, and should not be viewed as, sources for obtaining legal advice or legal
opinions about your rights or responsibilities under the ADA.
Department
of
Justice
offers
technical
Department of Transportation
offers
technical
assistance
on
ADA
Accessibility Guidelines.
ADA documents and questions
202-272-5448
A s s i s t a n c e C e n t e r f D B TA C V p r o v i d e s
complaints.
Employment questions
Employment documents
Ta x c o d e i n f o r m a t i o n
2000 PCC
433
O f fi c e
Centers (CFILC)
of
Regulations
Services.
Access
916-442-7239
Te c h n i c a l A s s i s t a n c e a n d d o c u m e n t s
916-552-6619
916-323-2292
Callfomia Alliance for Mental Illness (CAMI)
California Department of Rehabilitation,
916-567-0163
Callfomia Network of Mental Health Clients
916-443-3232
Protection and Advocacv (P & A)
Te c h n i c a l A s s i s t a n c e a n d d o c u m e n t s
916-488-9950
916-322-3078
213-653-1274
800-221-6359
510-846-6086
213-736-1031
2000 PCC
434
Bathtubs 129,303-306
Beaches 125
Bleachers 87
Access Aisle 9
Accessibility 9
B o o k s h e l v e s 11 0 , 11 2
Book Stacks 110,112
Accessible 9
Accessible Element 9
Accessible Location 9
Building 11
Building Entrance on an Accessible Route
Accessible Route 9
Accessible Space 9
Accounting Offices 106
Adaptability 10
Adaptable dwelling unit 10,139,141
Addition 10,66
11
Building, Existing 11
Building Official 11
Built-up Curb Ramps' 164-172
Business and Professional Offices 107
Administrative Authority 10
Aisles 10,233,234
Aggregation 55-57
Alarms 330, 331
Auxiliary 133
Alcoves 233, 235
Alterations 10,43-65
To P a t i e n t B e d r o o m s 1 1 7
To A c c e s s i b l e U n i t s 1 2 9
Armrests,
Assembly
Assembly
Assembly
C
Campsites 125
Card Catalogs 110
Carpet, Carpet Tiles 228, 230
Catwalk (Maintenance Runway) 12
Certification of Equivalency 3
Checkstands 119,121
Choir Rooms, Lofts 105
Circulation Path 12
Assistive Device 10
Commercial Facilities 12
Common Use 12
Athletic Pavilions 87
mullifamily dwellings) 12
Auditoriums 85
A u t o m a t i c D o o r 11
A u t o m a t e d Te l l e r M a c h i n e s 3 1 4 - 3 2 0
Condominium, residential 12
B
Balcony 11
Balcony, Exterior Exit 11
313
Banks 107
Barrier Removal 82
B a s e m e n t 11
In Libraries 109
2000 PCC
437
INDEX (Continued)
Cross Slope 12
Curb Cut 12,164-172
DiagonalType 166
D e n t a l O f fi c e s 1 0 6
Detectable Warnings 13
At Boarding Platforms 191-192
Cane Detectable Barriers 191,198
On Curb Ramps 166-172
H a z a r d o u s Ve h i c u l a r A r e a s 1 9 2 ,
193, 197
Elevator Exception
In New Construction 35
In Alterations 57
D i m e n s i o n a l To l e r a n c e s 3 3
Entrances 13,209-212
Equivalent Facilitation 14
Existing Buildings 14
Exits 14,209-212
Disabled 13
Disability 13
Disproportlonality 53
Disproportionate Cost 53
Doors 219-227
Automatic 219
Enforcing Agency 13
Exit Court 14
Exit Passageway 14
Exterior Exit Balconies 213
Exterior Routes of Travel 153
Kickplates 219
Level Floor or Landing 222
Maneuvering Clearance 222
Signal Devices 141
Threshold 219
Facility 14
F a c t o r i e s a n d Wa r e h o u s e s 11 3
Faucet Controls 288
Federally Funded 27
Fire Departments 108
Dormitories 127-128
Dressing
Drinking
Dwelling
Dwelling
2000 PCC
438
INDEX (Continued)
inns 127
i n s u r a n c e O f fi c e s 1 0 6
i n t e r m e d i a t e - C a r e F a c i l i t i e s 11 6
Grandstands 87
Gratings 185
Jurisdiction 15
Group A Occupancies 85
Group B Occupancies 106
Group E Occupancies 109
Group H Occupancies 114Groupl
Occupancies 115
Group M Occupancies 119
Group R Occupancies 127
Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) 15
K
Kick Plate 16
Kitchens 135-138
Countertops 135
U-Shaped 137
Shelving 136
Ground Floor 15
L
H
Laundromats 107
Handrails 15
Units 131
Lavatories 288
in Elevators 254
Hazards 191-197
Overtiead 191,198-199
Level Area 16
Walkway 191,195
Transit Boarding Platforms 192,
Libraries 109
197
A t Ve h i c u l a r A r e a s 1 9 2 , 1 9 7
Hospitals 116
Hotel 15,127
Bookshelves
11 0
I
identification Symbols (for sanitary facilities)
266
Landings 258
Living Accommodations 16
Loading Zone 163
Lobby 16
Lockers, locker rooms 87
Lofts, Choir 105
Long Term Care Facilities 116
Industrial Stairs 15
2000 PCC
439
INDEX (Continued)
M
Magazine Displays 110
Maintenance of Accessible Features 33
Panic Hardware 17
Marked Crossing 16
Parking 154-162
M e d i c a l O f fi c e s a n d S u i t e s 1 1 5
Motels 127
M e d i c a l F a c i l i t i e s 11 6
M o t o r Ve h i c l e F u e l F a c i l i t i e s /
Card
Readers
314
Multifamily Dwelling 16
Multiple-Accommodation Toilet Facility 16
Multiple Funding Sources 30
Multi-story Dwelling Unit 16
Zones 163
Signage 159
Single Space Design 156
Striping 159
Structures 161-162
Va l e t 1 6 3
Va n - A c c e s s i b l e 1 5 9
Ve r t i c a l C l e a r a n c e s 1 5 5
Parks and Recreational Areas 125
Newly Constructed 16
Newspaper and Printing Establishments 107
Nonambulatory Persons 17
Nose, Nosing 17
N o t i fi c a t i o n D e v i c e s 1 3 3 - 1 3 4
Participation Areas 87
Passage Door 17
Passenger Loading Zones 163
Path of Travel 17,46,47,49
P a t i e n t B e d r o o m s 11 5 - 11 7
Pedestrian 17
Obstructions
Sidewalk 187
Permit 18
Power-Assisted Door 19
Occupiable 17
Office Buildings 106
Primary Entry 19
Primary Entry Level 19
Private Entity 19
Privately-Funded 29
Protruding Objects 198-199
Psychiatric Facilities 116
Orchestra Pits 86
Public Accommodation 19
17
2000 PCC
440
INDEX (Continued)
294
28. 139
285
270
Urinals 290
Qualified Interpreter 20
Facilities 101
Removable 91
Industrial 21
Spectator 92
Pedestrian 173-184
Service Entrance 21
Landings 174-179
Handrails 180-184
In Stainwells 207-208
Recommend 21
At Telephones 246-251
Rehabilitation Act 27
Sinks 295
Resorts 127
Site 22
Riser 21
Sleeping Accommodations 22
Slip Resistant 186
Space 22
Running Slope 21
S a l e s F a c i l i t i e s 11 9
2000
POO
441
INDEX (Continued)
24
Tread Depth 24
Stadiums 87
Tread Run 24
Stages 86
Stair Railing 22
Tr u n c a t e d D o m e s 1 6 6 , 1 9 2 - 1 9 3
Handrails 200-206
I d e n t i fi c a t i o n 2 0 7 - 2 0 8
Turnstiles 120,220
Nosing 201-202
Tr e a d s 2 0 1 - 2 0 2
201
State-Owned/Leased Building 22
Storage 307-309
U.B.C. 24
U.B.C. Standards 24
UFAS
27
Story 22
Story, First 23
Underpasses 173
Street 23
Unenclosed Platforms 86
In New Construction 36
In Alterations 52
Structure 23
Structural Frame 23
Urinals 290
Ta b l e s a n d W o r k S u r f a c e s 3 2 1
Ta b l e w a r e a n d C o n d i m e n t A r e a s 1 0 2 , 1 0 4
Ta c t i l e 2 3
Ve h i c u l a r o r P e d e s t r i a n A r r i v a l P o i n t s 2 4
Ve s ti b u l e s 2 2 7
246-251
Signage 246-251
Temporary 23
Structures 33
Theaters 85
Theft Prevention Barriers 122
Thresholds 219
To i l e t F a c i l i t i e s 2 6 4 - 2 9 4
To i l e t R o o m s , P r i v a t e 3 4
To i l e t s , P o r t a b l e 2 6 4
Wa r e h o u s e s 11 3
T r a f fi c A i s l e 2 3
T r a f fi c C o n t r o l D e v i c e s 3 2 3
Wheelchair 25
Walks 24,185-190
W h e e l G u i d e s 11 7 4 , 1 9 1 , 1 9 5
(02000 PCC
442
INDEX (Continued)
2 5
2000 PCC
443
P200(
CalDAG 2000
IN I EKrriE IIVE niANUAL ft wneualIST
1/ CHECKLIST FORMAT: Requirements are listed in checklist format with State & Federal
references to provide user with confidence that all applicable provisions are met. Perfect for survey,
inspection, design, etc. Includes current California Building Code amendements to the Title 24
Accessibility Standards.
CalDAG 2000 is the only publication in existence that blends California's newly amended accessibility regulations
with federal ADA provisions. This manual sorts out and explains the differences between the ADA & Title 24 that all
California professionals must understand and apply to comp y with both laws. It's the most current, comprehensive and
detailed source on disabled accessiblity ever produced with over 250 computer>generated details, 14 flow charts, and
various improvements and occupancy classifications. Also includes a table/index comparing California's 1997/1998
access code designations to the newly reformatted sections now in effect, allowing those familiar with past codes to
instantly find the location of the new ones. Includes selected Accessibilily Statutes related laws from California's
Goverment, Civil, Health & Safety and Vehicle Codes that professionals need to know and understand This book is
absolutely essential to anyone who deals with disabled accessibility improvements in California.
MICHAEL K CI33EMS
Disabled Accessibility Compliance Expert
!-
800-273-7375
Softcover(iSBN1-889892-22-X) $44.95
Spiralbound (ISBN 1-889892-22-XS)... $49.95
ISBN 1-889892-22-X
I S B N l - fi a i fl ' = l E - 5 a - X
5 4 4 9 5